Signs of the Times, Part 3 – 2014, July


Introduction

When I first started this message, there were only three people that knew what I was going to preach about. As far as I know there was not anyone else, if there was, then forgive me, but the thing about it is, there was a prophecy that came forth by Bro. David North that morning, concerning that. He had no idea what I was going to preach. It has been something that I have enjoyed, getting into, because it has brought new understanding to me. As you go along, then the Lord will lead you and guide you, like He said, into all truth. I make no apology for what I have shown, or for what I will show this morning, I make no apology, because I believe it to be truth. Others may have different ideas about it, but let me see your ideas. Then we will see what comes of that. If you have different ideas about what I have brought, then we will wait and see what comes of all of it. I am glad to see my visiting minister brothers here this morning. It has been five years, hard to imagine, and in other ways it seems longer since the shake up. I will not say any more about that, the thing about it is, God has been good to us. We keep going and we keep growing. I remember right after I peached the message, then I had a dream, five years ago after I had preached the third day. In that area of time I had a dream. I dreamed I was laying on a couch. You remember, I did dream that I was somewhere laying on a couch and there was somebody behind me, behind the couch. I could hear some people talking behind me. There were two that I know were talking behind me, they begun to put out dates. At the time they were putting out these dates, I knew every one of them, but when I woke up, only one of them, the 23rd. I don’t know when that will be, but I feel it is getting close because I know it was in the fall of the year. That is what I know and my feeling is, that it was in September. Anyway, when that was spoken, then somebody said to the other person behind me, Gabriel. That woke me up immediately. Something like that makes you nervous, because you know the visitation in the Bible, when Gabriel ever met with anybody, it was for some announcement. After that I went back to sleep and began to walk through this big field. I could see people beginning to come together and come together, as they got closer and closer. They were coming together as we were walking. Nobody was saying anything, we were just walking. By the time we got to the end of this field, then I could see by the closeness of the people walking, It was unity. I believe, that what we have is bringing unity. That is what the teaching of my brother, Bro. Bud, and myself, is bringing, unity in the body of Christ. If anybody has any other ideas about all of that, then if they are not in unity, I pity people that cannot believe there is going to be unity among true bride saints. Bro. David North sings the song, At The End There Will Be Unity. I would have to say this morning, the Spirit of the Lord is here. That is what I always wait on, I sometimes talk and wait, it may be a few minutes at times before that comes. You do know though, when it does come. These are new scriptures, we have added to the screen. These are concerning Israel, Egypt, and Assyria. I knew the one here, but then the other came to me on Friday. This is talking about the time when Israel goes to war, the war in which she gets her land back from the Arabs. This is an agreement with the same thing. We have nothing else to look at today but scripture. When I became interested in the four blood moons, I heard something on television. I know John Haggee was supposed to preach on the four blood moons. When it came that time on television, I wanted to hear what he had to say about it, because I had never heard it before. When I became interested in it, was when I heard that all of this came from NASA. Those people were the ones that got all of this together: it was not a preacher. It was NASA. You know, NASA is part of the government. I thought I would see what he had to say about it, but when it came the night for him to be there, they kept putting it off and putting it off and putting it off, finally they showed a rerun of something else. John Haggee never showed up. I got on his website and that was the reason why. He wrote a book on it, and he is selling the book. He is also selling tapes of his message on the internet. He will probably preach it on television some time after he has sold all his books and all his tapes and internet messages. If something is good enough for the bride of Christ, it is too good to be bought. You cannot sell or buy God. You cannot sell the Spirit of God; and you cannot sell the blessings of God. You cannot sell the Word of God. When I looked at it, I went to Google and brought up the blood moons. When I did, it gave the dates when all this will happen. I want to go back to Genesis the 1st chapter, 1st verse. “In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth.” The earth is a part of the heavens, but it is the only planet they have ever found, that is blue. The rest of them are some other color, but the earth is blue because of the water that is upon it. I know they keep trying to learn more, they are sending a probe around the moon now to see if they can find water. The moon is three hundred and twelve degrees below freezing. I am sure they are not going to find any water and they are not going to find any ice because God did not put it out there to be inhabited. This is what the earth looks like from space, (picture) no other planet looks like it, because God never created other planets for people to live on. Only the earth, did God plan for man to live on. These preachers keep trying though: there is even a thing up in Covington Kentucky, where the Creationists have put dinosaurs on the ark. This one preacher said the dinosaurs were not very big: they were about the size of sheep. I just have to say, So God just planted these huge bones out here in certain places to fool people, to make them think something other than what we see in the Bible. The fact is, this earth could be billions of years old, not just millions, but billions, because God is eternal. Just think, we do not know how long God was, in planning all this we accept as His creation. We do know that He counseled with himself. He did not have anyone to counsel with. He did not have any of these smart scientists to counsel with, and He sure did not have this bunch of supposed-to-be smart preachers to counsel with, like these that are out here advertising the gospel. That is what they are doing: they are advertising the gospel. I know, when we were in Israel a few months ago, Bro. Steve went to one of their meetings, they wanted to know how many people were with each group. Most of these preachers will take twenty five or thirty people in their group. Here we were, with 135 in our group. When they wanted to know how we raised the funds for them to go, Bro. Steve let them know that we do not have fund raiser programs in our assembly. Those who wanted to go, knew whether they should or should not go. It was the personal choice of every individual. I marvel at the way God provides for His children. When we added on to our building, God provided what was needed, as we needed it. We did not go in debt for it. The Church is not in debt: God has been good to us. We thank Him for it, because it is a pleasure to serve God. Not just a benefit, but a pleasure. He makes it to be that. We should be the happiest people in the world, knowing that our Father lives, and our Father is sending His Son back very soon to gather His jewels. I am going to take this from this point here, to the heavens. (Using a chart) This is the heavens, this is God’s creation. There is still new stars being found, so His creation is not over yet, because there are planets out there, that have never been found, because, when God placed them there, it was an ongoing thing. When He created the heavens and the earth, it was not necessary for Him to put every one of them out there at once, because, as He spoke the Word and each thing was done. God is Word. In John 1, we read this, “In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God.” All He has to do, if you are sick in body, or whatever, all He has to do is speak, and it will be over. When Bro. William Branham started praying for people, the angel of the Lord appeared to him and said, no disease will stand before you, not even cancer. People were healed of cancer. I saw a man who had a bottle of alcohol, with the cancer in it, that had passed from him after he was prayed for. I saw that at the Tabernacle when I first moved up here. He was carrying it around, and I saw it. So we have to say, God is the Healer. He took care of Sister Francis, He took care of Bro. Bud when the doctor said he had cancer. He took care of it. That has been three or four years ago. He will take care of you. I feel we need to settle in on a God that can speak something and it happens. In the beginning, but God was before the beginning. The beginning involves time. When your life began, that means you began to age. When you were born, then a year later, you have already put age on your body. On and on it goes until the end. But the beginning does not speak of God, because He had no beginning. That is too much for my mind, but that is what His Word says. There was nobody there to tell Him what to do, nor to tell Him how long it would be, before all of this would come about, nor what it would turn into. What keeps the sun ten thousand degrees above Fahrenheit, and what keeps it there? Why does it not burn out? When David looked at God’s creation, he said it is too marvelous for me, it is too much for me to understand, but I am glad I have a little understanding, to know that the God that did all of this does not fail. Science had nothing to do with any of it. I want to go down to the fourth day and read the 14th verse. “And God said, Let there be lights in the firmament (They were already there. Let there be lights, what He is doing, He is bringing them back into focus, or into relation with the earth, because the earth was without form and void. It had no living thing on it when God began to bring it back in focus with the sun and moon. Do you understand? Let there be light in the firmament…) of the heaven to divide the day from the night; and let them be for signs, (That is exactly what Jesus said, there will be signs in the sun and the moon, and in the stars.) and for seasons, (See? Many times we read over a verse and compile it all together when it is not together. Signs are different than seasons. Seasons would be the different changes in the year. Signs are what has happened through the years and will happen again here in the end time, and they are already happening in the end time.) and for days, and years: And let them be for lights in the firmament of the heaven to give light upon the earth: and it was so.” This earth we are talking about was already here, but it was a frozen mass, because of God’s judgment that had been brought about upon it because of Satan. We do not know how long it was frozen, but some way the axis of the earth got out of kilter with the sun. What God is saying is, I am going to bring them back in focus. You will read in the first day there was light and the light came about by the sun and the moon. That is the first day. But we see here, it is the fourth day, which is measuring time, that the earth begins to get back in focus, or in relation to the sun, that there might be life on it again. When Bro. Jackson brought that in about the earth and the animals and all, he talked about a little fish he had when he was a boy. He had it in a glass jar. It come about one night, that it all froze up in the house. I can remember our house when I was young, when the water would freeze up in the kitchen. That was water carried in. We had running water. You had to run to get it and run back with it, because it was so cold, run to the well and back, that was running water. The thing Bro. Jackson was talking about, his little fish froze up. I am sure he was broken hearted because of it. But then that glass he had it in began to thaw out and the little fish began to swim again. He brought that little story out to show how the fish and stuff like that in the ocean are. They claim that alligators and crocodiles are millions of years old. That would have been easy. God just froze them up. When the earth began to warm up, they began to move again. The Bible says, let the water bring forth the things that live in it. Let us not complicate things for God. He said, concerning the sun and moon, Let them be for lights in the firmament of the heaven to give light upon the earth and it was so. “And God made two great lights; (It does not say when He made them. They already existed out here, but they were not in focus. That is another subject.) the greater light to rule the day, and the lesser light to rule night: He made the stars also. And God set them in the firmament of the heaven to give light upon the earth, And to rule over the day and over the night, and to divide the light from the darkness: and God saw that it was good. And the evening and the morning were the fourth day.” See? It is already four thousand years in God’s re-creation, This is His re-creation. John Haggee and the rest of them have read this and have read it all together. There have been three times this has already happened, all except this (pointing to chart.) But this comes into play in 2015, March 20, 2015. Every one of these events have something to do with a Jewish holiday. When I talk about a holiday, I am talking about the Passover and Sukkot. This happens next year, on Passover, next year. And Sukkot, which Sukkot is the Feast of Tabernacles. This Feast of Tabernacles is the only feast that the world will be celebrating in the Millennium. If you do not go there at that time, because that is the one that has not been fulfilled. If the world does not go there then, they have no rain the next year. That will wake them up. The sun comes into play before these two. The sun, which is darkened, this is already figured out by NASA. This and this, and this and this is all for Israel. This is for the world.
When you look at scripture and begin to pinpoint something, then that makes a picture that will make something inside you churn, even while you are alone, because you have found something. Joel 2:25, “And I will restore to you the years that the locust hath eaten, the cankerworm, and the caterpillar, and the palmerworm, my great army (That is something important, my great army.) which I sent among you.” He said this great army, which was four kings, which are represented by these four worms. This is the same thing that is represented in the book of Daniel, the four beasts. But here, He calls them the caterpillar and so on, because they ate up the land. My great army which I sent among you. “And ye shall eat in plenty, and be satisfied, and praise the name of the Lord your God, (This will be in the Millennium.) that hath dealt wondrously with you: and my people shall never be ashamed. And ye shall know that I am in the midst of Israel, and that I am the Lord your God, and none else: and my people shall never be ashamed. (He repeats that. That is referring to the Jewish people.) And it shall come to pass afterward, that I will pour out my spirit upon all flesh; and your sons and your daughters shall prophesy, and your old men shall dream dreams, your young men shall see visions.” This is the same thing that Peter repeated on the day of Pentecost, the same thing. And he says it shall happen in the last days. The last days started at Pentecost. God’s last two days. When Christ was crucified, that began the last days of time. It identifies it here. “And also upon the servants and upon the handmaids in those days will I pour out my spirit.” That was not just for Pentecost, that was for all time, especially the end time, because we are in the last of those last days. That is what I have been talking about, these (the blood moons on the chart) are for signs. “And I will show wonders in the heavens and in the earth, blood, and fire, and pillars of smoke.” That means war, bombs. That never happened any other time in the early days. That is for the last days. “The sun shall be turned into darkness, and the moon into blood, before the great (The great day is yet to come, the rapture of the Church. I will send this before the great day.) and the terrible day of the Lord come.” I will send it before, which is the same thing it says in Acts. John Haggee and all of them, read Revelation 6 and this, Ezekiel 38 and 39 in it, they read Matthew 24 into it, and also Luke 13 into it, which has nothing to do with the great day of the Lord: it has to do with the terrible day. Do you understand? “And it shall come to pass, that whosoever shall call on the name of the Lord shall be delivered: for in mount Zion and in Jerusalem shall be deliverance, as the Lord hath said, and in the remnant whom the Lord shall call.” He is talking about the Jewish revival. Now this verse goes along with it, this 1st verse of the 3rd chapter. “For, behold, in those days, and in that time, when I shall bring again the captivity of Judah and Jerusalem.” That is not talking about the end of it all. How do we know that? Let us read it again. Behold, in those days, not in that day, in those days, and in that time when I shall bring again the captivity of Judah and Jerusalem. Before I get into this any more, I want to go to Luke 21. I am not trying to blow smoke into this to try to cover up something, or trying to snowball somebody. If you read Matthew 24 into this, or if you read Revelation 13 into this same thing, you are snowballing people. This is for Israel. Let’s see what Luke says about it, verse 25, “And there shall be signs in the sun, and in the moon, and in the stars; and upon the earth distress of nations, with perplexity, the sea and the waves roaring.” It reads right along with what I have just read, Luke does, he is the only one. There shall be signs in the sun and the moon, and in the stars, upon the earth distress of nations with perplexity, the sea and the waves roaring. That is putting time in there. “Men’s hearts failing them for fear, and for looking after those things which are coming on the earth: for the powers of heaven shall be shaken. And then shall they see the Son of man coming in a cloud with power and great glory.” That is the part that is at the end of the age, that one verse. Let us see as we read on here. “And when these things begin to come to pass, (Let it sink in, when these things begin to come to pass.) then look up, (Who is He talking to? He is not talking to foolish virgins, He is talking to you. The Bible was not written for foolish virgins. It was not written for the great multitude, they happen to be in there because of their understanding. But we have better understanding. You might say, oh I am just a thirty fold Christian. Rejoice! You are also going to inherit something, you are going to be Bride people, you are going to be there at the wedding supper the same as the sixty, and the same as the hundred.) and lift up your heads; for your redemption draweth nigh.” Bride, your redemption is drawing nigh when you see these things begin to come to pass. Let us see if it reads like that in Mark 13. This is what they read in there, that it is all the same, John Haggee and all the prophecy preachers. You can see this, you can read these scriptures, but if you do not know where the division comes about, you will not know the difference. You will go right on through the tribulation thinking that you are right. Verse 24, “But in those days, after that tribulation, (after the tribulation) the sun shall be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light.” That will happen then when Jesus comes back with His Bride people. Are you getting the picture? “And the stars of heaven shall fall, (It does not say that in Joel, it does not say in Acts, that the stars will fall. There will be signs in the stars.) and the powers that are in heaven shall be shaken. And then shall they see the Son of man coming in the clouds with great power and glory.” Then the whole earth will see Him coming in power and great glory with His Bride people to take over the kingdom, to rule this earth. But if you read the 26th chapter of Isaiah, it will tell the Bride, come, enter into your closet until the tribulation is over. It is not going to be a complete seven years. I know we think of it that way, but the seven years is when the Jews agree with the beast for that time that will last for seven years, but the Bride will still be here for a short length of time after Israel has signed the treaty, because it tells you that in the 2nd chapter of the book of 2nd Thessalonians. That is because you are going to know who that man of sin is. “And then shall He send His angels, and shall gather together His elect from the four winds, from the uttermost part of the earth to the uttermost part of heaven.” Well I thought you said it will be Bride? It says angels here, but it says the Bride will be as angels. In the 7th chapter of the book of Daniel, He comes back with His saints. In Revelation 19, He comes back with His saints. I am not saying angles are not going to be mixed in there, I am not saying, that because you are not going to know much difference between an angel and a saint then, because they are all going to have a body of equal value. Let me read this in Revelation, I will not have very much time to deal with it, I will have to deal with it another time. Revelation 6, verse 12. “And I beheld when He had opened the sixth seal, and, lo, there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as blood; And the stars of heaven fell unto the earth, even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind. And the heaven departed as a scroll when it is rolled together; and every mountain and island were moved out of their places. And the kings of the earth, and the great men, and the rich men, and the chief captains, and the mighty men, and every bondman, and every free man, hid themselves in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains; And said to the mountains and rocks, Fall on us, and hide us from the face of Him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb: For the great day of His wrath is come; and who shall be able to stand?” That is the same thing as in Mark. It is not the same setting as in Joel or in the 2nd chapter of Acts, and it is not the same thing as what I just read to you in Luke. You have one verse in Luke that describes this, but the rest is pertaining to the Bride saints. Now as for the moons, This has happened three times before. When the Jews were expelled from Spain, it was called the Edict of Expulsion. The Jews were thrown out of Spain and the next year that followed, on Passover, (it is always on Passover). The next year on Passover you had the blood moon. Then the next time was in the fall of the year, Sukkot. One in the spring, one in the fall. See, these do not all happen on the same dates. See, this is not on the same date, this is the 4th of April here, and this is the 14th over here. But that other one happened in 1493, 1494, these two happen. In 1948 when Israel became a nation, May 14th. On April 13th 1949, which was Passover, you had the blood moon. It always happens in connection with Israel, there have been three times in the last five hundred and some years, and it has all been concerning Israel. October 7th 1949, that was the year after. Then April 2nd 1950 and September 26th 1950. The Six Day War, concerning Israel again. You had a blood moon April 24th 1967. That was before the Israeli war which happened June 6th 1967. That one was before. Then another October 18th 1967. April 13th 1968 and October 6th 1968. These next blood moons, the dates are on there. April 15th of next year. October 8th next year. Then this happens March 20, 2015, the first day of Nisan, which is the Feast of Trumpets. This is the Feast of Trumpets. Then in 2015 the fourth month, the fourth day, 2015, then September 28, 1915. That is the four and then the sun to eclipse, then there is a partial eclipse between this (chart.) I sometimes go out on a limb, and I am going to again. I feel that Israel, in here somewhere within this time, and I will give it another year, within the next three years Israel will have their land back. I have gone out on a limb by saying that. But right here January 1st of next year, 2014, the United States, which by the Secretary of State and Obama, have said we will no longer recognize Israel after the 1948 war, that will not be recognized. On the map here, from here, from Jerusalem down, was all in Palestinian hands. Then here, you see this strip right here, is what was in Israel’s hands, from here to here, in 1967 until they took this all the way down. They could have gone into Egypt then. They bombed Egypt’s airports. Wherever a runway was, they bombed a runway. They could not get their planes off the ground. Israel got this land back. Now the Secretary of State and Obama have said they will no longer recognize Israel to be (land wise) what they have now, after that length of time for the next seven years, which will end up in December 31st, seven years. So you can see that our nation is turning against Israel, our leadership is turning against Israel. If you read the scriptures in Zechariah 12, you will see that nobody is standing with them. Though all nations of the earth come against Jerusalem, I will destroy them all. It says the feeble man will be as David and the house of David, which is in Jerusalem, which they are going to give away to the Palestinians for their capital, half of it anyway, give it away for their capital. Then the house of David shall be as God, with the angel of the Lord before them. That is my answer to Obama or whoever wants to take land from Israel. One day, according to the 10th chapter, 11th verse of Revelation, the world is going to hear a message from the Bride of Christ people. It will have to be televised in order to get it out there, which will condemn the world. It will not be a message of repentance. It will be a message of condemnation, which will happen. Then the Bride will exit the scene until she returns with Jesus, as we see in the 19th chapter of Revelation. People may look at this and laugh, but the thing about it is, they did not laugh when Moses went to Egypt to speak to Pharaoh, did they? The God that anointed Moses, is the same God that spoke those words there in Revelation 10. They shall prophesy before kings and important men. So God’s agenda is on file. Your and my desire is also on God’s file. This thing is going to break, and it will be sooner than we think. Do not get to where you are satisfied in this world. Because it is not going to last. Your money is not going to last. There are predictions that the United State will go into bankruptcy by the end of next year. You simply cannot keep printing eighty five billion dollars a month and nothing to back it, and expect to keep going forever. I have not said these things to scare you, but I have said these things that it might be a lesson to whoever hears or reads it. I am not crazy in the head as far as I know, I have not been told that by a doctor. I am just telling you what I see ahead, according to the Word of God.


SIGNS OF THE TIMES
9-24-13 AM


We have been on this message for some time already, time goes by quicker than I sometimes think, but it is an ongoing subject. I know I said something about John Haggee not preaching this, but he is going to preach it on television now, because his book has come out, and his tapes, the internet and all of that. Of course there were things already on the internet, but his CD’s and all that is coming out now. I heard this morning there is a man in Louisville that is going to have a book on it. Well, we will see what they have to say on that. I know it is going to be different because they have already expressed the difference. I had mentioned Matthew 24. You have the different apostles that brought in part, as I said the other day about Luke, Luke brought in the part beginning with the Bride. But then he goes on into the end of this age, the time when Christ comes back. I hope you got that from what I read there. In Matthew, he is speaking at the first part, the catching away of the Bride, but then he goes immediately to the end, the complete end is what I am talking about. We are in the end time, but we are not in the end time wrap up, as after the tribulation is over. So we know that from the time the Jews sign the treaty with the beast, when I say the beast, I am not talking about the pope at the beginning. The beast and the false prophet are different. Not different in the way that the church world wants to make it because they want to make the beast to be a man that will be shot in the head. That is what they say, that he will be shot in the head, but that which is the beast, is those nations of Europe and also the parts that make up the beast system, which goes all the way into Iran, then into Saudi Arabia and so on, of that nature. It will come all the way back into Asia Minor, all the way up, not joining Turkey, but because Turkey is one of the many nations that is destroyed, their army is destroyed in Ezekiel 38 and 39, which will be a little more than seven years before the end. I have preached this, and I feel sure this is what causes the mark of the beast to come on the scene, as the treaty is for a seven year period of time, which begins after Ezekiel 38 and 39 is fulfilled. They are not going to be cleaning up the land of Israel during the Millennium, because God is going to destroy everything that is unlike what He wants it to be, before the Millennium starts. Therefore there are a lot of things that are going to happen like in a fruit jar. It is such a short period of time, just a little over seven years, which I mentioned a little over seven years because the Jews are going to get their land back before the seven year period starts, and Ezekiel 38 and 39 will be fulfilled before the week starts. I want to make that clear. They get their land back, they build the temple, which will not take very long to do, like it did before, because of all the equipment they now have available. There will be so many people that will be there to build because the sons of strangers will come in to help build. I remember Bro. Jackson talking about how there will be Chinese, and also from India, come to help build, because they have studied out this thing on building, and even though it has taken twenty some years for our political minds to figure out how to get started building a bridge here in our part of the world, those Jews and all those who will come to help them, will have that temple built in short order. They have started building the bridge now, and it is going to be 2016, before it is finished. They just discovered they really did not need to now. You leave something up to political minds, and you have very little that is certain. When you read in the Bible, that says watch and wait, God is not talking out of two sides of His mouth. He then said watch and pray. What is He saying? He is saying watch the situations and watch for your soul, because there are many, as John said in 1st John, there are many antichrists already in the world. He said there would be, so we have to deal with that and know what we are doing. Just because these prophecy preachers, which are many on television, men and women prophecy preachers, you have many in the world today that want to draw you into their category of thinking. If you ever see the television ministry, they are so divided, yet they come together, which shows you that they will come together with that beast, because they are part of the image of it. That is the religion scene of this hour of time. I do not want any part of any thing that looks or sounds like that. We have a choice in this hour. We have a choice to mold our lives in a way that God can be pleased with, or we have got a choice to mold our lives in the way of drifting. I don’t want to drift. As I said awhile ago, the Bible says watch and wait, watch and pray. I would like to say this, if a true Christian ever says anything wrong or does anything wrong, then we have got to get rid of that thing immediately. When we know that we are wrong, we need to repent and ask God to forgive us. This is something that will hound a true Christian until they do get rid of it, because it will bother your conscience. I never want to get away from that, like it was said with Martin Luther, it is neither safe nor right to go against your conscience. I do not want to do that. I want to be able to lay down at night and have a clear conscience on what I believe and allow. If I do not have a clear conscience, I want to deal with that thing in my life until I get it right. Sometimes it takes days for a feeling like that to wear off. If you say something you should not say, or do something you should not do, you have got to correct things immediately, not let them linger in our lives. We want to keep our heart’s right. It may not seem like it, but I am still dealing with the same subject. Other things come to my mind, and I just have to deal with them, but I have a map up here, of Israel. That goes along with the blood moons. As I have said before, from Jerusalem down, this is going to be the big trouble spot. Because this is what the world is after. Why are they trying to shove the Jews out of the place that God gave them? That is exactly why, because God gave them this and the world wants to get rid of it because of their feeling toward God. But we see when God begins to deal, you see that in Isaiah at different times, because God is going to give this land back to His people, not just a little strip, because God will not deal with the U.N. He has no dealing with the U.N. or with any country that goes against what He has lined up for Israel in this end time. I see where the man from Iran, the president or whatever you call him, is going to be here at the U.N. and they are talking like Obama is going to sit down with him, but Netanyahu warmed him not to, because he said he is a wolf in sheep’s clothing, because he is putting up some kind of pleasing front. We everyone know that is the way the devil is. When I was a child, we always saw him red faced with two horns. But I have found him to be a lot different than that. It is not always two horns and a red face. That would not fool anybody. Matthew 24, let me read that, starting in verse 27. “For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shineth even unto the west; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.” That is showing that it is not going to be as some people think, that all the people of God is going to be in one little place. Why would it say as the lightning shineth from the east to the west, so shall the coming of the Son of man be? It is going to be quick, but it is going to gather the saints of God in, all over this world. So you are not left out because you are not in the right here on earth. On the other hand, when you are looking at the Bride, you are not looking at a big group of people. Jesus said there are few that will be saved, few will enter that strait and narrow way. It is not always every family member, we want it that way, but it does not always happen that way, it will not happen that way. Then it says “For wheresoever the carcase is, there will the eagles be gathered together.” It may be by the internet, but the eagles will find their spiritual food. They are gathered together in spirit, in mind, one accord, not separated in their belief. Then it says “Immediately after the tribulation of those days (Now this is the part the prophecy preachers put in their messages, as it is in Acts 2. This does not work with Acts 2, because this is a period of a totally different time, at least seven years difference, even more so, more, because I have put a lot of emphasis on the blood moons, because something always happens. Some have looked it up, I did not look it up, but some have told me, I had already said it, but I had not looked it up, that it will only happen in Israel, maybe parts of Africa, where this will be seen, because it is an Israeli thing, it is not meant for the world. The only thing meant for the world is the sun part. God put that in there as something for us to look at, because that happens on the day of the feast of the trumpets. The moons are Passover and Sukkot, which is the feast of tabernacles. They call these feasts because that is what they were. It was a time that God said all men must go to Jerusalem. There were occasions when the feast happened, that women and children went, but these main feasts are when every male that is old enough, goes to Jerusalem, Passover, Feast of Tabernacles, these are the two main times. Passover has already happened when Jesus died. Pentecost happened when the Holy Ghost came. Feast of Tabernacles comes in the Millennium, that is why every nation under heaven will have to send representatives to Jerusalem. Immediately after the tribulation of those days…) shall the sun be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken.” That is immediately after the tribulation when Jesus comes back, which is when the world will see Him. “And then shall appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven: (In other words, He and His Bride will be seen at that time, for one revolution of the earth. It is going to stand out, a picture for the world to see. I would rather be on a horse, than to be standing somewhere looking up at them. Do not think, because you cannot ride a horse, that you will not be riding one then. Do not think you need to go out and practice riding horses, so you can make that journey. Some that are driving different cars in this time, and have never rode a horse, have nothing to worry about, if you are true to God. I don’t know how I got off on that.) and then (Listen to that, God uses His words right, and then, that is a particular time.) shall all the tribes of the earth mourn, and they shall see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.” They are going to see Him. It is not going to be seen by television. It is going to be an actual picture in the sky. What do you think that beast system is going to think about then? They are going to say, let’s take Him out. But then the sword of His mouth, in other words, His Word, just like the Bible says, will slay the wicked. He also sent His Word and healed different ones during His ministry.) “And He shall send His angels with a great sound of a trumpet, and they shall gather together His elect from the four winds, from one end of heaven to the other.” The elect there, is not Bride people, that is the great multitude and foolish virgins. That does not read the same at all, as I read in Luke, except the last part of it. It does not read the same as it does in Acts 2, because it is not the same setting. However the church world preachers are never going to catch that, simply because they are not supposed to. They looked and found the blood moons. They even found that there have only been three times in history that it has ever been shone like that, and all of it happened in a time when God was dealing with the Jews. That is why it is going to happen again, but the blood moons will be over Israel, because that is where they belong. Let me go to another scripture right now. Go to 1st Thessalonians, chapter 5, starting in verse 1. “But of the times and the seasons, brethren, ye have no need that I write unto you.” Why was he saying that? Because it was not time. We will go back to our moons (chart). These are not happening for no reason at all. We are seeing the end time unfold before us. When things begin to happen in the Middle East, it is not going to stop until it is all finished. If you want to see something wonderful, when this happens and Israel gets her land back, and you see her temple being built, He has already said, when you see these things begin to come to pass, look up. In other words He is saying, get rid of those mully-grubs, that is an old saying here in America. It means don’t walk around all bent over from worrying, from stress over the things of this world. There is a time to shake off some of that stuff. I am talking about in our spirit, that is what He is talking about, that is the same thing He talks about in the 12th chapter of Hebrews. But of the times and seasons, ye have no need that I write unto you. “For yourselves know perfectly that the day of the Lord so cometh as a thief in the night.” We believe that. Some might say, well I don’t believe we know anything about this. Why would this happen? We will let Paul say what he has to say about it. “For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape.” That will be the day when Israel signs her covenant with the beast, oh it will be peace now, we have this thing worked out. We have the Jews where we want them. That is what some will be saying. Peace and safety, then sudden destruction cometh upon them as travail upon a woman with child and they shall not escape. “But ye brethren, (Who is he talking to, and about? Peace and safety is what the people of the world will be talking about. Is that right? Is it talking about the church world? Is it talking about the prophecy preachers? They are not my brothers, and they are not your brothers, so this is not for them. But ye brethren…) are not in darkness, (In other words, God has taken His Word and pulled the blinders off your eyes. They put these things, blinders, on horses when they run in a race, because some of them cannot stand to see what is going on, on the other side of them. In other words, God is giving them tunnel vision. But ye brethren are not in darkness…) that that day should overtake you as a thief.” God has a Newspaper, and He is unfolding this good news to us, not that stuff you are seeing over in Kenya today, where that bunch of no good Muslims are causing trouble. Why do they say that the Muslim religion is a good religion? President Clinton started that stuff. It is the world’s fastest growing religion there is, but why do they keep the Bible away from the people? They are afraid, afraid somebody might believe the Word of God and get out of that thing. Back when Jimmy Carter was president, and they threw the shah of Iran out, they had all these mines and explosives hid. Who did they send out there? Little boys ten years old, they put plastic keys around their neck, and told them to go out there, knowing they would get killed unearthing those mines. They told them, if you get killed, you will get to see Mohammed. That is the wrong direction, you have to go down instead of up to see him. “Ye are all (That don’t leave thirty and sixty fold out.) the children of light, and the children of the day: we are not of the night, nor of darkness.” God is taking the blinders off. We are in the shadow of the coming of the Lord. “Therefore let us not sleep, (He is not talking about going to bed and going to sleep. He is not talking about sitting up all night.) as do others; but let us watch and be sober.” Is he talking about drinking? He is talking about having a clear mind, a sober mind that you can think straight. A drunk person cannot think straight. “For they that sleep, sleep in the night; and they that be drunken are drunken in the night. But let us, who are of the day, be sober, putting on the breastplate of faith and love; (This is two of the attributes of the fruits of the spirit. Remember there are nine of them. If you have those nine fruits of the spirit, and you are loving God and serving Him with all your heart, you are going to make it, because that is what the true Christian life is all about. These scriptures that speak of love, are not speaking about a natural human love: they are about Agape love, that pure love that only comes to us from God. Let us who are of the day, are you a day light person? Or are you a night person? We that are of the day, are bride believers, 30, 60 and hundred fold.) and for an helmet, the hope of salvation.” Having your head clear, without guilt and fear. When God forgives you of your sins, you are clean. The devil will tell you otherwise, if you listen to him, but remember, he is a liar. “For God hath not appointed us to wrath, (What he is talking about here, He has not appointed us to go through the tribulation in the week of Daniel.) but to obtain salvation by our Lord Jesus Christ.” I have more to read there, but I want to go to Isaiah 26 right now. I love this part. He is talking about the raising of the dead in the 19th verse, but then he comes on down to the 20th verse and says this; Listen, as I read it. “Come, my people, (He is talking to Bride people here.) enter thou into thy chambers, and shut thy doors about thee: hide thyself as it were for a little moment, until the indignation be overpast.” What is the indignation? It is the wrath of God. Hide yourself in the chamber, (The place where only the bride will go.) until the indignation be overpast. “For, behold, the Lord cometh out of His place to punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity: the earth also shall disclose her blood, and shall no more cover her slain.” I love verse 20, I want to read that again. You see what 21 is talking about, it is talking about the wrath of God, but verse 20 says, “Come, my people, enter thou into thy chambers, and shut thy doors about thee: (You are not going to see the wrath of God. These people want to think that their poor old dead mom or dad is looking down on them now. It will not be like that. Only in hell does it happen that way. There is too much business to take care of up there, to worry about what is going on down here, because God takes you from that. He takes you from a dry ground to a meadow.) hide thyself as it were for a little moment, (for that period of time) until the indignation be overpast.” Don’t that sound good? Or does that sound like something far fetched, that can never happen? Let us go back to Thessalonians. I will read the 9th verse again. “For God hath not appointed us to wrath, but to obtain salvation by our Lord Jesus Christ, Who died for us, that, whether we wake or sleep, (He is talking about whether we go in the rapture or we sleep in death. God does not recognize the saints that have gone on, as being dead people, they sleep. Because actually their body is the only thing that is missing, their spirit is still alive, waiting for the reunion of the body with the spirit. When Jesus was talking about the living, He referred to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, and said, He is not the God of the dead, but of the living. We weep over a dead body that is placed here when somebody dies, but that is our physical makeup toward the person. The Bible tells, which we have it out of kilter, but Jesus wept himself, He said weep when they are born, and rejoice when they are gone. Only one time have I ever seen that happen, when Bro. Sharp from Georgia passed away. We had the service down there. Many people, especially his wife, actually shouted. Whether we wake or sleep…) we should live together with Him. Wherefore comfort yourselves together, and edify one another, even as also ye do.” That would be a good scripture to read at a funeral. Comfort yourselves and edify one another. “And we beseech you, brethren, to know them which labor among you, and are over you in the Lord, and admonish you; And to esteem them very highly in love for their work’s sake. And be at peace among yourselves.” It says comfort yourselves, he is wanting us to be edified by the Word of God. We know Israel is going to get their land back, I know I said I am sticking my neck out, but to me this has something to do with it, during this time, or very shortly after. Because I see how God worked in the other three times that this has ever happened and in the 1967 war it was between here and here (pointing to chart.) Right in there was when the Six Day War happened, between Passover and Sukkot, in 1967. So it would be hard to pinpoint the time, but I see the way the world is going and the way they are rejecting Israel. The reason this happened in Kenya was because this was Israeli shops and United States shops, where they went in and slaughtered. They asked people, are you Muslim? If they said yes, they said go on. If they said no, then they were butchered. That is that peaceful religion some speak about, but they really are a bunch of devils. At least, that bunch was. May the Lord help us as we strive to be faithful to our calling.

THE SIGNS OF THE TIMES
9-27-13 AM

I have added some more scriptures to this, something I wanted to put in this morning’s message. We live in a wonderful day and hour that God has given us the privilege to live in. There has never been another hour like this, that we have had the privilege to be able to come together and to know what God has given us to understand. We are really dealing with reality. I am talking as a ministry, we are dealing with things in the mind of the Lord. Each message must be that way, because we are associating with God. These are not times to have an ambition, nor to let somebody sway us toward something that is not right. There are a lot of voices out there, voices of people that have been close to us, but we must be sure that what we listen to is of the Spirit of God. We have honored those voices in times past, but we have come to an hour of separation; and that separation is by the Spirit of God also. Separation is something that sometimes gets very close, to our heart, family close. If you think you are the only one that has been through something like that, then there is always that next one that has gone through it also. Our daily life that God has given to us to live here on earth, is something that is counting, so we must be sure we are living it in the will of God. We are not just our own any more. God winked at a lot of things in the past: we find that expressed in the Old Testament, that there are many things that God winked at. When we come to this hour of time, we realize there have been years gone by, that God looked over a lot of things, even in the healing times back in the 1950’s. Men pulled a little bit of everything in order to bring about healing, but God worked in that, because it was the time for that, and truth was not yet prevalent. Even in Bro. William Branham’s ministry, he never told the people about baptism in the name of Jesus Christ, because that was not the time for it. He still baptized in the same way he always did, in the name of Jesus Christ, but he did not teach that, because, when God called him, he placed within his heart the 4th chapter of the book of 2nd Timothy, words to this affect, which were words written to Timothy, which told him the time will come when they will not endure sound doctrine. So it has happened: that time has come. This was part of his mission, so he said God told him to do the work of an evangelist. That is what he did. In evangelizing, the prophecy that came to him was mostly to people that had a need of something, and God let him see what was wrong, even until after 1956. God told him, if they don’t hear it in 1956, America is lost. By the time we came to the early 1960’s, all those preachers we have heard about, had their time of a little bit of everything. It began to be a ministry, not of healing, but a ministry of giving; and the giving, which was to the ministry. Some made the statement, I will stay in this place until I get every dollar out of peoples’ billfold, then I will shake them up and down until all their change falls out, then I will move on to another place. This was a part of what went on back then. People built their miracle valley’s and all this stuff that had nothing to do with God whatsoever. God never meant to bless everything some did, just like John Alexander Dowie, he was going to build a city in Illinois, which he did build, where there would never be a theater, a place to drink. That is a good idea, but then by the time of his death, the place had already gone, more or less, to a worldly thing. He was going to build a utopia here for the Lord because he read in Revelation about the Millennium and what it would be. He was going to build a place for the Millennium. That has been more than a hundred years ago. Look at it today. They are still in Zion Illinois, he was the one that started it. The man had a ministry. He set up a tent across from a wild west show and people laughed at him for doing that. But in a week’s time the show had nobody there and everybody was in his tent because they were hauling crutches off in trucks, crutches and wheelchairs. That is a recorded thing that happened. I saw picture of all that. Then people got to building him up and building him up until he was sitting on a pedestal. He forgot his ministry. The worst thing that can happen to a minister is for them to get inflated in themselves, all bloated up. When I go home at night and I go to bed, then I am the same one I was fifty years ago. What I mean is, I have to live with myself, so I have to do the right thing. I cannot allow other peoples’ ideas to affect that. We have got to a time now, that we could let a wrong spirit get in the body of Christ, if God did not have control over it, and make us realize that the flesh is not so important. We love our families, we love our families that do not go to church. There is still something there, because they are family. I have children that do not come here, that actually do not go anywhere, because they would not go anywhere else. The thing about it is, they are still friendly and would do anything they could for me. What am I going to do, shove them off some place and say I don’t want anything to do with you because I don’t even want you to come under my roof? I could say something like that, but we have to show ourselves to be an influence. We have to live our life to where they know that we are living for God even though they may not. If someone out here in the world cannot see a little bit of Christ in us, then something is wrong. Because we are not of the world, but we are in this world. There has been a lot of things go on that I cannot be a part of, because I am set to defend the Word of God. I am talking a lot about the ministry this morning, especially because they walked away from truth, I cannot associate with those that will do that. I am just that way; and have no thoughts of compromise. I have a life to live and I have a conscience to work with. Martin Luther said it is neither good nor safe to go against your conscience. I know I am preaching on the blood moons. This is my subject, and this is what is going on in this time we are living in. To me, this is important. If it was not important, I would not be preaching on it. I was even asked a question by a young person last night, about it. I appreciate that. What is the difference in Matthew 24 and Mark 13, and Luke 21? What is the difference in them? How are they different from the other scriptures mentioned? There is a lot of difference, because of the timing. They are not all speaking of the same thing. In Luke, in the latter part of what I have read, he is speaking of the end time. Before that, I read of the difference, and when I say they are different, I am not saying anything against what was written, but we are talking about two different times in history. This is different than what will take place at the very end. This will start something in Israel. This is all related to something concerning Israel. Somebody looked it up and said, which I already knew, but these will only be seen in the Israel area and a little part of north Africa because this is who it is to. Now this other is different, because it is to the world. This is a blackout. This other does not black the moon out, it just turns them red, while this other is a complete blackout, except a few rays around it here, because it said that the sun will be darkened. The eclipse covers the sun, but there are still rays out of it, but in the end time, when Jesus comes back, it will be completely blacked out. Can you not see the difference in those occasions? As I look at that, I am thinking you have ministers today that are preaching on this; and before very long, the television ministry will be filled with this. It is something people can draw off of, but none of them have the same idea about it, unless they jump on John Haggee’s bandwagon. This message is not about John Haggee, it gets closer to home, because it is how we are living our lives and what we are expecting in this last day, that makes the difference. Bro. Spencer and I both are from Kentucky. Bro. Bud is too. Some speak better than I do. Bro. Bud and I got a critical e-mail from a man that said we do not know how to talk, but that Bro. Bud talks better than I do. If I say ain’t, I don’t care, because it is just the way I grew up, and I am not trying to change everything I grew up with. I want to get to what I am coming to now: the first part of it was an introduction. Some people wonder about attending other churches and things like that, denominational things especially, because that is all they have in their area for fellowship. They wonder about that. A brother and sister, a few months ago, came here and were baptized. Bro. Bud baptized them. Bro. Jack and Sis. Alice, which is Bro. Jimmy Cain’s sister. They were going to other churches, but it began to be a problem. The sister told me, with tears in her eyes, she said I had a prophecy when I was a young girl. I remember when she came here as a young girl. It said that you will go away, but before the end time you will come back. This was a prophecy of forty years ago. I did not know about the prophecy. I just thought that the sister would never be back, because I did not know about the prophecy. Then all at once her husband called, then she talked to me, and before it was over, they told me they wanted to come here to be baptized. They have friends in those other churches. When they began to search for the Lord and the truth of His Word, all they can do is listen to our services on the internet now. They don’t want anything to do with the rest of what is out there. They did not leave the church mad, they just left. They said, if some friends come over, when it comes time for church service, they get up and leave, because they know they are going to be listening to our church service, because that is all they have. This is myself speaking: I just cannot associate with what is out there. It is not in me to do so. I left the Methodist church, and told them to take my name off the church book. The preacher said that morning, when I went to honor the man before I took my name off, he got up and preached and said, if you are a Methodist, when you go to another area you will take your membership with you. He got through preaching, I told him I want to take my name off. I was not mad at him, but I guess he was surprised because he thought he would influence me to get out of what I was in because I was so wrong. Let us go to 2nd Corinthians 11th chapter, starting with the 10th verse. “As the truth of Christ is in me, no man shall stop me of this boasting in the regions of Achaia. (which was Asia) Wherefore? Because I love you not? God knoweth. But what I do, that I will do, that I may cut off occasion from them which desire occasion; that wherein they glory, they may be found even as we. For such are false apostles, deceitful workers, transforming themselves into the apostles of Christ. And no marvel; for Satan himself is transformed into an angel of light. Therefore it is no great thing if his ministers (His ministers, why would he say that? If they are not preaching truth, they are his (Satan’s) ministers, especially those that have walked away from truth. I said, I am talking to the ministry. Therefore it is no great thing if his ministers…) also be transformed as the ministers of righteousness; whose end shall be according to their works.” Now I want to go to 2nd John. Those men just said it the way it is. Starting in verse 7, “For many deceivers are entered into the world, who confess not that Jesus Christ is come in the flesh. This is a deceiver and an antichrist. Look to yourselves, that we lose not those things which we have wrought, but that we receive a full reward. Whosoever transgresseth, and abideth not in the doctrine of Christ, hath not God. He that abideth in the doctrine of Christ, he hath both the Father and the Son. If there come any unto you, and bring not this doctrine, receive him not into your house, neither bid him God speed: For he that biddeth him God speed is partaker of his evil deeds.” That is talking about all this “God bless you” to people who walk away. It is no different in 3rd John. But he begins to mention names. Poor old John, that loving little fellow sitting on a rock someplace, watching the crickets and katy-dids and all. “I wrote unto the Church: but Diotrephes, who loveth to have the preeminence among them, receiveth us not. wherefore, if I come, I will remember his deeds which he doeth, prating against us with malicious words: and not content therewith, neither doth he himself receive the brethren, and forbiddeth them that would, and castest them out of the church. Beloved, follow not that which is evil, but that which is good. He that doeth good is of God: but he that doeth evil hath not seen God.” I have another scripture to read, which is 2nd Timothy the 4th chapter, starting with the 6th verse. “For I am now ready to be offered, and the time of my departure is at hand. I have fought a good fight, I have finished my course, I have kept the faith: Henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness, which the Lord, the righteous judge, shall give me at that day: and not to me only, but unto all them also that love His appearing. Do thy diligence to come shortly unto me: For Demas hath forsaken me, having loved this present world, and is departed unto Thessalonica; Crescens to Galatia, Titus unto Dalmatia. (These were close associates of Paul and he called them apostles.) Only Luke is with me. Take Mark, and bring him with thee: for he is profitable to me for the ministry.” Now Mark had a change in his heart, and he came back to support Paul and his ministry. He did not leave him because of what he believed, he left because he wanted to go back to Jerusalem. But this is at the end of Paul’s ministry. He said I am now ready to be offered up and the time of my departure is at hand. There are people that turn on the internet when it is on, and that is their way of attending church services. They are listening now, some of them. They have no church to go to, no fellowship, only the internet. That should speak something to somebody. If people can live on that, we do not have to live on someone else’s energy. The energy is in the body of Christ. Our energy is there, that is where the source of our energy comes from. I was at a funeral home a couple months ago. There was a preacher there that used to associate with us some years ago. I was there, because there were family members that go here, I went because of that, to show respect unto the father even though he did not come here. I thought I would do something, I would go out of my way to shake hands with this certain preacher. I did, I went out of my way, but all the time I was wishing I had not. Then about two weeks ago I got a thing on the internet condemning me and this church: it was concerning my son that got married that week to Marianne. Tim McKay put a rotten thing on the internet concerning that, and concerning the church. He even sent a picture and put it on the internet. How would you like for me to open your book, Tim McKay? I can do it. There was a sister that called me, and said they had been at a picnic. He followed this sister to the restroom and stood outside the door. It scared her, she was a young married woman. People, brothers and sisters, we are in the last days. I went to a restaurant, Cheddar’s, a couple of years ago, and I was sitting there with my wife. This preacher came in, they used to associate with us years ago. He thought he would take over this church. That was his thought. I had it told to me by different people. The preacher had stood against Bro. Jackson. He stood and talked to him after he died and said, now I guess you know who is right. He would not even call Bro. Jackson while he was living: for a year and half, he never even spoke to him. It was Rolf Strommen. Rolf, you made me feel bad when you came by my table and tried to talk. I did not talk to you: you talked to my wife. I did not talk to you, because I know what you did to Bro. Jackson and I take up for my brother. There are brothers here, that tried to get him to change. The last meeting Bro. Jackson had, in the fall before he died, he stood right here and tried to get him to change. All he would ever say was ummm. That was his answer, hummmm. Rolf Strommen, I would not drink a cup of coffee with you. I did not invite you to sit down at my table, and I will not. People, we are at the end time. I say to you Rolf, I caught on to what you were saying in 1997 right here in this pulpit, when you preached on the seven seals. I caught on to you then. I thought maybe I was wrong, and tried to build myself up to it, but then you came back right at the end of the service with the same thing at the end. Then I got your tapes from Canada. The tapes from Canada verified what I had thought, even more so. These people have talked against us, you have preached against us, along with Deva Govender. Paul named names. I can name names. Deva Govender, you caused problems there in South Africa. I do not want to say too much about that, but you thought you would take over this church. Let everybody think you are an apostle, go ahead, keep it up. You and your wife both lied to Bro. Bud and me right here. We knew you were, when you did it. I never asked Bro. Bud to stand up. I never asked these people to stand up. You are not standing with me, because you are not standing for truth. People have made a mockery out of this belief. I know what others have preached. You did not care to call my name, you did not care to call Bro. Bud’s name. This is the first time I have done anything like this. I do not have to keep doing it, because I have more important things to do than that, but I felt there were some things that needed to be straightened out. I remember when Tim McKay was preaching, there was a woman that he depended on to tell him what to preach. Bro. Jackson said, I don’t want any woman telling me what to do. I am not trying to be a smart aleck this morning, but I am saying this, we are living past the time of some things being straightened out. We know what we are doing, and who we are associating with. The thing about it is, we can go too far. Don’t think anything strange, if I happen to meet you somewhere and I walk on the other side of the street, because there is no way I am going to say God bless you. I am not going to be a partaker of your evil deeds. There are others I could mention, but you know who you are. I saw something the other day, someone preaching, which I will not mention the name, but the man condemned me and others, and I thought, how in the world can you listen to this man preach, and how can you even allow him in your pulpit? Sometimes we just have to do things we don’t feel like doing. We just have to do things when we don’t feel like it because of standing for truth. I have to go over my feelings to stand for truth, because I am not that type person. That is all I have to say about that, I am going to dismiss now and let you think about it. I will not purpose to be on this any more. I will just let it have its destined effects.

THE SIGNS OF THE TIMES
9-29-13 AM

Hebrews 13, which we have up here, I had a question concerning that. It is not really related to the subject but a brother called me, it was something that bothered him and he wanted to know what it was, it was Bro. Phil James. This comes from the 13th chapter of Hebrews. I think I pretty much answered it for him, maybe somebody else would have a question about it. I thought before I go on I will talk about this a little bit, verse 10. “We have an altar, whereof they have no right to eat which serve the tabernacle.” The tabernacle, at that time, was not a building. The tabernacle was covered with badger skins and dyed red. It was something they moved every time they moved and it was called the tabernacle. They went all the way through the wilderness with that for forty years. They carried that with them and that is where God met. When David wanted to begin to build a building for God, God said I have dwelt in tents, why do you want to build me a building? But then He did O.K. the building of a building, but He said it will not be built in your time David, because you have spilled too much blood, but it will be built in your son’s time. “For the bodies of those beasts, whose blood is brought into the sanctuary by the high priest for sin, are burned without the camp. Wherefore Jesus also, that He might sanctify the people with His own blood, suffered without the gate.” That was the question, why would that be, that He suffered without the gate? “Let us go forth therefore unto Him without the camp, bearing His reproach. For here we have no continuing city, but we seek one to come.” Which is the new Jerusalem. But He suffered without the gate, we know that, being over to Jerusalem, outside the gate is where He suffered, outside the camp. It said we bear His reproach without the gate, that is what gives the Gentiles an opportunity to be a part of the family of God. Because if He had suffered in Jerusalem, and that is where the Catholics got it, they have it inside the gate. But He suffered without the gate, to give all comers to Him, the opportunity to be children of God, to be Bride people. That is really what it is talking about, to give the Gentiles a chance. The 10th chapter of John, we find that Jesus said, speaking of the sheep, he said other sheep I have and them I must bring, and they shall become one, talking of the Gentile people there. So he really spelled it out as he went along. He did not leave the Gentile people out, in His messages, even though He said He had come for the lost sheep of the house of Israel. I remember the Phoenician woman, which was a Gentile person, that came to him about her daughter that was possessed with demons. Being in the crowd, she began to question Him about the healing of her daughter. He went on as though she was not saying anything. Finally she said, Thou Son of David, have mercy on my daughter. He said to her, it is not fit to give the children’s bread to the dogs, which that is what we were. We are dogs, that is a Jewish word for the Gentile people. How would you have liked for Him to say that to you? But she needed something more than her feelings. Your feelings can just go so far, then you have to forget your feelings and look straight into the plan of God. By doing that, she received her answer, yes Lord, that is right, yes Lord, but the dogs eat the crumbs from the table. So she was willing to take what was left over in order that she might have her prayer answered. Jesus told her then, to go on, her daughter was made whole. We find it was so. These verses here are really speaking, when the Jews made sacrifice they had to take the ashes and stuff without the camp. They took them outside the prominent place where the Jews were, because there were some two million Jews, but they had to be carried outside the camp and dumped. Because of that, the grace of God went outside the camp, and Jesus suffered outside the gate to give us an opportunity to the grace of God, because it was not a Jewish thing, it was a salvation thing. It was a Jewish thing when it was done in the natural, but when it came to the spiritual, then it included us too. So as the song goes, He included me, when He died upon the cross, He included me. I had another question asked, which I have gone over in this message concerning the blood moons. I had another question asked me, what really is the difference in Matthew 24 and Luke 21. Let us look at that a little bit, I will not spend much time on it, because I have other things. Let us look at it a minute and see. Let me go to Matthew 24 first, because this will help answer the rest of it. Verse 27 and 28 is the catching away of the Bride of Christ, especially verse 27. Verse 28 is what they are feasting on at the time before they are carried away, which is the Word of God, but it is the revelation, a true revelation of the Word of God. “For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shineth even unto the west; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.” That is talking to the Bride. That is speaking of the Bride because it is speaking of the catching away of the Bride, as a lightning. As I mentioned the other day, that is a quick thing. The lightning, whenever it shines from east to west, it is over quickly. When the Bride is caught away, it will be a quick thing, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trump. The trumpet will sound and the dead in Christ will rise first. It may be five minutes before the Bride is caught away, I don’t want to get into this thing that there are going to be a lot of happenings after the dead is raised. I know it has been said, and I have even said it myself, somebody may touch you on the shoulder, but we do not know that for sure. There is no known answer to it, to what will happen, the only concern is, that the bride be ready. When that trumpet sounds, then the dead in Christ will rise first, but then it says we will be caught up together to meet the Lord in the air. This is speaking of that verse there. Verse 28 says, “Wheresoever the carcase is, there will the eagles be gathered together.” Wheresoever the carcase is, wheresoever the Word of God is, the Word, speaks of the flesh killed meat.

2014-07-Signs-of-Times-Part-3

Signs of the Times, Part 2 – 2014, May


Introduction

We have a lot of good scriptures here, and some good evidence of the hour we are living in. We want to honor what the Lord has given us and always lift His name in praise and worship, because He is the one to be lifted up and praised. I went over Malachi 4:5-6 scriptures this morning, showing you the difference in the coming of Elijah and then going to Matthew 17, showing you that Elijah was to come two times. Of course the spirit of Elijah will come back to the Jews again, with the spirit of Moses, five different times has that spirit been upon this earth, including Elisha, because he asked for a double portion of the spirit that was upon Elijah. God gave him that. The same man that crossed over the Jordan River, had the cloak of Elijah that he struck the water with. We live in an hour of time that people have claimed they had the cloak of Bro. William Branham, but their ministry never did prove to be that. God has each man, through his own ministry, but the thing about it is, that Elijah spirit was to come five times, only Elijah and Elisha, John the Baptist, Bro. William Branham, and then the end time prophet that will prophesy to Israel, as we see in the 11th chapter of Revelation. So God must have seen something in the spirit of that man, that there was no compromise in his dealings. It never happened in Elijah’s time, it never happened in Bro. William Branham’s time. He did not compromise the message that had been given to him. I was asked this question. Someone wanted to know how far into the Millennium will the goat people go? I said, they will not go into the Millennium at all: they will be finished up when judgment comes, after the great tribulation, That is as far as they go. That finishes the goat people. Then the sheep people go into the Millennium. Of course at the end of the Millennium, the natural people that are here, will be dealt with sometime after the devil has spent his thousand years chained up, and then loosed long enough to test the ones that have been born during that thousand years. He is let loose for a little season just for that purpose. That little season will not be for one day or one week, it is going to be long enough for him to convince a great number of people to follow him. He will encamp around Jerusalem with his followers to try to defeat the saints that are in Jerusalem at that time. But we find that the Spirit of God will take care of it, and then the devil will be cast into the lake of fire where the false prophet and the beast are already. So hell will be turned into the lake of fire, as soon as God judges this earth and Armageddon is over with. Armageddon will put an end to the beast and the false prophet, then their spirits go into the lake of fire, which means they will never bother anyone again. Those spirits that have caused that false prophet and that beast to act like they have, will be cast into the lake of fire, which does not mean the people will be. It is just the spirit of those of the false prophet and the beast that will be cast into the lake of fire. There are spirits out here, that are anointing people to do what they do. This thing of the end time which is fast moving upon us, makes it as it was in the days of Sodom, when everything was guided by evil spirits. It is an evil spirit that gets hold of a society, very evil. The world is fast falling for it. I was thinking today, as I had gone over that this morning, that the Jews in Israel, many of them know what is going on. They know that there is a temple that is soon going to be built, but you have many Jews in America and Canada that could not care less. They could not care less, whether this would ever happen or not, because it is like the Jews were back in the 1930’s, they were warned, but took no heed. They had already been warned to get out of those countries they were in, but they did not listen. God sent His hunters during WW2. He sent His hunters to hunt them out wherever they were, to kill them, because they did not listen to the fishers. That is why today, when election time comes around in America, sixty some percent of the Jews will vote for Obama over and over again. Why? It is because they are interested in Wall Street. When you hear their voice, some in Congress and some in the Senate, when you hear their voice, they are not for Israel being able to defend themselves at all, because they are too interested in living here and what they can get from this society. That is the way a lot of the Jewish people have been throughout the ages. That is why God ran them out of their own country. But He is going to bring many of them back and there will be many that will even perish in Israel, because it tells that in Zechariah. You can see what Paul was talking about, they are not all Jews that are Jews. They may have the signet of Abraham but they are not following Abraham convictions. As we are on this subject, I know I talked about them going back and forth on this, I know I talked about Isaiah 66, I want to go there because that has a meaning for our hour of time, or 1948, let me put it that way, which is close to our hour of time. No matter what this church world has decided, the prophecy preachers have come up with the idea and they have all fallen in line, saying that the Mosque of Omar is going to remain there. They will take you to Revelation 1:1, showing you what they believe, but it is not right. That Mosque of Omar is going to have to go, because, the Arabs that are left alive in the world, after Israel fights the war to take their land back, are all going to turn to the God of the Jews. The ones that are left will alive turn unto the Jews. You see that, I don’t have the scriptures down, but you see that about Egypt. Egypt will turn to the Jews. I was talking about that the other day, there have been times when Egypt was good to the Jews. When Abraham went there, he thought they were just a bunch of heathen so he told Sarah to lie for him. She did, but then God dealt with the king and told him, you are as good as a dead man. He found out it was because he was trying to take Abraham’s wife, which Abraham never did tell him that she was his wife, he said she is my sister. She was his half sister, but when you go on, remember Joseph. Egypt, for some one hundred or two hundred years there, were good to the Jewish people, until a pharaoh arose that did not know Joseph. That does not mean that he did not know who Joseph was, he just did not respect him. It is just like America today: Our country does not know Abraham Lincoln and George Washington. They don’t know them. They are just ancient history. That is what Joseph was to that ruler, just ancient history. George Washington used to be called the father of our country. I have not heard that in the last fifty years, but I used to hear it a lot. It was even in the history books when I was going to school, but they do not have that in them any more. He was the first president, but they really wanted to make him king. He refused to be that; and now he is seldom mentioned. Now I want to deal with Israel becoming a nation in 1948. This has to do with the moons. Some said they couldn’t see the last two moons. I will explain that, the time of them, and so on. There are different time periods in history of when these things happened, because of the moon, the moon is what determines the time. The moon determines the Passover, when the Passover starts. The moon determines Sukkot, which is the feast of tabernacles. Here we are back at the Passover again, which this Passover here, I am getting ahead of myself, but I will tell you this, 4-15-2014, is when this Passover will be. Then the feast of tabernacles, which will be 10-8-2014. Then the next Passover, notice, the date is different, it is nine days earlier, this Passover is 4-4-2015. This one here, the feast of Tabernacles is 9-28-2015, back in September. As I go over these, there are different times because the Passover time is as I said here, there are close to ten days difference in the times of these happenings in 2014 and 2015, just from one year to the next, because the moon determines when the Passover takes place. Let me go to the 7th verse of Isaiah 66, “Before she travailed, she brought forth; before her pain came, she was delivered of a man child. Who hath heard such a thing? who hath seen such things? Shall the earth be made to bring forth in one day? or shall a nation be born at once?” When a woman gives birth, it do not happen this way. It would be a blessed thing if it did, for the woman. This is talking about the Israeli nation, which is God’s wife. He calls her that. Shall the earth be made to bring forth in one day? Remember we went over that last week, as I went over that, we found that they were trying to decide where they would place Israel, because that boat was waiting there, full of Jewish people, and they were trying to determine where they were going to send them. The U.N. of course was new at that time, just some three years old. It was in the U.N.’s hands to determine where they would go. Some of them said let us send them to Africa. No, that will not work. Let us send them to Poland. No ere are too many Jews in Poland yet. That will not work either. So at four o’clock in the afternoon, they determined that they should become a nation in Israel. That is what it is talking about here in Isaiah 66. Who has ever heard of any such a thing? Who has seen such a thing? Shall the earth be made to bring forth in one day? When Israel looks at her beginning in these last days, when she looks at her beginning, the one that stands out is David Ben Gurion. He was their first prime minister. Finally years when by and he retired, then he went back again, because the Jewish people wanted him to. “Shall I bring to the birth, and not cause to bring forth? saith the Lord: shall I cause to bring forth, and shut the womb? saith thy God. Rejoice ye with Jerusalem, and be glad with her, all ye that love her: rejoice for joy with her, all ye that mourn for her.” Israel, at the time that she became a nation, did not have Jerusalem, it was still ruled by Arabs. The next day after she became a nation, she had to fight for her life, with weapons that were outdated. I remember Bro. Jackson going over it, they ran out of bullets, they ran out of anything they had to shoot with. So somebody came up with the idea of getting a keg of nails and putting gunpowder in it. They put a fuse to it and got out of the way. When it went off the nails were going everywhere. The enemy said, oh, they have the bomb. It is something in the day that we are living in, per capita, more inventions are coming out of Israel than any other place in the world. All of those Arab nations together over there can not produce what one little nation produces, because God has blessed them. May 14, 1948 this scripture came into focus, at four o’clock in the afternoon, eleven minutes afterward President Truman called Ben Gurion and recognized Israel as a nation. April 13th 1949 there was a blood moon. These all have to do with Israel, every one of them. October 7th 1949 there was the next one, at Sukkot or the feast of tabernacles. The world is going to be affected by it. April 2nd 1950, Passover again, another blood moon. September 26th 1950, the last one. This all has to do with Israel, just like it did when the Jews left Spain. It all has to do with the persecution. The Jews are forced into what they do. You have the “peace now” Jews in Israel. You have the gays in Israel. I am sorry to say that, but according to the news, they have less trouble in Israel than anywhere else in the world, the gays do. You can see why Revelation 11 speaks as it does. It refers to it as Sodom and Egypt, because it will be as Egypt, when that time comes, they will be under bondage again, under the pope. The third happening of this, Columbus, when Israel becomes a nation, then the Six Day War, what was accomplished there that caused this to happen? Jews got Jerusalem back. This happened at a different time. The others happened after, the year after is when these other happened, but in 1967 the Six Day War, April 24th 1967, there was the blood moon, that is before the war happened. All of this, why would it come on the dates of Israel’s Passover and ingathering, that is what it is? October 18th 1967, April 13th, 1968, and October 6th 1968. This all has to do with Israel. This is why I am pointing this out because there is coming in Israel within the next two years. I know that it is not going to go over with some very good, that I am saying that, but the Sunni Arabs have said they will go to war with Israel between the 15th of April and the 4th of October. They said that. Are we looking at a time frame wrong? I do not know that they will, but that is what they said. Am I looking at the scripture wrong? I have never set a date for the rapture to come, but these are dates that something is going to happen in Israel. It could be sooner, it could be later, but it has always happened before. Obama set a time line. He said the other day he did not do it, set a red line, he said no, the world set it. But Netanyahu did set a date. The date he talked about is upon us. That is for Israel to do something to Iran because Israel realizes that the United States is not going to stand with them. Why are things happening as they are in the Middle East? Why are things happening in Syria and in Damascus as they are? In the 17th chapter of Isaiah, 1st verse there, “The burden of Damascus. Behold, Damascus is taken away from being a city, and it shall be a ruinous heap.” All the players are getting in place for the end time. If we are going to get ready, we cannot wait on things to happen. Just because you get up in the morning and it looks clear out there, does not mean that everything is alright. Isaiah 24, I know what I am saying, I am sticking my neck out, but I have a long neck. Verse 22, “And they shall be gathered together, as prisoners are gathered in the pit, and shall be shut up in prison, and after many days shall they be visited. Then the moon shall be confounded, and the sun ashamed, when the Lord of hosts shall reign in mount Zion, and in Jerusalem, and before his ancients gloriously.” Talking about the end time. We never want to get confused in scripture. I want to go back to Joel 2:25. “And I will restore to you the years that the locust hath eaten, (When we were in Israel, just riding along, you could see what God is doing in that land. They use wastewater, they store that and strain it and get it ready to put on their crops and irrigate with it. Seventy percent of their wastewater is saved. There is not another nation under heaven that does that.) the cankerworm, and the caterpillar, and the palmerworm, my great army which I sent among you.” Here, it is worms. In Daniel it is beasts, the same thing. “And ye shall eat in plenty, (They export more of their vegetable crops into Europe than any other nation. Ye shall eat in plenty and be satisfied.) and be satisfied, and praise the name of the Lord your God, that hath dealt wondrously with you: and my people shall never be ashamed. (That goes on into the Millennium.) And ye shall know that I am in the midst of Israel, and that I am the Lord your God, and none else: and my people shall never be ashamed. (That is talking about Israel.) And it shall come to pass afterward, that I will pour out my spirit upon all flesh; and your sons and your daughters shall prophesy, your old men shall dream dreams, your young men shall see visions: And also upon the servants and upon the handmaids in those days will I pour out my spirit. (In the last days. As I said last week, that started two thousand years ago. In those days, more than one day, two thousand years of days, but it is all the last days.) And I will show wonders in the heavens and in the earth, blood, and fire, and pillars of smoke. (How come that is so accurate with what God showed Peter on that day of Pentecost?) The sun shall be turned into darkness, and the moon into blood, before (before) the great and the terrible day of the Lord come.” You cannot put that with Ezekiel 38 and 39. Neither can you put that with Matthew 24. You cannot put that with the 13th chapter of Mark nor the 21st chapter of Luke. That has a place all to itself. When I began to look at that, and began to see what others had said, how they were hooking that all together, then when I look at it, it says, before. God deals in words, not always sentences, not always paragraphs. The picture is dealing in words, but the identification is in one word of when that will come. That is why I am saying this, it is before. It has nothing to do with the Bride people, it has to do with Israel. But the Bride people, as they look at this, they begin to lift up their heads and look because their redemption draws nigh, because we are seeing something. This was not drawn up by somebody that did not know what they were doing. This was drawn up by NASA. They traced it down and found that there are four times that this thing with the moons would happen. The last time has not happened yet. We are just on the brink of something exploding in the Middle East. When it does, it will not stop until it is all finished. Israel is going to get their land back. Israel is going to build their temple, and the Bride is going to be getting ready to leave here. “And it shall come to pass, that whosoever shall call on the name of the Lord shall be delivered: (Where is this deliverance going to be? This was not something that Peter dealt with.) for in mount Zion and in Jerusalem shall be deliverance, (This is where it is all happening and this is where deliverance needs to take place. Mt. Zion is the temple mount. Jerusalem is the capital of Israel.) as the Lord hath said, and in the remnant whom the Lord shall call.” Let us go to Mark 13:24-27. “But in those days, after that tribulation, (See how it explains it, that is a different time than what I have just gone over. After that tribulation.) the sun shall be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, (See? NASA did not find this, this is a secret. God does what He wants to. NASA found these others, all four of them, found these in time, but this one she did not find because it is a secret, the time when God is coming back to execute judgment on the earth. The sun shall be darkened and the moon shall not give her light. Many things can cause the sun to be darkened. The judgment of God, when the judgment of God happens, it said this earth will burn like a furnace.) And the stars of heaven shall fall, and the powers that are in heaven shall be shaken.” He is talking about the heavenly atmosphere, but not talking about God’s abode. There is nothing that can shake that, but all around you, is heaven. That is why we are able to sit together in heavenly places in Christ Jesus. The powers of the heavens shall be shaken. The devil is getting ready to be bound for one thousand years when this happens. “And then shall they see the Son of man coming in the clouds with great power and glory.” Are you going to see that? No, you are going to be a part of it, because the Bride is coming back with Him. It is not going to be something that you are going to be sitting, looking at. It is something you are going to be looking down on as you return to the earth. Some people have wondered if they would be able to ride that white horse. Don’t worry about that, just get yourself ready and you will have no problem. Then shall they see the Son of man coming in the clouds with great power and glory, what a day! The Bride will not look at things then, as they do now, because you are coming back with Jesus to execute judgment upon wicked mankind, those that are left alive in that day. “And then shall He send His angels, and shall gather together His elect from the four winds, from the uttermost part of the earth to the uttermost part of heaven.” Let us now see what Luke says about this. Chapter 21, verse 25. “And there shall be signs in the sun, and in the moon, and in the stars; and upon the earth distress of nations, with perplexity, the sea and the waves roaring; Men’s hearts failing them for fear, and for looking after those things which are coming on the earth: for the powers of heaven shall be shaken.” See? At the beginning of that first verse, there will be signs in the sun and in the moon, the stars, and upon the earth distress of nations. Are we not living in a time of distress among nations? A time when nobody agrees. They had a summit meeting, which was a vacation for eight nations. Obama thought he could get somebody to agree with him, to go into Syria. Nobody agreed. Now he is going to go before Senate and Congress to get them to O.K. it, and they are saying they are not going to. Distress of nations. They claim, that within a little while China and Russia are getting together to present a world money, that will take the place of the dollar. All the oil throughout the world is bought by dollars, but the United States is losing face. The debt, in the middle of October, is getting ready to hit seventeen trillion dollars. There is no nation that can sustain itself like that, absolutely no nation. The only promise we have is in the coming of the Lord. They are not bettering this thing, because, as it says in the 12th chapter of Zechariah, Though all nations of the earth come against Jerusalem, God will seek to destroy all those nations. You can see their economies falling. Look at what is hitting this nation right now. They are trying to force Israel to a table of surrender. It is dry in some parts of our nation, in other parts there are floods, sink holes, and inside cities, cars are falling into sink holes. Houses falling into sink holes. Fires in many places, the fire in Yosemite is about to burn it up. Distress of nations with perplexity. That word perplexity, does not sound like a good word. They no longer know how to make decisions. God has taken away their ability to function in the right way. Bro. William Branham said it would happen that way before the end. They all have their plans. If something hits this nation, like, if it is bombed, if Washington is bombed, they have a city underneath Washington to take care of Senate and Congress. They will go into their dens, and cry for the rocks and mountains to fall upon them, to hide them from the face of the Lamb. There is no hiding place. A den is not going to hide them, a cave is not going to hide them. It is going to be so great, that they will cry for the rocks and mountains to fall upon them. Perplexity. “And then shall they see the Son of man coming in a cloud with power, and great glory. (There is no way to hide it.) And when these things begin to come to pass, (when they are in their beginning) then look up, and lift up your heads; for your redemption draweth nigh.” What does he mean, lift up your heads? He is saying rejoice, and praise God. “And he spake to them a parable; Behold the fig tree, and all the trees; When they now shoot forth, ye see and know of your own selves that summer is now nigh at hand. (That was in 1948.) So likewise ye, when ye see these things come to pass, know ye that the kingdom of God is nigh at hand. Verily I say unto you, This generation shall not pass away, (In 2018, it will be seventy years, but this generation shall not pass, some of the people that saw this nation born, people that were able to be a part of that, this generation of 1948, are not all going to pass away, until what? This generation shall not pass away…) till all be fulfilled. Heaven and earth shall pass away: but my words shall not pass away. And take heed to yourselves, lest at any time your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting, and drunkenness, and cares of this life, and so that day come upon you unawares.” We are warned. It is in our hands. Our redemption is drawing near. Paul said bodily exercise profiteth little, but Godliness is profitable. I believe that we owe it to ourselves to take care of our bodies, but do not overdo it. Cares of this life overpower many, so that day comes upon them unaware. “For as a snare (That is a box trap. That is the way people used to catch their food. There is one man on television now that will try to get you to buy enough food for seven years. Why? What are they doing? Expecting to miss the rapture? Everything they are doing is to preserve this body, even the Christian networks, so they say, have gone into vitamins and different things to preserve the body. What I will say tonight, before you eat that food, give thanks to God and let Him change it. You never know what you are eating any more, when you get anything to eat. If you listen to everything they tell you on television, you would not want to eat anything.) shall it come on all them that dwell on the face of the whole earth. Watch ye therefore, and pray always, that ye may be accounted worthy to escape all these things that shall come to pass, and to stand before the Son of man.” To be able to stand before the Son of man. Some of these people get before these actors and things, they want to fall on the floor. Not me. When I fall prostrate, I want it to be before Him, not before mortal mankind. To stand before the Son of man, that is the hope of every true Christian soul, to be able to stand before Him, that we may be accounted worthy, and to sing Worthy is the Lamb that was slain, Hallelujah!

THE SIGNS OF THE TIMES
9-15-13 AM

I want to go to this scripture in Zechariah 12 first, today. I have been using scriptures that have not been used much, most of them, before. That is kind of the way I wanted to keep it in this, because there are plenty of scriptures that we have heard many times before, concerning Israel and the last days. I have dodged around those to bring in different scriptures that would be applicable for this hour of time we are living in. Something was mentioned to me earlier, a sister told me she was enjoying this message but she did not completely understand the four moons. I said, well we are not through with it yet, so just hold on a while. I hope, that by the time we are through with it, she will understand, because I feel right now, it is fitting right in with the things that are to be brought out by worldly men, especially the next two years. Two years from now, the 28th of September 2015, these four blood moons will be over. They have always appeared at a time when they affected something concerning Israel. The thing about it is, there is some eclipse in there, and just before the end of it there is a partial eclipse of the sun. So we have many things that are going on, that I feel is shaping up the end time. Some people will say, you are setting dates. The thing about it is, I have not set any date for the coming of the Lord. But these have always had something to do with Israel, and that makes them of great interest. I feel sure that they will again be very meaningful. As I was referring my scriptures to Bro. David yesterday, he said, do you know that fourth blood moon will happen in our fall convention two years from now? I said, well I had thought about that last week. So it is good that people are getting on the same page with these things. There are things that are going on, the plan of Kerry and Obama now, is for the first of 2014 to the end of 2020, which will be seven years, they are only going to recognize the 1948 lines for Israel, and half of Jerusalem. That is all they are going to recognize in their negotiations that they are trying to force on Israel. That is the reason why I put Zechariah 12 in there. We see here on the map, it would cut off all we went through, from Jerusalem on down. That would cut all Judea off in what they are planning, and it would cut half of Jerusalem off. Then it would be that little strip, which is from here over, which is nine miles, some said nine and some said ten, from here to the border. That is all Israel would have to the sea, according to the 1948 treaty they made. You see that is not going to work. When they go to pushing this, then you are going to see Zechariah 12 come into focus. I want to read here, starting in the 6th verse of Zechariah 12. I want to read verses 6 thru 10. Listen to what he said, there are three different instances that he said, in that day. That does not mean just a single day: it is talking about the end of when Israel will get their land back. Their land, of course, the way they have mapped it out here, is what it would be all the way up. We know, that when Israel captured it, they took Jordan, they took Ammon, this is a part of Jordan, Ammon, Esau and Moab, they took all of that, which would be up in here, (pointing to map) because of the Ammonites and the Moabites and the children of Esau that came against Israel. God gave them that land, and three tribes took their land over here. We can see, like Bro. Jackson said, David is the only one that ever captured all that land. Therefore it will come back to them because David was a representative of the land of Israel. It was promised to Abraham, as far as he could see to the east, the west, the north and south. God told him to walk through it, and wherever he stepped his feet, it was his. It was so many square miles that Abraham walked through it, but that was more or less a tenth of what God really gave to him. We know that Israel has never gotten to be a nation where they were a lot of people, because of the land area. They were scattered 2800 years ago. The tribe of Judah 2500 or 2600 hundred years ago. But the ten northern tribes were scattered and taken out of the land some 2800 years ago. So we find that they have never used that much land area, except for David and Solomon: they did. Then after that it was divided into the north and the south, which was two tribes south and ten tribes north. God had told them, if you don’t take heed, the land will be taken away from you, and it was. When Nebuchadnezzar hauled them away, that was the end of it, the end of Israel as a nation in the Holy Land, except for Judah and Simon. Then when Judah and Simon were carried away, Israel was mostly uninhabited by Jews. There were a few that were left. Jeremiah was left in the land of Israel because God recognized him when the rest of them were carried away, and gave him favor. The king left him there, as well as some of the poor. When Mark Twain went through there in 1800 and something, he did not even find roads in Israel, it was just paths like animals would make through the land. When Israel began to return, there were some that returned in 1800 and something because of the fishers, Jeremiah 16. Here went the fishers first. There were some of them returned and there ended up to be a half million people there, when the Jews did begin to return. There were half a million there but they always had trouble. In 1929 the Arabs slaughtered a lot of the Jews. It has just been a struggle for them all the time, but here, we find scriptures in the Bible that is going to give them their land back. “In that day will I make the governors of Judah like an hearth of fire among the wood, and like a torch of fire in the sheaf; and they shall devour all the people round about.” Devour all the people round about, all the way over into Iraq, all the way over into Saudi Arabia. They will not take all that land, they will get the land that belonged to them that God gave them, but they are going to devour all the people round about, which will go over here to the border of Iran, because that is where Saudi Arabia and Kuwait and them are, and Kuwait is more or less a pilot place of Saudi Arabia. I know it is a different nation, but it is just hooked on there. Then they go down into Egypt. When God turns Israel loose, it is going to be like the old saying, Katy-bar-the-door. That is just an old saying. They shall devour, but that does not mean they are going to kill every one of them, it means they are going to become, not slaves, but servants to Israel. We read, as we look to the Bible, where in Egypt, five cities will speak the language of the Jews. There will be one city that will be completely destroyed. We read that in Isaiah 17:1, which I have gone over already, that Damascus, (we were within thirty miles of it while we were in Israel, we did not hear the bombs going off, but we were within thirty miles of Damascus Syria. We were that close to where the war is going on now. Of course they are going to take care of everything now, they have everything fixed up to where Russia is going to get her weapons back that she has given to Syria and Iraq. They don’t want those weapons to be seen there. So Putin has made a deal with the U.N. and with Syria. Do you think they are going to destroy those weapons? Absolutely not. But as I started out, all the pressure now, what Russia is saying, if we destroy the weapons they are wanting to destroy in Syria, then Israel must destroy their nuclear weapons. This thing is getting interesting because Israel is not going to destroy their nuclear weapons. You see the problem is, they are wanting Israel to give up enough stuff that the Muslims can just walk in there and take it over. But I am reading a scripture, I am not reading what Putin and Obama and all those men are agreeing with. I am not reading that because it is not in the Bible. The only thing in the Bible is that they are going to devour all the people round about. They are going to take care of their problem. Why do you think Iran and Russia and all of them are going to want to do something like we see in Ezekiel 38 and 39? Those prophecy preachers on television, cannot determine when this is going to happen, this Ezekiel 38 and 39, prophecy. Some of them are saying it is at the end time, and some others are saying it takes place in the middle of the week, but we know it will be at the beginning of the week, because there is a seven year period of time, in there, and they are not going to be burning these weapons during the Millennium. God will take care of all of that when Jesus comes back with His Bride and the angels. “Like an hearth of fire among the wood, and like a touch of fire in a sheaf; and they shall devour all the people round about, on the right hand and on the left: and Jerusalem shall be inhabited again in her own place, even in Jerusalem.” That will be by Jews, not by Arabs. I am saying something here this morning, that before the Church of the living God leaves this world, she is going to shine How in the world are they going to preach to kings; and to people of importance? According to Revelation 10:11, God will have those who are ordained to do that, on the scene. Some may say, well you are going a little bit too far. The Bible goes further. Who would ever have thought that Moses would have gone to the king of Egypt? Who would have ever thought that Elijah would have gone to the king of Israel? And who would have ever thought that those two prophets are going to prophesy in Israel, concerning what is happening, what has happened there, and not be heard around this world? It says they will. The Bride does not have a message to convert the world, but they have a message to show the world where it has gone wrong. “The Lord also shall save the tents of Judah first, (The tents of Judah first, that is where the trouble is today, in Judah. That is where they expelled nine thousand people out of the Gaza Strip. They had all kinds of trouble about that. What about it then, when they try to expel a half million Jews out of Judah? There can be some bloodshed in Israel before the tribes gather together. By the time that war is climaxed, they are all going to be together. What does that have to do with the blood moons message we are talking about? It has a lot to do with it, because we are right on the edge of these things beginning to take place. It is coming to a time that Israel is not going to be asked to negotiate, they are going to be forced to, or do something the world is not expecting. When you touch Israel, you have touched the apple of God’s eye. The apple of your eye is that little place inside there that is so touchy. It is touching God when you touch Israel. The days of miracles are not over.) that the glory of the house of David and the glory of the inhabitants of Jerusalem do not magnify themselves against Judah.” It all has to go together, Jerusalem and Judah. It has got to be one. In other words, what He is saying is, it is not going to be Jerusalem to be saved and Judah be left out. They are going to come together. You talk about the house of David, the house of David is still alive, and they will be the inhabitants in Jerusalem. Here we go again, in that day. “In that day shall the Lord defend the inhabitants of Jerusalem; and he that is feeble among them at that day shall be as David; (Don’t tell me miracles will not take place. The feeble are going to jump to their feet and they are going to grab their ammunition. Sure it is a miracle war because it said the angel of the Lord is before them. Michael will come to their rescue, not in the middle of the week, but at the first of the week. Or even before the first of the week.) and the house of David shall be as God, as the angel of the Lord before them.” The Six Day War will look like the 4th of July entertainment, compared to what is coming in your time. These blood moon’s that we have been talking about has always accompanied Israel in their struggle. It happened when the Catholic Church caused Israel to be expelled out of Spain. The ones that did not make it out, were slaughtered by the Catholic Church. No wonder it was called, the Dark Ages. At the end of the Dark Ages, is when they began to migrate to the U.S. for safety. They were some of the first inhabitants here, in the ones that came here to get away from King Ferdinand and Queen Isabella, who were Catholics. They paid their price to get on the boat, to get away from Spain. In Spain today, there are still Jews, because they like that part of the world, all because it reminded them of Israel, old Toledo. The angel of the Lord before them, remember Bro. Jackson preaching the message Showdown at Sundown, at the O.K. Corral. He more or less saw that as a vision, when he went into Isaiah and talked about them, here they came across from Iraq. “And it shall come to pass in that day, (in that day) that I will seek to destroy all the nations that come against Jerusalem.” Remember a few short months ago Colorado voted in gay marriages. Look at it today: it is being washed away. People have lost their homes. Some have even lost their lives. There are two hundred yet missing, and roads have washed away. Remember also, the storm upon the New Jersey shores. New Jersey has also O.K.’d gay marriages. After the storm they built back and now the boardwalk has burned up, four blocks of it, after just building it back. Governor Christie cannot save them. If he ever gets to be president, he will not be any different than what we have right now. “And I will pour upon the house of David, and upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem, the spirit of grace and of supplications: and they shall look upon me whom they have pierced.” That will be when the two prophets come on the scene in the streets of Jerusalem. The Bride will still be here for a short time, because that is when Revelation chapter 8 kicks in, the first four trumpets. Remember the four blood moons. The sun is here, eclipsed. There is a sun in here (chart) that is a partial eclipse. They have had these before, but they did not have this. They have had this before when Columbus left Spain, the two years that followed was when they had the four blood moons. This is all concerning Israel, it is not for the rest of the world because it is on Jewish holidays. This is on the feast of trumpets. This is all full moons whenever this happens. The Passover is a full moon, Sukkot is a full moon. Passover again, Sukkot again, feast of trumpets. As I went over that, when Israel became a nation, the two years that followed, it was the same thing. 1967 when Israel captured Jerusalem, these things happened. Why would you think that 2014 and 2015 is any different? I am saying here this morning, we are getting ready for the coming of the Lord. I will pour upon the house of David and upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem, the spirit of grace and supplications, and they shall look upon me whom they have pierced, I remember Bro. Jackson going over that, he said there will be a vision of Jesus Christ appear unto that Jewish nation, or unto that Jewish people that will listen. The reason for this and the reason for those four trumpets in Israel, is because they have signed a treaty with the beast. I cannot say that for sure, but in all likelihood we are seeing the last pope. He seems to have all the makeup of that last one that is described in the Bible. He is a homosexual. The reason that other one left office was because he was against that. A year before he ever left office, they had already made his office null. They meant to take him out then, but they let him stay a year longer. Popes do not just resign: they die in office. Am I saying this, this, this, this, (on the chart) is the coming of the Lord? No, I am not. This is to Israel, but these have all got to happen before the Lord can come. Israel may get her land back next year, I do not know that, but I believe, that by the time this happens she will. I know what they will say, Bro. Allen is setting dates. Say whatever you want to. This definitely has a purpose. “And they shall look upon me whom they have pierced, and they shall mourn for him, as one mourneth for his only son, and shall be in bitterness for him, as one that is in bitterness for his firstborn.” Israel puts a lot of emphasis upon their firstborn son. When he has turned thirteen, to Israel, he becomes a man and they celebrate. We were there when they celebrated one. I think there were three different ones there that morning. When that one was dedicated, they were going down the streets, then the shofar blew and it was loud. Let us go back to Genesis chapter 1, verse 14. We are in the fourth day. The light has already come in the first day. How do you think it came? It was sunlight. The sun was already there, it was not created in the fourth day. The sun was created in the beginning of time. You religious nuts that think this creation happened six thousand years ago and it was all in six twenty four hour days, you are a bunch of religious nuts. You evidently never did read where it talks about these are the generations of the earth, of heaven and earth. Read on a little bit. “And God said, Let there by lights in the firmament of the heaven to divide the day from the night; and let them be for signs, (Let them be for signs. I am not talking about the Farmer’s Almanac. I know farmers used to plant their gardens according to signs. They recognized Easter as a time to plant their garden, or part of it, under the full moon and so on. We call it Easter, it is really Passover. Easter is a Catholic word. I am not downing the ex-Catholics no more than I am the Methodists, the Baptists, or the Pentecostal’s or whatever. It is just that Catholicism was the mother of all of them. Remember, she had daughters and the daughters were no better. They were called harlots. Let them be for signs…) and for seasons, and for days, and years.” That is the reason why we have winter and summer. It is the dividing of the seasons. If you were in South Africa, the only way you ever know when spring comes, is the flowers bloom. God gave little indications everywhere, even where the weather was much the same. In Manila Philippines, summer and winter are just ten degrees difference, from 95 to 100 down to 85 to 90. For signs, and seasons, and for days, you know what days and nights are. “And God made two great lights; (It does not say when He made them. What He did, He put them on focus with the earth. They were in focus before and I will say it this way, when those great meteorites hit the earth and knocked it out of kilter, it froze up. God brought it back again. It will happen again, the meteorites, which are stars, stars that fall from heaven to the earth, like a fig tree casteth her untimely figs. Some may say, well you are making this all fantastic. It is fantastic. I am not making it anything, I am reading out of the forgotten book. God made two great lights…) the greater light to rule the day, and the lesser light to rule the night; He made the stars also.” What was happening, was, they are now shining again on the earth. This is the signs. When I look at the scriptures, and when I look at Colorado, which has disobeyed God, and when I look at New Jersey, the shores there, where hurricane Sandy went through, when I see these things, I see the cities and states that have rejected God by approving homosexuality, I know you are not supposed to say that, but I said it, because I am quoting scripture. Do not tell me I can no longer quote scripture. He destroyed Sodom and Gomorrah because of that lifestyle. Let me tell you a little bit about that. They have discovered parts of Sodom and Gomorrah and they are still digging for it, and now they have dug down and found the ashes from it, which in some places they ares two inches to two feet thick. When they dug down, they found the smell of sulphur. Sodom and Gomorrah was destroyed, but they found human bones covered up in all that, still intact. That ash just burned them and left the bones laying in the ash pile there in the earth, with the sulphur smell. Why would it have a sulphur smell? Because God rained fire and brimstone down from heaven. Brimstone is sulphur. It spewed up out of hell. There are places in this earth that hell is not too deep, because it is a burning place. Well if it is a burning place like that, when anybody is sent there, which is only their spirits now, when they are sent there, then they would burn up. But God is a preserver of life, even if it is life like that. He is a preserver of life, where the worm dies not and the fire is not quenched. God made two great lights, the greater to rule the day and the lesser the night. The moon is two hundred and some thousand miles away, the sun is ninety three million miles away, with heat of ten thousand degrees Fahrenheit. Ten thousand degrees Fahrenheit, that is why the sun feels so good on your back in the winter time, it is the heat of the sun. What a great God we serve. The moon is three hundred and some degrees below zero. The earth is livable, the only planet under heaven that is not cold, the only one. Not another place in God’s great heaven that is for habitation, except this earth. He had a purpose when He made this earth, because He made it for saints of God to live upon. He had His animal kingdom. He had all this come down to this time, where also Satan was tried, but we find Satan is also a spirit, that at one time, was a bright shining angel, then he lost his shine. Now he is darkness. “And God set them in the firmament of the heaven to give light upon the earth.” What a great God we serve, that would think so much of us as to say, here is my gift to you. I give you a place to live, I give you a place to choose life. He said, I set before you life and death, choose you life. More than that, He sent His Son as a Lamb slain before the foundation of the earth. It was all in His foreordained plan. When John the Baptist saw Him, he said, Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world. He was recognizing His death, burial, and resurrection right then. This book is filled with good things for all that will meditate upon them. “And God set them in the firmament of the heaven to give light upon the earth, And to rule over the day and over the night, and to divide the light from the darkness: and God saw that it was good. And the evening and the morning were the fourth day.” The fourth one thousand year period of time, in which God created the heavens and the earth for habitation, to be inhabited by man. It was already here. This earth, to me, could be billions of years old, and I have no problem with that because of what God was doing from the beginning of time, He was the one that started time. We are time creatures because God gave us time here upon this earth to serve Him, so we are time creatures, but God is eternal. He gives eternal life to them that believe. Those that believe to the saving of their soul.

THE SIGNS OF THE TIMES
9-15-13 PM

We read in the Bible where it says hell has opened her mouth, opened wide her mouth. It seems like people cannot hurry enough to get there. Some one showed me something in the paper today where there was an ad that said hell is open from eight to midnight, there is a two dollar discount ticket for you to go, it is some kind of play or something that they have. I would say it is open twenty four hours. It is a very cheap place. There is a lot of discounts to get there, just discount the Word of God and you will get there. I was asked a question, I said something about it this morning. I have another question concerning the same thing, I want to use clarity on what I am saying in this message. I do not want it to be something of confusion or something you are left without an answer to. The question is, just what is the four moons? What does it represent? I have scripture I want to read, that I have read before. Sometimes it takes a little of the wooing of the Spirit of God to make something click. I want to be sure it does click within peoples minds, what I am saying here in this message. I do not want to leave confusion in the things I do say. I want to go back to Luke 21. This is one of the chapters I have had up here all along. One of the very first chapters is Acts 2, which will explain some of what I am looking at. I want my four moon representation back up again. This all deals with Israel. It has nothing to do with pointing us to when the Bride is going to leave here, but when this does happen, it is going to be very close, within a short length of time of when Israel goes ahead to build back her temple, which will not take long. Because it is not going to be something drawn out for seven years as it was in Solomon’s time. With the equipment we have now, it can be done quickly. As I remember Bro. Jackson talking about building up the walls and all, he said there will be young people from China, from India, and of course other places. You know how quickly they can get things done without going through all the regulations we have here in the United States. You can tell that by the bridges they are building. If this was left up to a place like China, you would see the start of a bridge going across there. You would not just see the pylons like they have now. They do not do all the paper work and planning as these planning boards do, which is nothing but expense. They plan and they plan, and by the time they plan, half of the money they are going to put into the bridge will be in planning. All the architects, they have to pay everybody in order to do anything. By the time they get through, the cost has run up to where they have to put big toll fee’s on the bridges. I heard the other day that for a big truck to go over, it would cost them twelve dollars. What a sham, not a shame, a sham, that it would cost that much to go over a bridge. They talk like it would increase two to two and one half percent every year. With the economy the way it is, what in the world do they think people are going to do? We have a government today that has nothing on their minds but money, just like the television ministry. Everything is money. There is very little gospel. In all their planning, there is very little done. It seem like it takes a day to move a hand. They have the unions that get in there, and one cannot get in the way of the other one because each one has their part, and the other cannot get in until they get through. They can stand and watch, and you see plenty of that. I belonged to a union at Ford Motor Co. when I worked there, I had to, it was a requirement. A certain man told me one time, he did not know of anything whatsoever, tht the union had ever done for him. I never knew whether they did anything for me or not, because I was not depending on the union. I knew my job and I did it without having to be told every day what to do. I did not try to cut corners in any way on what I was there to do: I just did my job and went home and forgot about it until the next day. Well anyhow, when Israel gets ready to build their temple, they will not have to get permission from anyone, they will just do it; and it will not be a long drawn out thing. I am getting ahead of myself when I say that, because this is all after this, (the moons we have on the chart.) If, in a year, or two years from now, Israel has her land back, she will start building her temple. There are thirty percent now, it has not always been like that, thirty percent of Israel want to rebuild their temple. That is an unheard of thing in Israel because you have so many pacifists there, so many pacifists in the government. I want to go to Luke 21 first. These scriptures are talking about both, when Israel became a nation, and then the end time. The first part from verse 20 on down is talking about the armies compassing Jerusalem, which happened in 70 A.D. Now the denominational preachers say that is yet to come, but we know they are wrong, because that has already happened. Let him that is in Judaea flee into the mountains, what is that going to do? How is that going to protect anyone in this hour of time? And he that has something in his house, let him not go back down. And a woman with child, woe unto them. This has already happened in 69 and 70 A.D. We were there at the last stronghold of Israel, when we made this last visit, where we were up on that mountain, Masada. That was Israel’s last stronghold, that was three years after Jerusalem had fallen, when that fell, they had held out a long time. There were nine hundred and some of them that held out a long time, because the Romans could not get to them. They did not have airplanes back then. These preachers that say this is still ahead, and that the Jews that flee, are going to go some place and hide: say the Jews are going to flee to Petra. Petra is not a place to flee to in this day and hour. One big bomb would take that rntire thing out. Let me read this and then we will go into this a little bit for an understanding of what I am talking about. As I went over Genesis this morning, the fourth day, as I went over that, it said the sun and the moon and the stars are for signs and seasons. That is exactly what it is saying here in Luke 21 and Joel 2, Acts 2. “And there shall be signs in the sun, and in the moon, and in the stars.” Some might say, well I thought that was to be at the end of the age, when the battle of Armageddon is fought. Let us read it and look at it as it is written. If you read Mark, it will read that way. If you read Matthew, it will read that way. After His coming for His Bride, which this is included in this. Who else would He be talking to? As I said, if we look at it closely, we will see what it is saying. There shall be signs in the moon and in the stars, these signs have happened before, and that is what I am using as an illustration for the end time. I do not know when Israel is going to get their land back, if it is going to be in here (pointing to chart with moons) or in here, or shortly after al of this. You see this all happening in time past, in 1948 and 1967. In 1948 these signs happened after Israel got her land back, the very next year in 1949 and 1950. These two happened in 1949 and these in 1950. Remember they are a year apart on each one of these. This one is one year, and this one is one year. This is the fall of the year, and this is the fall of the year. Of course this is the spring of the year, and so is Passover over. So the Bible says it is for signs, there shall be signs in the sun and in the moon and in the stars…) “and upon the earth distress of nations.” The nations are certainly distressed now. We see what is going on in Syria, because the president and all of them are looking at that. But they are not looking at Sudan or the Congo where there have been millions killed. They did not even think about them because they are poor people, and there is no oil there. There have been over two and one half million people killed in Sudan and the Congo. What they could not kill, they have cut off their hands and their arms and just mutilated them. Where did anybody ever speak up about that? Obama is a black man. Why did he not speak up for his people? That is his people. Where is the aid going to them? It is no concern because it is not adding to their coffers. Only when they speak about cutting off oil or something of that nature do they get serious, because they are afraid they are going to cut off oil, yet they will not let those drill here on government land, that would. No, they are waiting until they can get wind power, which will never happen. Germany has wind power, but they are trying to get away from it, and trying to buy coal from the United States. Coal in the United States, if they were allowed to dig, is a premium price. Yet in China, whose stuff blows over here, they burn it all the time; and much of the time in the big cities, and they cannot even see: they have to wear masks. “Distress of nations, with perplexity; the sea and the waves roaring.” Have we not seen that? There has been enough of that happen in the last few years and it will happen more and more as time goes on. “Men’s hearts failing them for fear, and for looking after those things which are coming on the earth: for the powers of heaven shall be shaken. And then shall they see the Son of man coming (And then, not when they see these things begin to happen. I will show you here in a minute, not when they begin to happen. Then shall they see the Son of man coming…) in a cloud with power and great glory. And when these things begin (begin) to come to pass, then look up, and lift up your heads; for your redemption draweth nigh.” Who is that for? Is that written to foolish virgins? He is talking to Bride people. When you see these things begin to come to pass, look up, lift up your head, your redemption draws nigh. The time of the rapture is drawing nigh. This 27th verse is the verse that tells you when Armageddon is going to take place. The rest of it is for Bride people. Matthew does not read like that. Neither does Mark. Matthew and Mark is dealing with the coming of Christ for the world, whenever He comes back as the one on the white horse. These things must be a revelation to us. We cannot just look at this and say this is the same thing as Mark. Part of it is, but not all of it. When you begin to see these things come to pass, when who begins to see it? When the Bride begins to see it. The foolish virgins are never going to lift up their heads, knowing that their redemption is drawing nigh, no, they are being killed by the beast and the false prophet is giving the orders for them to be killed by the beast. These prophecy preachers want to make you think all this is going to happen together, but they are ones that are shoving it all together, and it will not work. Acts 2, verse 17 “And it shall come to pass in the last days, saith God, I will pour out of my Spirit upon all flesh: (He is going to give His Bride a portion of His Spirit. He said, of my Spirit. We have the anointing, but we don’t have it like Christ did. He always had the answer to everything. Nobody ever tripped Him up.) and your sons and your daughters shall prophesy, and your young men shall see visions, and your old men shall dream dreams.” It is time for us to get our house in order, because these scriptures did not just apply at Pentecost. It does not say, in the last day, it says, in the last days, which would be the last two thousand years. The Spirit today, is the same Spirit that fell on Pentecost. “And on my servants and on my handmaidens I will pour out in those days of my Spirit; and they shall prophesy: And I will show wonders in heaven above, and signs in the earth beneath; blood, and fire, and vapour of smoke: The sun shall be turned into darkness, (See? This identifies what time it is. The sun shall be turned into darkness…) and the moon into blood, before that great and notable day of the Lord come. And it shall come to pass, that whosoever shall call on the name of the Lord shall be saved.” The reason I am using this here at this time, I looked under NASA and the four blood moons. I looked under google and the four blood moons. I looked at just the four blood moons. I saw some things under that, that were eye opening. You know NASA is not a religious organization, it is a government organization, it has to do with their flights, their study of the stars and so on. In their study of the moon and stars and everything, they have come up with all of this. They were wondering just how many times that has ever happened. It was when Columbus took the Jews out of Spain, when Ferdinand and Isabella compelled them to leave Spain. Those that did not leave when they could, were killed by the Catholic Church. When they were expelled, this happened, (pointing to blood moons on chart). This happened here, (chart.) 1493, 1494. After 1492 they were expelled, I believe it was in November. Then this began to happen in the spring. This has only happened three times in the last five hundred years. What I am dealing with is Jews, and Jews getting their land back. This is what I am dealing with. Because when Israel became a nation in 1948, May 14th, Israel was declared a nation. Then, in1949 this happened and in 1950 this happened. Always concerning Jews. 1967, for six days they went to war. But before they went to war, this happened in April, this was Passover. Then in October 1967 this happened. If this has always happened concerning Israel, would it not be concerning Israel again? This time, it is concerning them getting their land back. I did not say it will come here, or it will come here, (chart) or that it will come here or here, it can come anywhere in here, because in Nisan, which is March, the sun turns to darkness in 2015, this turns into darkness, which did not happen before. Between these two again, there is a partial eclipse. Brothers and sisters, this all means something, because in 2015 this happens here. 4-4-2015 is when this happens, Passover. 9-28-2015 Sukkot or Feast of Tabernacles, this happens here, right during our fall meeting. Would it not be something, for something like that to happen during our fall meeting? You could really lift up your head then. There would be no mistake about it, because your redemption would be drawing nigh. When Israel gets their land back, this is what I am basing this on, because it has happened before. That is what the blood moons are all about. They are dealing with Israel getting something back. They are not losing ground, they are getting ground. Is this making the picture any clearer? What happens, these blood moons are seen, and then this all happens on Passover, but it happens in Israel, not all over the world. This happens in Israel: because it pertains to Israel. There is too much of an indication for it all to just pass by without anything taking place. As I said before, Kerry and Obama, according to the News, are not going to negotiate with Israel any more starting in 2014 to the end of 2020, unless Israel goes back to claiming only their 1948 boundaries. Israel would be very foolish to go along with them on that. That is why I put that map up there this morning, to show you that area. I hope, if you do not see the complete picture, you will just lay it up and think about it a few days.You are not condemned, if you do not see it immediately. It has come out that, the Sunni Arabs will go to war with Israel between April 5th and October 8th of 2014. This is the plan. We may be closer to something than what we think. But there are other things to play into this, because we are talking about the end time. I have scriptures that I wrote down, 1st Timothy 2nd chapter. I am going to leave that chapter for a little while and go to the 4th chapter. “Now the Spirit speaketh expressly, (What he is saying, is that the Spirit speaks clearly, or he emphasizes what the Spirit speaks. If somebody emphasizes something to you expressly, that means for you to catch it. I had a history teacher when I was in the Methodist Church, that did not open a book. She did not have to open a book: you could follow her in your book. I always said, as far as history was concerned, she knew more about history than anyone I ever heard, except for Bro. Jackson. Bro. Jackson really knew history, especially that which concerned the Bible. She would get to a certain point and would say, you better get this. You could mark that because it would be on the test when we had it. She would always say that, if you would listen to what she said and you studied that part, then you knew, if it was dates or whatever it was, she would emphasize, you better get this. Sometimes she would say, it is going to be on your test, if she had a hard time getting an answer from anyone. The Spirit speaketh expressly…) that in the latter times some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits, and doctrines of devils.” What an emphasis on the words there, it speaks expressly that some shall depart from the faith. What is the faith? “Speaking lies in hypocrisy; (We have seen plenty of that. We e knew it ahead of time. The Bible speaks to us and says, consider the end of their conversation.) having their conscience seared with a hot iron.” That is not talking about an iron which you sisters use on an ironing board. That is a branding iron. These people that used to live out west and their cattle ran on ranges, they had no fences. The only way they had to identify their cattle was that brand they burned into their skin. Once you burned that brand into that cow, there was no way of changing it. It was burned in there forever. That is a dreadful thing. “Forbidding to marry, and commanding to abstain from meats, which God hath created to be received with thanksgiving of them which believe and know the truth.” You have preachers now telling you what to eat, not just that governor in New York, saying, you cannot eat salt, you cannot get a coke larger than 16 oz. But you can get refills. What craziness! But you have preachers on television doing the same thing. “For every creature of God is good, and nothing to be refused, if it be received with thanksgiving.” That is the point. If I go to a restaurant, I am going to pray over my food, I do not care what anybody thinks. I am not going to pray out loud where everybody is going to hear me, but I am going to pray over my food. If somebody says something about it that they don’t like it, they have the privilege of getting up and moving. “For it is sanctified by the word of God and prayer. If thou put the brethren in remembrance of these things, thou shalt be a good minister of Jesus Christ, nourished up in the words of faith and of good doctrine, whereunto thou hast attained. But refuse profane and old wives’ fables, and exercise thyself rather unto godliness. For bodily exercise profiteth little; but godliness is profitable unto all things, having promise of the life that now is, and of that which is to come.” If we obey that. 2nd Timothy 3 says, “This know also, that in the last days perilous times shall come. (Perilous, dangerous. When I am driving I try not to look into the next car too much because it seems if they don’t get your attention, then they are less likely to do something, because they want your attention.) For men shall be lovers of their own selves, covetous, boasters, proud, blasphemers, disobedient to parents, unthankful, unholy, (This gay movement is getting worse. They don’t care to show on the News, men getting down on their knees and proposing to another man. That is sick. I wonder how much longer a person is going to be able to say that? It is already in Canada, that if you speak against the gay movement, you can be locked up. How many little children are being born today, just for some idiotic person to adopt, they are not parents, when the little baby cries, some just throw them on the floor to shut them up. Anybody that would do that, a noose around their neck is too good for for them. That man that held those three women in Cleveland was a pretty smart man to go ahead and hang himself. They said it would take a million dollars a year to house him. It will not now, because a grave does not cost that much. Of course they say I am cold and cruel. They used to have laws with a bite to them. We are talking about things that will happen in the era of time we are living in.) Without natural affection, (That is just what I was talking about.) trucebreakers, (The government we have now, you cannot depend on them to tell you the truth about anything. They will say something one day and do different the next day.) false accusers, incontinent, fierce, despisers of those that are good. (If you are a Christian in this hour, then you are despised. If you are a murderer, there are laws to protect them. If they have done too much bad, they will put them in a body suit to keep them from being shot. They will take a police force with so many cars to take them, so they no one will know when they have taken them to jail. If you are gay, they have laws to protect you. If you are a Christian, you have no protection. They can say anything they want to about you, just like over there in Egypt. Those Coptic Christians, they burned sixty of their church houses down, killed the people with them. In Syria, what did they do to the Christians? They killed them and burned their church buildings down. Who did that? The opposition to the leader of that country, the ones that we are supplying arms to.) Traitors, heady, highminded, lovers of pleasures more than lovers of God; (Just like old Rome back in her heyday, they built big stadiums. Now they build all their big stadiums for their sports. The one they had was not good enough because it is out dated, thirty years old. They have no trouble getting a quarter or half billion dollars for something like that. Then they build bridges and you have to pay a big toll fee to drive across. People have to cross bridges, but people do not have to go to sports events where there are a hundred thousand people at a football game. You can break laws, if you are so high in sports, and some way they will get you out of it, even murder.) Having a form of godliness, (That is what I have been talking about, godliness, having just a form. We here at Faith Assembly, keep our singing where it can be understood, and the musicians can play right. But if you go to some of these churches I have heard about, I haven’t been there, their music is so loud that they have to put things over the little children’s ears. A form of godliness. Maybe you think I should not talk like that. Paul did, to Timothy, he was talking about this end time. Having a form of godliness…) but denying the power thereof: from such turn away.” From such, turn away. I have this thing every week on my computer, some group wanting to come in here and show us how to lead singing, and how to minister to the people. I don’t need that. I will just keep on my old crude way and say my own words, If that is foolishness, I will just be foolish. When I went to school, they said there was no such thing as worser, but I heard Bro. Jackson say it in prophecy. God knows what it is. I say things are getting worser and worser. “For of this sort are they which creep into houses, and lead captive silly women laden with sins, led away with divers lusts, Ever learning, (Yes, they can tell you what the scientists have said, and then how this earth was put here in six days, but they deny the Word of God.) and never able to come to the knowledge of the truth. Now as Jannes and Jambres withstood Moses, so do these also resist the truth: men of corrupt minds, reprobate concerning the faith.” The truth is alright if they preach it, according to them. But if they hear the real revelation of it, then something is wrong, they will turn and walk away. Remember Jannes and Jambres, as they withstood Moses. We had the same thing five years ago. “But they shall proceed no further: for their folly shall be manifest unto all men, as theirs also was.” Go ahead and criticize me on this. I have spoken it. It is on the internet. “But thou hast fully known my doctrine, manner of life, purpose, faith, longsuffering, charity, patience, (Everything that has been said, is spoken for all to hear. Nothing has been spoken in secret, it is all out in the open.) Persecutions, (We all have been persecuted.) afflictions, which came unto me at Antioch, at Iconium, as Lystra; what persecutions I endured: but out of them all the Lord delivered me. Yea, and all that will live godly (That brings it down to us, if we are living godly, all that will live godly.) in Christ Jesus shall suffer persecution.” You learn to walk right on through all of it. It is just like mud, it will wash off. “But evil men and seducers shall wax worse and worse, deceiving and being deceived. But continue thou in the things which thou hast learned.” When Brother David and his wife, and Brother Steve and Sis. Elsie went to South Africa with me, we saw these things first hand. Brother Bud and those with him were witnesses of the same. Not everything is as it appears to be. We have precious brothers and sisters in South Africa. There has even been another one in contact with us, which we do not know who they are right now. The Word will get out to the soul that so desires it, if they pray and seek truth, God will show them the Internet, like He has others. The preachers sometimes, will not tell their congregations about the Internet, but some found out through God’s leading. It is a shame, that certain preachers had been coming here for almost twenty years, and their congregation did not even know we were on the Internet. The price is upon your head. I will read that 13th verse again. “But evil men and seducers shall wax worse and worse, deceiving, and being deceived. But continue thou in the things which thou hast learned and hast been assure of, knowing of whom thou hast learned them; And that from a chid thou hast known the holy scriptures, which are able to make thee wise unto salvation through faith which is in Christ Jesus. All scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness: That the man of God may be perfect, throughly furnished unto all good works.

2014-05-Signs-of-Times-Part-2

Signs of the Times, Part 1 – 2014, April


Introduction

I am starting another subject this morning, which I feel could be one of the most important subjects I have ever preached on. I believe we have indications by the Word, that we are living in the last days, and that we are getting very close to that time when the Gentile age shall wrap up. I am not taking this subject to appoint any number of days from now until when the Lord will come, but I do believe we are within four years of that time. Some will say, well now you are setting dates. No, if four years comes and goes, and I am still here, I will still be trusting the Lord to be ready when He does come . But the fact is, I see indications of what I am talking about. This is something that has been on my heart for some time, but within the last week, it has been something that has cleared up some things for me, to let me be able to speak freely, and to be up to date on what is going on. I am not preaching this to challenge anyone else. I am not preaching this to challenge our country, because the way things are going, our country has lost its way. Within the middle of October, our sustained debt will be 17 trillion dollars, but the actual debt is 90 trillion. There is no way this country can ever get a way out unless God does something to pull the strings. The country is not living on a gold balance, they are living on notes. The dollar bill says it is a note. That means they are printing forty billion dollars a month that we do not have backing for. I do not go by all the predictions I see and hear, or anything, but this one man has worked on things, and he said that within the next ten months this country will collapse. I don’t know about that, I just know what I see. If it should collapse, that is going to mean that everything, banks and everything else, is going to collapse with it. I am not saying that myself: I am just saying what I have seen and heard. You say, well that is an impossibility. It has happened in this world. It happened in Rome. It happened in Germany when the war was over. One teacher I had when I was in high school, was an injured soldier, that had one arm mostly taken off. He went into one house in Germany, and saw German money stacked in corners. The man said to his superior, can I spend that? He said yes, if you want to go across the German line. That would have been the only place he could. But it would have really been worth nothing. We are kind of headed the way Poland went. If you are ever in Poland do not take any money out of there, because it will not spend anywhere else in the world. They have nothing to back it that you can spend one little bit anywhere else in the world. We have been there and we know that. So today the collapse is around the world, because it is headed up for the beast system. I am not looking at the beast system the way the denominational world is looking at it, because they claim there is going to be a world wide mark of the beast, which we know is not true. If you have ever heard that, Bro. Jackson preached on it, and before that time, I thought there would be a worldwide mark, because that was all I had ever heard. But when he preached it, and said China is not going to be under the mark of the beast, because China and those nations are the ones that are to come against the beast, and we know that the beast is headed up by Rome in Armageddon. The beast is always headed up by Rome. It is those European nations, plus what the kingdoms were under the Roman Empire, which is all the way into Iran, which will cover Iraq and all those countries, because that is all a part of the beast. You see that in Revelation 13. I am trying to build a picture of what I am going into, just like I said, there is much going on right now, but you cannot trust the denominational world for your information. You cannot trust the prophecy preachers in this world, nor can you trust them for true revelation of that which is past. They know part truth, which anybody can read in history and know, but when it comes to true revelation, they go way off the page. As it was in the days of Noah, so shall it be also in the days of the of the Son of man. We are almost there. Just keep in mind, there is one message, and only one message of truth. There are not two true messages in this world. The trinity message is not right: it is of human interpretation instead of revelation. Ninety percent of the preachers today are trinity. What you see on television will be trinity, and they are riding high on that trinity message which came right out of the Catholic Church. It was already beginning to be, in the first age, because you see the white horse rider riding. The white horse rider began to ride early, after the old guards of a true message had left the scene. I have scriptures today, that I want to go to, that I believe will help you. I feel very insufficient to even dare to compare myself to Bro. William Branham and Bro. Jackson, and I will not do that. I would not even think of doing that. However I will not limit what I say because of that. I will speak that which God shows me. I believe there is a building we are working on, according to the 2nd chapter of 1st Corinthians, and we are all builders. You have framers, but before that you have foundation workers. We have men in here that know more about that than I do. But I know you have to clear off and make way for a proper foundation before you start to build properly. Whatever kind of foundation it is, is going to determine what kind of building will be put on it. If you have a weak foundation, you have a weak building. No matter how good it looks, if the foundation is not right, then you are going to have cracks in the walls of the building and it will not be long until the doors will not shut properly, the windows will not close tight enough to keep out the cold air. You go from the foundation to the framers, and from there to the ones that put something on the sides in order to make the building steady. From there you go to the rafters and the roof, and so on. Each thing may be done by different people. If you are a contractor, you have different contractors that do the different things. They everyone have already seen the plan. It is the responsibility of each one to work out the part that they are going to take care of, and it is all by the same plan. I could not read a blueprint, I never even try, because there are too many little things in there that I do not know what they mean. When it comes to plumbing, that is different. It does not take so much planning for that. The point is, every building must have a solid foundation if it is going to last. That is the way it is with building the kingdom of God. Paul said we are builders together. That means that we are working together as we see what is needed in the time we are living in, but we must go ahead and go by the blueprint, and work it out by that blueprint, (a true revelation of God’s plan) that when it is all over, there will not be any flaws. I remember when this part of our building was being built on. I came by one day after work and Bro. Jackson was working back there. He was putting on the finish work. He said, the finish work is kind of like the grace of God, that covers the imperfections. That is what the grace of God does. It covers all our imperfections, that which we cannot do for ourselves. That is what I have been preaching on, we cannot do it without God’s leading. When the Bible says, work out your own salvation, It does not mean that you can save yourself. He is talking about your experience of salvation, to get your experience in line with the Word of God, and use the gifts and things in your life the right way. Then everything will be satisfactory in your walk with God. After you are saved, there are things you must do in order to control the old nature. He covers it, but we control it by resisting wrong things. The Bible says, (James 4:7) Submit yourselves therefore to God, resist the devil and he will flee from you. There are many things in the way of resistance. What He does, as Paul says in the 6th chapter, I believe it is, of Ephesians, take unto yourselves the whole armor of God. In taking the whole armor, it gives you the ability to be able to take control of each situation your enemy, the devil, brings your way. You will always have what it takes to deal with every situation. That is because the armor that is needed at that time, will be there. That is working out our salvation, making sure that all the loose ends are taken care of, that there is not something dragging behind, that you have not dealt with, like when people get married, it used to be, that when they would take off on their honeymoon, there was a bunch of old cans dragging behind their car. You could hear them going down the road. They would put rocks in the cans. After a little while, they are not going to keep that on there. If they did, they were silly. That is alright for the present time, but somewhere they have to cut those things off and get rid of them, because it looks silly after it has served its purpose. The grace of God, this is not part of my message, but the grace of God is something that covers our imperfections, so that when God looks at you, He looks at the grace that He has shown in your life. That is because there has been a blood offering for the sin of those that have accepted it, and the sins we have done in life, covering our whole past, no matter how bad our life was messed up, and getting rid of all of it, never to be brought up against us again. The thing about God is, there is never a mistake in anything He does. I have not been trying to make salvation something of non-importance, but I have been trying, in these messages, to let you see that it is not what we can do, it is what He has already done for us from the foundation of the world. Then the completing of the process, came around about two thousand years ago, when Jesus gave His life to finish up our total redemption. The old life we lived is totally abolished. How many in here today want everybody to know all about your old life? Raise your hands. Nobody raised their hands. We were sinners, but I do not like that statement I have heard, that we are sinners saved by grace. That does not sound right to me. The Bible says we are saints. Paul says that, to the saints, the sanctified ones. I would rather hear it that way. When that time comes for the rapture to take place, He is not coming back after sinners, He is coming back after a Bride that has been washed and made white in the blood of Christ. You might say, what are you trying to do Bro. Allen, make people feel good? I am trying to make true saints feel free. If there is something in your life that needs to be taken care of, then do that. After you have done that, accept it: there is no more condemnation. We like to sing the songs that pick us up, like Thank God I Am Free, but do we feel free after we are through singing? Do we then sink right back into the old state of mind we were in? Some have said, that I should not even be preaching. Last week, I was called about everything one could think of, on the internet. You who feel like that, do not butter my bread, neither do you tie my shoes. The book of Genesis, is the book of beginnings. I am going to go to Genesis 1:1, at this time, then I am going to go to verse 14. “In the beginning God (There was no one else there: He had no instructors. He counseled with Himself. What you see on this planet, is here by a plan. He planned it all out with nothing to start with, but the plans that were formed while He mediated. He did not have substance to go with those plans. No, He created the substance also. Some scientists said to Bro. William Branham one time, this planet could have been here a billion years. Bro. William Branham said, What about it? In other words, What difference does that make? It may have been here five billion years, ten billion years. It is all God’s business, but in the beginning, God. That is what we need to keep in mind.) created the heaven and the earth.” There was nothing for Him to work with, it was His plan from eternity. It might have been a million years in planning. What difference does it make? It is still His plan. These people that want to make the earth six thousand years old, what was God doing before that? From eternity to eternity, you are expecting to have, and you do have eternal life. Eternal life is a part of what God is, because you have received of Him. That life that He gives you, was a part of Himself; and it did not make Him any less: He still fills all of His creation. He is omnipresent, which means He is everywhere in His creation. What a great thought. As I have gone over that message, Jesus said, except you eat the flesh of the Son of man, and drink His blood, you have no life in you. That life of Jesus was given by the Holy Ghost, which is God. It is just the way He works. In the beginning God created the heavens. The Creator knew where every little particle of this creation went. It may not seem like it to you, but inside, I am excited, excited just to know that we serve a God that is so big, that is so wonderful, that is so precious, that He would include us in this great plan of His. Young people, accept Him, accept His life. If you want a bright future, then this is it, because you are going to shine, shine as light in the firmament. In the beginning, that was before there was a sun, moon, and before any stars ever appeared. You say, well that was just a big world of nothing. There was not even any world, until He finished planning everything He was going to do. I do not even have a thought about how long He was in the process, or what it was before that. All I know is, it was God. The God that created the heavens and the earth, do you not think that He is able to keep you and me and His promise to us? In Him was life, and the life was the light of men. Verse 14. There had already been three days pass , and there had already been light, but notice this. “And God said, Let there be lights (Before the sun and the moon began to shine back upon earth, God, through His glory began to let a flicker of light come in, because the sun and the moon was not really hitting the earth at that time. They were there.) in the firmament of the heaven to divide the day from the night; (Now in the fourth day it begins to shine back. It begins to be what it was once before. This is not the beginning of the sun and the moon, but it is bringing back to light what had once been.) and let them be for signs.” For signs. This is the end time. It said let them be for signs. What does it say at the end time? That God at the very end, I am not talking about the day we are living in, but a few years from now, it tells you there in Revelation 6, what will happen. Because it said the stars will fall, the sun will be turned to darkness and the moon will not give her light. It said let them be fore signs. Signs that have already happened, some have, but there are still signs that are to come, that will be an indication of what time we are living in. We are closer to that day than what we may think. When I see what is going on now in the Middle East, as well as in America, talking about sending some missiles into Syria, and then Syria says if you do, we will attack Israel. In the land of Israel there is a little hornet’s nest. Israel, in Isaiah, which I will read later, Isaiah 17, verse 1, Damascus will be destroyed, which will never be rebuilt. That is going to happen. It has never happened before, this is one of the oldest cities in the world, Damascus Syria. We live here on the little blue marble called the earth. Somewhere in this earth, it is seventy percent water, but somewhere there are close to seven billion people. How many was here when Noah was here? There could have been a billion then, because it had sixteen hundred and some years to progenitor all those who were destroyed. How many families were saved? The Bible says that at the end, there will only be a few men left. All these people out here, that are protesting, should we go into Syria, should we not go into Syria? Both ways are fighting over it. Obama said a year ago, there is a red line, if you use these poison gases and gas the people, you have crossed the red line. What is he doing? He is setting the red line, then resetting it again, and again and again. The man cannot be trusted. Now he is at the end of the rope, and he is going to consult Senate and Congress. If I were them, I would let it go and let it fall in his lap. That is exactly what he is wanting to do, he is wanting to get it out of his lap into somebody else’s, when he made that promise. I have not lost my thought, I have just deferred off of it a little bit. “And let them be for signs, and for seasons, (We know there are seasons. Ever since I have been born there has been summer and winter, spring and fall. So we know there are seasons, but there has to be signs. The signs of the times are written in the heavens.) and for days, and years.” Every day the sun comes up and the sun goes down. The moon begins to shine, the stars begin to shine. And for years, every since I have been here there have been winters, some of them have been worse than others. There have been summer’s, some hotter than others. The changes of the seasons are regulated by the earth’s relationship to the sun and moon. Every night, if you live close to the ocean, you can see the ocean rises because of the pull of the moon. Israel is a nation that has always been a people that have looked at the seasons. God is a God that looks at the seasons also. “And let them be for lights in the firmament of the heaven (The sun is 93 million miles away. It is as big as nine hundred and some earths. The temperature is ten thousand degrees Fahrenheit. That is why it feels good on your back in the winter time. The moon is not so far away, two hundred and some thousand miles away. It is a reflection of the sun.) to give light upon the earth: and it was so.” To us, it is so. Why can we not believe Him for everything? Sometimes we can only believe Him for what we see. Paul said faith is not what you see. When Abraham had a child, it was a child of promise, he had not seen it yet. Sarah was barren, she was in old age already, he was too, but he looked at it in faith. If Bro. Bud and I talk to people about how they should live and how they should dress, is it not for their betterment, and not that we are just trying to put a guilt thing on them. If you to take heed to good advice, it is something that is going to help you live more pleasing to God. “And God made two great lights; the greater light to rule the day, (That is why it is daylight, when we look out at the day, it is daylight. The clouds cannot completely cover it. That is because God made the sun to rule the day. He made the moon to rule the night. He made the stars also.) and the lesser light to rule the night: He made the stars also. And God set them in the firmament of the heaven to give light upon the earth.” This is the introduction to my message. God, in this time, Israel is His timepiece. Whatever you do from now on, watch what God does with Israel. Let us go to Joel, chapter 1, starting in verse 4. “That which the palmerworm hath left hath the locust eaten; and that which the locust hath left hath the cankerworm eaten; and that which the cankerworm hath left hath the caterpillar eaten. Awake, ye drunkards, and weep; and howl, all ye drinkers of wine, because of the new wine, for it is cut off from your mouth. For a nation is come up upon my land, (See? God says this is His land, a nation has come up on my land. What nation was that? That was Babylon. That was the lion, Nebuchadnezzar.) strong, and without number, whose teeth are the teeth of a lion, and he hath the cheek teeth of a great lion.” That is the introduction to Nebuchadnezzar’s rule. That is the first one, the palmerworm. God uses these four works here as what He uses in Daniel, as the lion, the tiger, and so on, as you go through there, the four kingdoms. “He hath laid my vine waste, and barked my fig tree: (Israel) he hath made it clean bare, (When you bark something, you take the life out of it. All you have to do is cut a ring around a tree, the bark of it, and the tree dies.) and cast it away; the branches thereof are made white.” If you do that, you have a dead tree. That is the very start of Israel’s decline because after that, they are not back in the land until the last days. Israel is already out of the land at this time, and this is the beginning of the last thing to happen, that is Judah getting out of the land. They carried them away along with Daniel. They made slaves out of them. God had already told them that in the 28th chapter of the book of Deuteronomy. It tells them what will happen to them when they forsake their God. The nation of America is standing in the same place this morning. She is dead, but she is standing on her feet and does not even know it. These evangelistic preachers are trying to revive a dead nation. It will not work. The next thing for America is a surgical strike against it. Just wait and see. George Washington’s dream will do that. Also the vision of Bro. William Branham, when he saw this nation in heaps. I hope the Church is not here, because it is going to happen. You do not see the United States in the outline of nations, when you see the ones that are supposed to defend Israel, and you do not see them when Ezekiel 38 and 39 happens. It is all the nations from the Middle East, on up into Russia, because this is the last strong hold of Islam. Islam will be butchered in Ezekiel 37 and 38, what has not taken place when Israel takes over the Middle East, they will do it. Bro. Jackson preached that, Islam will die, there will be no more Islam. Their Sharia law, which they are already practicing in Kentucky, if you want to know what Sharia law is? Obama backs that stuff. Sharia law is, if a man catches his wife without the burka on, he can beat her. If a young girl does not do what her dad wants her to, he can kill her. This happened just about a year ago. This one Muslim man killed his wife and three daughters, because they changed and did no longer want to live under that Sharia law here in America. Do you hear about those things? No. They do not want you to hear about it because you might hurt somebody. That man that killed all those people in Texas four years ago; they gave him four years before he ever had a trial, and he represented himself. He wanted the death penalty. Give it to him, quick. But they will not. They give him the death penalty, but it will be years before it can be executed because these lawyers and judges have got to have their hands in the pot of money. “Lament like a virgin girded with sackcloth for the husband of her youth. The meat offering and the drink offering is cut off from the house of the Lord; the priests, the Lord’s ministers, mourn. The field is wasted, the land mourneth; for the corn is wasted: the new wine is dried up, the oil languisheth. Be ye ashamed, O ye husbandmen: howl, O ye vinedressers, for the wheat and for the barley; because the harvest of the field is perished. (That is God’s land.) The vine is dried up, and the fig tree languisheth; the pomegranate tree, the palm tree also, and the apple tree, (This is talking about the trees that bear fruit. How many palm trees did we see in Israel. We saw them gathering the dates.) even all the trees of the field, are withered: because joy is withered away from the sons of men. Gird yourselves, and lament, ye priests: howl, ye ministers of the altar: come, lie all night in sackcloth, ye ministers of my God: for the meat offering and the drink offering is withholden from the house of your God. Sanctify ye a fast, call a solemn assembly, gather the elders and all the inhabitants of the land into the house of the Lord your God, and cry unto the Lord.” That is the last day cry. Then we come to the 2nd chapter, which I do not have time to get to this morning. You see the worms, which were nations, the four nations that took over Israel from the time of Nebuchadnezzar to the Roman Empire. That is what this is talking about, they barked the tree. They barked the fig tree. Israel laid there, a ruined nation until these last days. Even Mark Twain went through it and said it was not a place to be desired, there were not even any roads. Now what a beautiful place it is becoming. A place which all nations of the earth are trying to put in their two cents. We will get more into that later, the Lord willing.

THE SIGNS OF THE TIMES
9-1-13 PM

I feel like the things I am dealing with are very important, so I want to leave it that way, because we are facing a time we have never faced before, a time that we have never come close to facing. There are things that have come up in the messages, that I have been surprised by, because, many times I stand here with thoughts in my heart, and the Lord gives me other thoughts to be able to present them. I suppose He thinks that is more important than what I have to say. The main thing is, I know His presence is here, and I know that He is keeping up to date with His Word. I do not stand here to boast or brag on myself, because it is not myself that I brag on, I brag on the One that knows everything, the One that gives me words to speak. I know nothing in myself, but I do know that He is an ever present help in time of need. Sometimes He gives us things that we are unaware of, but He makes us ready for them first. He does not just say something and surprise us with it to the point it puts unbelief in our hearts. Just as it was in old days, in days of the apostles, He still speaks in this hour, to confirm what His purpose is, in the time that we are living in. I brought out different things this morning, to point you to what my real message is. As I read in Genesis 1, talking about the sun and moon as being for times and seasons, because it really points out times to let us know what time we are living in. I know Bro. William Branham said the heavens are like a Bible to us, and there are many things in the heavens that direct us into His Word. I believe what I am dealing with now, is going to lead us right into the short time that we have. I said, and I will say again, I cannot tell you when the Lord is coming, but I believe I can count it on one hand and that might be stretching it. It is very important that we live right in this time, and that we get in a position where God can speak to us and lead us. I say that with respect to the Word of God, because of the hour we are living in and the time and the season being what it is. This message is going to be more toward Israel, but it is going to let the Bride know what time we are in. God has always dealt with Israel in time and in seasons of time. It is no different in the time that we are living in. You will see this as we go along in this message, how important time is in Israel. I turned on some news before I came tonight, for about thirty minutes. On the News they were talking about Israel, according to what the president has done in the last few days, setting the red line, then moving it up and moving it up again. That gives instability to Israel. They have said, we can no longer depend on the U.S. government. I am glad to hear that, because the U.S. government cannot save Israel. Only God can do that. As you look into the Word of the Lord, and as you go into Zechariah, you will find this, though all the nations of the earth turn against Jerusalem, yet God will save it. All nations. The president now has put his red line off and they are beginning to talk that they do not believe he will do anything. That has made Israel feel that whatever happens in Iran, they are going to have to take care of it themselves. When they do, it is then going to be the whole Arab nations which are surrounding them, that are going to be ignited to the point they were in the Six Day War, Nasser and those, because they said, we will drive Israel into the sea. Six days later, Israel had won the war. They had taken a lot of the land that God had promised them, but they have given up land again since then. This will not happen again until the last week of time approaches, then you have politicians in it again. What I am dealing with, is signs of the time that we are living in. We do have signs, signs that have been proven before, to let us know what we are looking at is not just a farce, not just something that is going to be let go. The coming of the Lord is at hand and those that are ready are going to leave here. Those that are just playing around, those that are playing church, that are playing with the mercies of God are going to be left. If there is anything in this message that I want everyone to see, it is that I want us to wake up, wake up to the point that we are living our lives right, and that we are treating our brothers and sisters with respect, because we are not all alike. Everybody is not like me. I feel good about the coming of the Lord, because He is coming soon. Before He does come, some of these health problems God’s people are having are going to leave. I believe that with all my heart. The children of Israel, when they crossed the Red Sea, God did a wonderful miracle, but by the time forty years had passed, that generation was gone, God had something else to show them, that what He had done forty years earlier was not something that He could not do again when they crossed the Jordan River, when it was out of its banks. I believe in types and shadows, according to the word of the Lord. I know that He is not just dealing with our physical being like He did Israel, but He is dealing with our spiritual beings. He said in Mark 16, “Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature. He that believeth and is baptized shall be saved; but he that believeth not shall be damned. And these signs shall follow them that believe; In my name shall they cast out devils; they shall speak with new tongues; They shall take up serpents; and if they drink any deadly thing, it shall not hurt them; they shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall recover. This is a sign to the believer. I have things to deal with here, that I want you to pay attention to. I worked on this Friday for quite a while. NASA has recorded what I want to deal with. This is who has recorded it. People that know something about science and know something about time, can go back hundreds and thousands of years, even back to the time of Christ and they can tell you when this happened, His crucifixion, the 4th of April 33 A.D. Because that was the only time that there was a total eclipse of the sun within a ten year period of time. Because of that, it lets you know that the date is right. We are not looking at something that is a farce or that is hard to be seen, because I read that in Genesis, the signs are in the heavens and in the earth. I read this morning from the 1st chapter of Joel, and I read about the cankerworm, the palmer worm, the caterpillar. There were four worms, is what it was. In order to get the story right, of these things, you have got to look in the Word of God, you have nothing else to go by. As I said, and this is what I want you to remember, the heavens write His plan and purpose. It did in times past. It did when Columbus left Spain. It did in 1948. It did in 1967. This time is coming up again next year and the year after. As I said before, this is dealing with Israel. It has always dealt with Israel. After the year 2015, the signs I am talking about will not happen for another seven hundred years. It has been better than five hundred years in the making until this time. As I went into Joel and talked about the worms that had barked the fig tree, which is Israel. They completely ate it down to the stump. That meant Israel was expelled out of the land. There was no Israeli nation until 1948, for almost twenty five hundred years. It was twenty five hundred years when 1967 come along. I want to start reading in Joel, chapter 2. This has to do with Daniel, chapter 7. Let us start with verse 25. “And I will restore to you the years that the locust hath eaten, the cankerworm, and the caterpillar, and the palmer worm, (He goes backward, because He is going to take this from the bottom back to the top. Each one of these bugs or worms, whatever you call them, represents a nation that has come against Israel, starting with Nebuchadnezzar, which was the lion.) my great army which I sent among you. And ye shall eat in plenty, and be satisfied, and praise the name of the Lord your God, that hath dealt wondrously with you: and my people shall never be ashamed. And ye shall know that I am in the midst of Israel, and that I am the Lord your God, and none else: (Here, He repeats the same words He did at the last of the other verse.) and my people shall never be ashamed. And it shall come to pass afterward, that I will pour out my spirit upon all flesh; and your sons and your daughters shall prophesy, and your old men shall dream dreams, your young men shall see visions: And also upon the servants and upon the handmaids in those days will I pour out of my spirit.” In those days, the last days started when Jesus rose from the dead, then for two thousand years as time has gone on, that would be the beginning of the last days. “And I will show wonders in the heavens (Get that in your understanding, I will show wonders in the heavens.) and in the earth, blood, and fire, and pillars of smoke.” That is speaking of wars in the earth. This is speaking of Israel. Did not I say the 17th chapter and 1st verse of Isaiah tells you that Damascus Syria will be destroyed? Where is the problem now? Where is Assad? Making his boast, doing what he wants to, killing the people with gas. The red line has been erased because it has been said too many times, if you go over the red line, then there is trouble. But the red line has already been passed and we find that after the president said he had the power to go ahead and call strikes, that is not what he said at first. He said there will be consequences. Wait until Israel has to go alone. You will find the blood, fire and pillars of smoke, bombs. He said signs in the heavens and in the earth, blood, fire, and pillars of smoke. “The sun shall be turned into darkness, (That is the heavens.) and the moon into blood, before (BEFORE) the great and the terrible day of the Lord come.” Now some may say, well that goes back to Malachi 4:5-6, but it does not. It says before the great and the terrible, which the great day is going to be the rapture of the saints, and the terrible day will be at the end of the age. Don’t you see there is a great day coming? “And it shall come to pass, that whosoever shall call on the name of the Lord shall be delivered: (Now you cannot take that and make a revival out of it, because, listen to what it is saying.) for in mount Zion and in Jerusalem shall be deliverance, as the Lord hath said, and in the remnant whom the Lord shall call.” There have been other people deal with this subject, but they did not put it in a time frame, they lined it all up with Matthew 24, which you cannot do, and Mark 13, which you cannot do, Luke 21, which you cannot do. You cannot line it up with that. It is not the same time. Then they go ahead and put it with Ezekiel 38 and 39, and Revelation 6 under the sixth seal. It is not the same time. Verse 30 again, “And I will show wonders in the heavens and in the earth, blood, and fire, and pillars of smoke. The sun shall be turned into darkness, and the moon into blood.” Now let us get the 1st verse of the next chapter. “For, behold, in those days, and in that time, when I shall bring again the captivity of Judah and Jerusalem.” It is not the same time. Peter repeated this on the day of Pentecost, Acts 2, starting in verse 14. “But Peter, standing up with the eleven, (They all stood together there, the twelve disciples. Peter stood up with the eleven.) lifted up his voice, and said unto them, Ye men of Judaea, and all ye that dwell at Jerusalem, be this known unto you, and hearken to my words.” First he said these are not drunk as you suppose. He did not say they were not drunk, (they were) but it was not on natural wine. They had every indication of that, and to the old home town Jews, they were just jabbering. But to those people that had come for Pentecost, they were talking in their language, their own language, sixteen different languages they were talking in. “For these are not drunken, as ye suppose, seeing it is but the third hour of the day.” The joints are not open yet, it is nine o’clock in the morning. “But this is that (Why do we not have the same indication to be able to speak and say this is that now? Or was it just left in another age, without knowing this hour in which we live?) which was spoken by the prophet Joel; And it shall come to pass in the last days, saith God, I will pour out of my Spirit upon all flesh: and your sons and your daughters shall prophesy, and your young men shall see visions, and your old men shall dream dreams: And on my servants and on my handmaidens I will pout out in those days of my Spirit; and they shall prophesy; and I will show wonders in heaven above, and signs in the earth beneath; blood, and fire, and vapor of smoke: The sun shall be turned into darkness, and the moon into blood, before that great and notable day of the Lord come.” That great and notable day is just ahead. “And it shall come to pass, that whosoever shall call on the name of the Lord shall be saved.” See? He practically repeats the same thing. He said the great and notable day. Joel said the great and dreadful day. Some might say, oh, he didn’t quote it right. He was full of the Holy Ghost and he said what he was inspired to say. That great and notable day, now let us see what it says in Revelation 6. (These prophecy preachers quote it all the same). The reason I say this is not just to be contrary to what they say, but I say it because it is important that we know where we are going with something. Starting in the 12th verse, this is the sixth seal. “And I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal, and, lo, there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as blood.” As I said, according to NASA, this will not happen again in seven hundred years, but God can make anything happen. It is His timepiece, not NASA’s. “And the stars of heaven fell unto the earth, even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind. And the heaven departed as a scroll when it is rolled together; and every mountain and island were moved out of their places.” Did it say that in Joel? Did it say that in Acts 2? It did not. “And the kings of the earth, and the great men, and the rich men, and the chief captains, and the mighty men, and every bondman, and every free man, hid themselves in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains; And said to the mountains and rocks, Fall on us, and hide us from the face of Him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb.” Hide us from the great God that sits on the throne, and from the Lamb. Jesus is no longer sitting on the throne. It is the wrath of the Lamb. Revelation 14, where He comes back sitting on the cloud and reaps the harvest of the earth, that is not a revival as they claim. “For the great day of His wrath is come; and who shall be able to stand?” Let us go back to Matthew 24. I will not read these others because I want to deal with something else here, Matthew 24. The prophecy preachers on TV, bring this in as the same thing. Verse 27 “For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shineth even unto the west; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be. For wheresoever the carcase is, there will the eagles be gathered together.” That is talking of the Bride. That does not mean that every eagle is going to be in one place: it means they are going to be in a place with the Word. There will the eagles be gathered together. There are not as many eagles as people seem to think. It looks like the crop is getting thinner as time goes on. The Bible says he that endures, there is a time of endurance. He that endures to the end, the same shall be saved. That proves our faith in God. What I am talking about, endurance, means that we can still hold to truth when the chips are down, so to speak. That is speaking of where, as far as the lightning comes out of the east and shines unto the west, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be, that is for the Bride. Wheresoever the carcase is, the carcase is the True Word of God, because the Bride will be feasting on the Word. Then you go into the same thing that you are in, in Revelation 6, which does not match up with Acts 2 or Joel 2. “Immediately after the tribulation of those days shall the sun be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken: And then shall appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven: and then shall all the tribes of the earth mourn, and they shall see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.” That is when all the earth is viewing heaven to see Christ coming back in judgment. But there is an indication of when He is coming back for His Bride, as the lightning shines from the east to the west, that shows how quick it is, in the twinkling of an eye. But as Bro. Jackson said, this will be one revolution of the earth’s turning. All you that get the Contenders together, or that get the Spoken Word books together, to check every word in them, they cannot give you a revelation, because your motive is wrong. You do not even know what they said. Your ears were closed when they were spoken; and now your eyes are closed. “And He shall send His angels with a great sound of a trumpet, and they shall gather together His elect from the four winds, (His elect, that is not referring to the Bride, that is talking about the great multitude and the foolish virgins, from one end of heaven to the other, because the Bride is already in heaven. She is at the marriage supper, the dead that have been raised and the ones that are living have been taken. So that I can show you a little bit of what I am talking about, I want the slide of the moons and the sun up there on the screen. This all has to do with Israel. It all comes within the next two years of time. It said there would be signs in the sun, in the moon, and in the stars. This has happened three different times before, and this will be the fourth time that this will all take place. But the others, this was not there, but it is here (slide) at the end. 1492 Ferdinand and Isabella had a daughter, this daughter was going to be married to a prince of another nation. This prince of the other nation said, this cannot happen as long as Jews are in Spain. So in 1492 they gave the Jews, Ferdinand and Isabella, they gave an edict of expulsion. NASA recorded this. After the Jews were given fourteen days to leave, the ones that did not, the Catholic Church killed them. The Catholic Church slaughtered the Jews that did not leave on time. The edict of expulsion, when it came about, Columbus was a Jew. Columbus was a sailor, so they got together and got boats together for Columbus to show them a land where they could go to, where they could have freedom from this edict of expulsion. But they were only given fourteen days to get out. They got their money together to get things ready, boats and things to get them away from Spain. He did so, so did many of them. When he did, then the next year this began to happen. 1493, April 2nd was the first one, it happened on Passover. This is all Jewish holidays, every one of them that has ever happened, it has been related to Jewish holidays. September 25, which is Sukkoth, or Feast of Tabernacles, was the next one. Like I said, this has never happened before, but it does again in 2015. The first ones come about in 2014, and these others come about in 2015, along with this. (Pointing to slide) You will not see the blood moons in America. The only thing that will happen in America, the moon will turn dark, because this is all related to Israel. That is why I say, we are getting close to Israel getting her land back. Could this be the time? Or could this be the time? (Pointing to slide on those two dates.) The year 1494, March 24th, Passover. The Passover happens at different times. This Passover, another blood moon happened. This is for our time, what I am talking about, this is 2015, but this is the third one. The fourth one came at Sukkoth, or Feast of Tabernacles, September 15, 1494, shortly after. I will touch a little bit on 1948 because I will have to go back to that. In 1948, Israel has a boat load of people that have been expelled from Europe, with no nation to go to, no land to go to. I will have to get a scripture for that, to fulfill what I am talking about. There were four hundred and some people waiting on May 14, 1948. They were gathered, waiting for David Ben Gurion. The Ben Gurion airport is named after David Ben Gurion. They were waiting to see what the United Nations was going to determine. The United Nations had already said, well we will send them to Africa. No, that will not work: We will send them back to Poland. No, that will not work. What are we going to do with these Jews? The Bible, I started to say predicted, but it did not predict, it was a prophecy. Can a nation be born in one day? It was already four o’clock in the afternoon, the United Nations said the only place we can send the Jews, is back to Israel. David Ben Gurion rushed from the phone at exactly four o’clock in the afternoon of the 14th of May, 1948. He ran and told the ones that were waiting on him, they have declared that Israel will be the nation to which the Jews will have a homeland. Eleven minutes after that, President Truman called David Ben Gurion and said we support the Israeli nation, we have made our choice and we will back Israel from here on out. I will touch on this a little bit. The Israeli nation May 14, 1948, then April 13th, 1949 was the first blood moon. That was Passover. October 7th 1949 was the next one on Sukkoth, Feast of Tabernacles. April 2, 1950 Passover, September 16, 1950, Sukkoth, Feast of Tabernacles. We have two more groups of time, which I cannot get to tonight, 1967 and then starting next spring. Brothers and sisters, let us open our eyes. It says, when you begin to see these things come to pass, lift up your heads, look up, your redemption is drawing nigh. I am not trying to give anybody a false hope, but I am looking at this as being a time to look at, because this has only happened three times in the Israeli history, three times. Now it is due to happen again, starting next spring. (Which is the spring of 2014) Do I believe this is the coming of the Lord? No, I believe that is when Israel, in this time frame, is going to get her land back. There will be signs in the sun and moon and in the earth, blood, fire, and pillars of smoke. So the next thing in Israel’s agenda will be to go to war, because this all points to Israel. It is not going to be some little picnic that is going to take place. As it has been said, even by Bro. Jackson, as he said it will make the 1967 war look like the 4th of July. He said it will not last forty years, it will not last forty days. Israel cannot sustain a long war, but Israel is the best, and they list them as the seventh strongest war team in the world. But I list them as number one, because God and one is a majority; and we know God will fight with them.

THE SIGNS OF THE TIMES
9-8-13 AM

As we continue on here, remember that the introduction of this was Genesis chapter 1. I have added a few scriptures. I am trying to use scriptures that have maybe not been used so much in the subject of the end time. We have a lot of scriptures that are used, that have been used in the presentation of the end time we are waiting for. But these scriptures have not been used that much. I know Bro. Jackson spoke of Acts 2. I remember his listing that. Isaiah 17, and Joel 1, Matthew 17, 1st Thessalonians 1, 2nd Thessalonians 1:5-10, then Genesis, and Psalms 83. I put Malachi 4:5-6 in there, in order to show you the difference in the language of all that, than the difference of the language of Acts 2, and also Joel 2. As I went over that last Sunday, Joel chapter 1 was about the different stages of the different invasions. That is what those bugs, or worms, whatever you want to call them, signify. That is the stages of the armies that came in and invaded Israel. Yesterday, maybe it was Friday night, they were showing the European nations. The European nations now are just like crossing stages, there are no check points, nothing, when you go from one nation to another. Now there are twenty seven nations in that, which goes all the way into Asia Minor and all the way into, not so much yet, but all the beast, which will be all together when that time comes. I am talking about the beast, the four different beasts that make up the one beast, which will wind up to be what Daniel saw in chapter 2, as he gave way to the dream of Nebuchadnezzar, starting from the head down to the toes, which he mentioned concerning the toes, that they were iron and miry clay. The miry clay means it is partly to be broken. Therefore we have these different scriptures that will bring in the part of what our study is, the happenings before the very end. That is what I am concerned with in this message, the happenings up to the time that Israel gets her land back, and then the time of the beast taking over, when they sign a treaty with Israel. That is more or less where I want to stop on that, but I will refer on into the end time to show you the difference in what we are studying. If you go to Google and type in the four blood moons, you will find many different prophecy preachers that are talking about this, along with John Haggee. They have the end time mixed up with the coming of Christ for His Bride. They have it all mixed up, but we know the difference. The Bible shows you the difference, if you will allow the Spirit to lead you. We are not just speaking off the top of our head, we are speaking truth. If you go to, well I will go there first, just to acquaint you with this, Acts 2. I am using this and Joel as a base for what I am presenting to you. This is the first message that Peter ever preached. The dwelling of most of it has been concerning Acts 2:38, which is the groundwork of salvation. But Paul said we will go on unto perfection. So even the church world will go down to the baptism part, but they do not say anything about what Peter said about baptism. They will say they were baptized, but they will not tell you how they were baptized. They will leave it Father, Son, and Holy Ghost because that is the way they believe. They believe in a trinity of Gods. Trinity is from paganism. People may not like that, but it is, it is paganism. There is no such thing as Father, Son, and Holy Ghost the way they preach it. There are no three Gods, there is only one true God, and the working of the Holy Ghost, is the work of that same and only God, because He is a sovereign Spirit. That is the way He works in human lives, because He is a Spirit that dwells within those who are redeemed by the shed blood of His only begotten Son Jesus. In the Old Testament, the prophets prophesied as they were anointed with the Holy Ghost, He was not abiding within them. That same sovereign God, which is Spirit, is the Holy Ghost. You cannot take that, and what was said in other scriptures of the New Testament, as it is told there, and make anything else out of it. God had a plan, and the plan was, when Jesus came on the earth, He was going to die. Don’t listen to Oprah Winfrey, because she winds up believing in herself. She will find no salvation there. When some people get rich, then they count on that riches to take care of everything. Your riches are not going to take you anywhere but to a rich grave. Then after that, the judgment, and the judgment will only be the first part of it: the final judgment will be when both body and soul are thrown into the lake of fire. That will be the end of it and it is too bad to even think about, because where the worm dies not, is not a good thought, for as long as your body is alive that worm of remorse will still be there. The body lives as long as God sees that payment for sin is made. We certainly do not want to reject the Word of God, that is a sore punishment. Those that rejected Moses’ message was killed under two or three witnesses if they rejected Moses’ message. How much more punishment will it be to those that reject the Word of God? Acts 2:14, as I said, this is the first message Peter preaches after he received the Holy Ghost. It is something, how he knew so much, having just received the Holy Ghost, but he went right into the scripture as he preached his first message. “But Peter, standing up with the eleven, (Remember those eleven were standing with him. That is unity. You can talk about unity all you want to, but this is true unity. It does not say that the others said anything, but they stood up with him.) lifted up his voice, and said unto them, Ye men of Judaea, (You see there, who he is talking to. He was not talking to those strangers that were there, he was talking to the home group, because they were those that rejected Jesus Christ.) and all ye that dwell at Jerusalem, (He has not mentioned the ones that were there from the Medes and Persians and all that, it is the home group because they were the ones that had rejected the Christ.) be this known unto you, and hearken to my words: For these are not drunken, as ye suppose, seeing it is but the third hour of the day. (Nine o’clock in the morning) But this is that which was spoken by the prophet Joel; And it shall come to pass in the last days, saith God, I will pour out of my Spirit upon all flesh; and your sons and your daughters shall prophesy, and your young men shall see visions, and your old men shall dream dreams: And on my servants and on my handmaidens I will pour out in those days of my Spirit; and they shall prophesy: And I will show wonders in heaven above, and signs in the earth beneath; blood, and fire, and vapor of smoke: (Which pertains to war. That has to do with war that will hit the Middle East. It means there is going to be some bombs falling, and there are going to be some people that are going to bleed. There is going to be fire.) The sun shall be turned into darkness, and the moon into blood, before (That is the word, before, that separates it from the very end, before…) that great and notable day of the Lord come.” Before that great and notable day, so we are expecting to see some of this next year, the moons as they will turn to blood. See? All of this happens before the great, and then the dreadful day of the Lord. “And it shall come to pass, that whosoever shall call on the name of the Lord shall be saved.” The Bible has the answers. Anybody can go to Google, type in the four blood moons and you can find what I am talking about. You can find the blood moons. But in the middle of the blood moons, the sun refuses to shine. We have dates for all of that, because NASA has studied it. They studied the very beginning of that. That is not figuring out when Christ is coming back. But the Bible says, when you see these things begin to come to pass, lift up your head, look up, because your redemption draws nigh. Don’t you want to know that? That your redemption is drawing nigh? These things begin to come about next year, but it is all on Jewish holidays, every one of them. I went over the first two times, which would have been after 1492, which was 1493, 1494, this all happened at the same time that it will happen again. I am not going to stand here and argue with people, whether this is right or wrong, because I am looking at it through the scripture. If somebody out there wants to say something about it, go ahead. If you want to say something against it, that is your privilege, I am not going to argue with you. This is too important for me to take up an argument about it. I know I am putting something on the line here, that I am going to have to stand for, but I am ready. Passover, which is the fourth month and fifteenth day of next year, the first blood moon happens. Then at Sukkot, which is the feast of Tabernacles, which will be the tenth month, the eighth day, which will be October of next year. These have always happened in fours, but there is something else that is in there that was not there the other times. When the Jews were expelled out of Spain, 1492, they were given fourteen days to get out of there. Some might say, Jesus said you will not know the day or hour, but this is not talking about the day and hour of His coming. Nevertheless when these things are over, there is going to be something happen, or even before they are over. The Middle East is getting ready to blow up. When I look at this thing that is going on now in Syria, Isaiah 17 says that Damascus will no longer be a city. It will be in a heap, never to be rebuilt. Verse 19 says, I will show wonders in heaven above, that is the first thing. Then signs in the earth beneath, blood, fire and vapor of smoke. The sun shall be turned into darkness. When is the sun going to be turned into darkness? When is this going to happen? 3-20-2015, Nisan 1, the first day of that month, which is the feast of trumpets. 1493-1494, the sun was not turned into darkness. 1949-1950, the sun was not turned into darkness, which was right after Israel had become a nation. But it was on the same time of the year. It passed over, and then Sukkot. 1967, which this happened in 1968-1969. They are always a year apart, the division of the four. Then they say it will be another seven hundred years before this ever happens again. It was better than five hundred years when it happened before. From now, it has been over five hundred years before the first one, and there has just been three times it has ever happened and it has always been concerning Israel. When it happens again, it will be concerning Israel. The sun shall be turned into darkness, ad the moon into blood, before that great and notable day of the Lord come. What is the great day? The great day for the Bride is when she leaves here in the rapture. This is happening before she leaves here. John Haggee and those will talk about it, then they will say it can happen today, even before we get out of here. Some of them have got the right scriptures, but they have no revelation. When you are all over the map about something, you do not know where you are going. I read in Genesis 1 last week. It said that the sun and the moon were put there for signs and seasons. I put Malachi 4 up there to show you the difference in that. “Behold, I will send you Elijah the prophet before the coming of the great and dreadful day of the Lord. (That is a two thousand year span of time.) And he (two comings, William Branham and John the Baptist, two comings, but he, which is Elijah, that spirit of Elijah that was upon the two men. The great day, when it came, was when Jesus came here. The dreadful day will be at the end of the age. That registers to when William Branham was here in the 1950’s and 1960’s, before, I will send you Elijah before.) shall turn the heart of the fathers to the children.” Hearts of the Old Testament prophets to the New Testament apostles. That is the children of the prophets, because they were able, just like the apostle Paul was able to gather out of the Old Testament, the things that he taught, to tell you the difference in Law and Grace. That is why he mentioned Abraham so much, because Abraham was called before the Law, 430 years before the Law. That was so that Grace would abound. Then the Law was given to the Jews because of transgression. Paul was able to decipher and take out of that, the truth. That is why, in the 4th chapter of the book of Romans, he mentions Abraham so much. Abraham, the father of us all, because it is through him that all nations of the earth shall be blessed, which is through Jesus Christ. Some may say, well I don’t believe in the way that you are going. I cannot help that. Let us go to the 17th chapter of Matthew, verses 1-13, which will show you the two comings of Elijah. “And after six days Jesus taketh Peter, James, and John his brother, and bringeth them up into an high mountain apart, (apart from the rest of the disciples. When Jesus had a mission to accomplish, He used certain disciples and left the rest of them where they were. It is important to know who you can trust.) And was transfigured before them: and His face did shine as the sun, and His raiment was white as the light. And, behold, there appeared unto them Moses and Elias talking with Him. Then answered Peter, and said unto Jesus, Lord, it is good for us to be here: if thou wilt, let us make here three tabernacles; one for thee, and one for Moses, and one for Elias. While he yet spake, behold, a bright cloud overshadowed them: and behold a voice out of the cloud, which said, This is my beloved Son in whom I am well pleased; hear ye Him. when the disciples heard it, they fell on their face, and were sore afraid. And Jesus came and touched them, and said, Arise, and be not afraid. And when they had lifted up their eyes, they saw no man, save (or except)Jesus only. (That is where the Jesus only people get their name.) And as they came down from the mountain, Jesus charged them, saying, Tell the vision to no man, until the Son of man be risen again from the dead. And His disciples asked him, saying, Why then say the scribes that Elias must first come? (Listen to His answer.) And Jesus answered and said unto them, Elias truly shall first come, (First, shall puts it future. John the Baptist was already off the scene.) and restore all things. But I say unto you, That Elias is come already, (That is two comings there.) and they knew him not, but have done unto him whatsoever they listed. Likewise shall also the Son of man suffer of them. Then the disciples understood that He spake unto them of John the Baptist.” Elias has come already and they did to him what they listed. But if you can receive it, then He said Elias shall come. When I saw that, was when I first moved here, at the Tabernacle. I was amazed, to be here among people that were so much more spiritual than I was, the way I felt, but they had no understanding. I told this to one of the young men that was there at that time and he said, oh, I never did see that. He had been there all his life. Do you know why I saw it? Because it became a revelation to me as I read it. Bro. Bud, I know you have preached this, you can hear a message, or you can read the words, but without a revelation, you will never see it. It will just be something that will pass over your head. But the scripture gives you an indication of what things are. Let us turn to Matthew 24. Remember, I read unto you from the book of Acts, chapter 2, where it said before the coming of that great and notable day of the Lord. Brothers and sisters, these will be fulfilled in two years from now, every one of them. What I am trying to do, is (not) point to you and say, I know when the Lord is coming, but it does tell you, when you begin to see these things come to pass, then know that your redemption is nigh, even at hand. I am not preaching this message to the world, nor to someone that does not want to hear it. I do believe though, that Bride people are getting anxious. The rapture may be four years off, but I think it is getting close. I did not say Jesus is coming in 1917, but I cannot believe it can be very far from now. That is still not a day or hour. It may be before that, but it will not be tonight. Neither will it be next week or next month. Matthew 24:27, says this, “For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shineth even unto the west; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.” That is for Bride people, and Bride people are referred to in the next verse. “For wheresoever the carcase is, there will the eagles be gathered together.” With what? With a revelation of truth. That is what they are going to be feasting on. Do not ever think that God is going to give us smidgens until the end time, like some have suggested. We cannot live on smidgens, just like you cannot live on four hundred calories a day and work. One man said years ago, I worked at a saw mill and fasted forty days. There is no way. Wheresoever the carcase is, there will the Bride people be gathered together. But listen to what it says further down. “Immediately (not before, but immediately) after the tribulation of those days shall the sun be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, (The moon will not give her light. These have light to them. The sun is not going to go completely out, it says it will be darkened, but the moon will go completely out.) and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken.” Here, there is no mention of stars, it is a different time. That is after the tribulation. “And then shall appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven: (Which will last twenty four hours, a complete revolution of the earth will His coming be seen.) and then shall all the tribes of the earth mourn, and they shall see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.” When verse 27 happens, it is like lightning from the east to the west, that quick. That quick will you be changed, in a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trump. The trumpet shall sound, the dead in Christ shall rise first. Then we shall be changed in a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, if we are ready. If you say, well I just do not see how I can ever make it. That is a very careless statement. If you are more interested in making it, than you are in being a part of this earth, God will see that you make it. I realize that there is a pull in this earth, there is a pull for young people especially. The devil will always try to get you to do something, but do not listen to him. To older people I say, especially to young moms and dads, the scripture is the only way out. The ones that are living on the earth at that time, are going to see Him. There is no way of getting around it. That is one sight I do not want to see, not at that time. But as the lightning shineth from the east to the west, it don’t last long, does it? That is what I want to see. That is what I desire to see. “And He shall send His angels with a great sound of a trumpet, (Which will wake the foolish virgins.) and they shall gather together His elect from the four winds, from one end of heaven to the other.” This story is recorded in Luke 21, and Mark 13, the same story, the same setting. Revelation 6, this is what the prophecy preachers are trying to put together. This, with what I just read in Matthew, will not work otherwise. Here, under the sixth seal, verse 12, it says, “And I beheld when He had opened the sixty seal, and, lo, there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as blood; And the stars of heaven fell unto the earth, even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind.” You talk about what is going to happen then, the meteorites that will break up and hit this earth, is going to cause all kind of shakings. As Isaiah said, the earth will reel to and fro as a drunkard, the mountains shall fall, these volcanic mountains. The islands will flee away, tsunamis. For thirty days this earth is going to shake. But blessed is he that cometh to the forty five days, talking of sheep people that have lived through that. Only the hand of God can let anything live through all of that, only God. These preachers that preach two thirds of the earth’s people will be destroyed, that is a light number. That would still leave better than two billion people on the earth. There will not be that many. God is not going to leave a bunch of idiots and God haters here to inherit the earth. Sheep people, and Jewish people that have lived through that terrible thing, which will be as the Bible says in Isaiah 13, few men will be left, more women. Because seven women will take hold of one man and they are not going to be a bunch of lesbians. No, it is going to be people that can repopulate the earth. They will say, We will earn our own living. It will not be any of this bunch that is out there now, that don’t need a man. When I say women, in this case, I am not talking about sisters of the faith. Women have about taken over this land as well as other lands, Senate and Congress. If something does not happen to prevent it between now and the next election, we will have a woman president. Hillary Clinton cannot lie enough to keep people from voting for her. Just like that Bosnia thing, she said what difference does it make how they died. She does not want anyone to know how they died. One thing I do know, this is coming, this is coming, and it is not coming for no good reason. There is a reason behind it. It has to do with the Holy Land. It has to do with Israel. If something happens in the Middle East, then Israel knows she don’t have anybody to back her. That is fulfilling the scriptures, though all the nations of the earth come against Jerusalem, it does not matter, God will fight for her. We are going to see that if God permits us to live. If he permits me to live, I will see that, and so will you. It is not that far off. The rapture of the Church is not that far off. “And the stars of heaven fell unto the earth, even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind. And the heaven departed as a scroll (Heaven, that is talking about the atmosphere. When that bomb was dropped over Hiroshima, back when I was going to school in Columbia Kentucky, I knew a boy that was from Japan. He said, when that bomb went off the atmosphere caught on fire. It would be from here to here, to here, because of all that heat. Water will burn with heat. You can charge it electrically and it will burn. And the heaven departed as a scroll…) when it is rolled together; and every mountain and island were moved out of their places. And the kings of the earth, and the great men, and the rich men, and the chief captains, and the mighty men, and every bondman, and every free man, hid themselves in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains; And said to the mountains and rocks, Fall on us, and hide us from the face of Him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb: For the great day of His wrath is come; and who shall be able to stand?”

2014-04-Signs-of-Times-Part-1

We Shall Crown Him?, Part 6 – 2014, February


Introduction

Peter preached his message to those Jews that day, and they were cut to their hearts. Men and brethren, what must we do? He said, Repent and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sin and you shall receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.” I believe the Holy Ghost fell on them that day. I am saying to you now, do what you can now to get your heart right with God. Young people, that is what you need. Nothing else will satisfy what your soul is hungering for. The only thing that will do it is the Holy Ghost. He said, Repent and be baptized, and you shall receive the gift of the Holy Ghost. That is positive. I am looking for a revival, but it is not going to be a revival like we have seen before. It is going to be a finishing touch. I am not disputing anything that is being said, but I am saying, if we BELIEVE, it is coming to us. We are that generation, the last generation that will be upon this earth before the coming of the Lord. How John must have felt when he said in verse 9 of Revelation 10, “And I went unto the angel, and said unto him, Give me the little book. And he said unto me, Take it, and eat it up” And I took the little book out of the angel’s hand, and ate it up; and it was in my mouth sweet as honey: and as soon as I had eaten it, my belly was bitter. And he said unto me, Thou must prophesy again before many peoples, and nations, and tongues, and kings.” That will have to be by television, and it will be free time, without anyone having to beg for television time. God will put it in their hearts to want it, and to want to hear it, even though they disagree. Some of these politicians sitting up there in Washington, so high and mighty, they are going to come down. God will say, come down off your throne, and He will say it by a little uneducated ministry. Paul explains it in 1st Corinthians, the 2nd chapter. Paul was educated, but what he spoke was by the Spirit of God, not to the wise, not to the prudent, not to that big preacher that has all his degrees. This is a sick generation. You can hardly find an American doctor anymore. If you understand three words out of a dozen, you are doing pretty good. You should not say that, you are speaking against our government. That is not our government: our government is not there any more. God is going to take a little Bride with a message that is going to put them all those self-centered law makers to shame. What is the Bride going to say? Come now Lord Jesus, even so, come now. I do not know how much longer I will be allowed to say things like this, but the voice will go out, one of these days, to you men who have changed the laws of America to make it a dirty place. They legalized marijuana in Colorado, and now you cannot even go into some of the places, they are not that friendly. I heard a news man say, there is one place I cannot go, because it is too dangerous. So he went to a little more mellow place, and ten out of twelve did not even know who the president is. Don’t tell me there is no harm in marijuana. It leads you on to be a dope addict, and you will fry your brain, and nothing good will ever come out of it. They put men on television, on these News casts with a wonderful suit on. They put women on there, dressed down to here and up to here. And they say there is no difference. I look at you sisters, I see a difference, and I thank God for that difference. I know there is a difference. It used to not be that way. I used to walk up and down the street when I was a boy in Liberty, Kentucky. If you were a man and came into town and you did not have a shirt on, they would arrest you. Old men chewed tobacco and they spit out in the street, but they knew how to live decently. I am not taking up for chewing tobacco, but those people did have respect, if a woman came down the street. They would say to another man, be careful what you say, here comes a woman. Now the women talk as bad as the men do. I remember, if you said something in front of a real woman, then her face got red, she was embarrassed. Now the women are promoting it because they have these women senators and in Congress, like Hillary Clinton. I cannot even look at the woman, and others that lie like the devil. You will not listen to me now, but one of these days, you will listen to somebody. You will hang your head down too, when you do. They started out commemorating soldiers who had given their lives in service to this country. We observed Thanksgiving, with thanks for another harvest, just like they did at Plymouth Rock. But now Memorial Day is just a day to barbeque, (and I don’t have anything against that) without even thinking about what it really started out to be. Thanksgiving is just a turkey day. But it cost somebody their lives for this to be a holiday. For a lot of men, it cost them their lives. I knew men that were in WW2 who gave their lives, the Korean War, and also the Vietnam War. I worked with a man at Ford Motor Company that was in the Vietnam War. He said he had a buddy, he said you had to have a buddy, you sat in those jungles and fight, back to back. He said you forget what your mother, your sister and your father looked like. Then they came back home just to be spit upon by a bunch of draft dodgers that they made a president out of. Let me get back to Acts 2:38. Peter said to those Jews that day, “Repent and be baptized every one of you, in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins, and you shall receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.” I am looking for an outpouring. I am looking for a revival. We are that generation, the last generation that will be upon this earth before the coming of the Lord.

WE SHALL CROWN HIM?
5-26-13 PM

I realize I have been on this subject for several weeks, but time goes fast when you get into something you feel is interesting and beneficial to saints of God. I was asked a question, so before I get into anything else, I want to go into that. It is concerning the message. The question has arisen, What is the difference in what Daniel was told to shut up until the end time, and the seventh seal? I am glad to answer that, to look at it in the scripture. We know that Revelation 10 is concerning the Bride of Jesus Christ. That is the last message that she will hear before she is caught up. This is going to be the climax, or capstone of the message that brings us the revelation for the Bride of Christ before she leaves here. The seven thunders are going to speak in this, so is the beginning of the week, the beginning of the last week of time before God pours out His judgment at Armageddon. This will be at the beginning of that week. You have Ezekiel, 38 & 39 to be fulfilled, and you have the Jews being prepared for their sacrifice, and you also have the 2nd chapter of 2nd Thessalonians being fulfilled, when the man of sin is revealed. The man of sin, the false prophet, all of them are one person, not as the denominational world wants to teach you. Jesus puts one foot upon the land and one upon the sea, and He swares by Him that lives forever and ever that time shall be no more, which is interpreted, that the end of Gentile time will delay no longer. You have the opening of the seal, and you have the seven thunders. You have the seven thunders, messages that come forth, and you also have the eating of that seven sealed scroll, which is referred to as the little book. You have all of that in that half hour period of silence in heaven, which we find in the 8th chapter of Revelation, verse 1, when that seal is opened. Then you have the climax of the Church leaving here, which to me, as you can see, is a short space of time. I do not know how long that half hour will last, but when the half hour of time is over, we find the ministry has a message for the world, and for important people of the world. It is going to be such a ministry that has never been recognized by the denominational world, or by the government officials of the world. Before the bride leaves here, she will shine. This is all brought about within a short length of time. The Daniel part, in order to go into that, we must go into Daniel, the 12th chapter. I want to go to the 4th verse. “But thou, O Daniel, shut up the words, and seal the book, even to the time of the end: many shall run to and fro, and knowledge shall be increased.” Of course we have had that, running to and fro, for years already. Knowledge will be increased, which is scientific knowledge. That is going on right now as you sit here tonight. Man is looking for an easy way out. “Then I Daniel looked, and, behold, there stood other two, the one on this side of the bank of the river, (which is Jordan, I went over that last Sunday. The river is the Jordan River because this all has to do with the Middle East. This is an easy interpretation, not complicated.) and the other on that side of the bank of the river.” This identifies where it is. It is the Jordan River because it is Israel. That is not the world. The one foot upon the land and one foot upon the sea is an international setting, meaning upon both land and sea. “And one said to the man clothed in linen, (which is Christ in angelic form) which was upon the waters of the river, How long shall it be to the end of these wonders?” These are wonders. The Jewish nation will be glad to get out of this, the 144,000 and the woman of Revelation 12. “And I heard the man clothed in linen, which was upon the waters of the river, when he held up his right hand and his left hand unto heaven, (Both hands up, showing that this is the climax of the three and one half years.) and sware by Him that liveth for ever that it shall be for a time, times, and an half; (three and one half years. This is not the same as it is in Revelation 10. This has to do with the Jewish nation, the last three and one half years. I told you, this is not complicated. This is something that gives you a time frame of how long this will last, because Daniel is concerned with what is going to happen to his people, the Jewish nation, during that time period of the tribulation. This is the great tribulation hour. It identifies where it is and who it pertains to, because this is where God has dealt with the Jewish nation. His dealing, as far as salvation to the Jews, is over by then, because they go to their place, the woman of Revelation 12. The devil is let loose, which he is cast out of heaven unto the earth. This time, and times, time is one year, times is two years, half time is half a year. So that is three and one half years.) and when he shall have accomplished to scatter the power of the holy people, all these things shall be finished.” To scatter the power of the holy people, which are Jews. This has always been God’s chosen family, His chosen people, the Jews. That shows where they are located. “And I heard, but I understood not: then said I, O my Lord, what shall be the end of these things? And he said, Go thy way Daniel: for the words are closed up and sealed till the time of the end.” We are in the time of the end and we know what this means. There has never been another generation to understand these things. It has come down to the generation which we are in. It all has to do with the 4th chapter of Revelation, the fourth seal, which is the eagle age. He said the words are closed up and sealed till the time of the end. This is not the last seal. The seal of Revelation 10 is different, because it has to do with the Bride of Jesus Christ, and this has to do with the Jewish nation. “Many shall be purified, and made white, and tried; but the wicked shall do wickedly: (Look at the world, you preachers in America that are trying to save all the people so Jesus will come back. You are a miserable people, preaching a miserable message, because it is unreal.) and none of the wicked shall understand; but the wise shall understand.” What is he talking about, understanding? They will understand this, because this is what he is talking about. We know what these things mean. We know what the rest of this chapter means. “And from the time that the daily sacrifice shall be taken away, and the abomination that maketh desolate set up, (That will be in the middle of the week.) there shall be a thousand two hundred and ninety days.” That extra thirty days, which comes down to the three and one half years, then there is a month left, which that last month, as I was mentioning to somebody this morning, when that three and one half years is over, then God’s judgement is poured out. After Armageddon hits, then God’s judgment is poured out and the earth will reel and rock as a drunkard. The Bible says it will. Think about it, what that will be like for people that are left upon the earth. You talk about dizzy, because the earth is going to be out of kilter, because of all the judgments of God. It says the islands will flee away. Do you think that is not going to rock the earth? The mountains will be brought down. That is speaking of volcanic mountains. They will blow their tops. When they do, God is going to cover this earth with the silt of what has happened. “Blessed is he that waiteth, and cometh to the thousand three hundred and five and five and thirty days.” There you have an extra forty five days on top of the thirty days, which is going to take place after that, then blessed is he, all judgments are over. The earth is settled down and we come back to an earth that can be inhabited for the Millennium. It is going to take all these days in order for God to work out His plan. “But go thou thy way till the end be: for thou shalt rest, and stand in thy lot at the end of the days.” I hope that you now understand what it is speaking of, the difference between the seal that Daniel is talking about, and the seventh seal. It was a seal because it was to be hidden until its time. That is what a seal does, it hides the contents of what is inside the scroll. The scroll was written on both sides, inside and outside. Now I want to go to another chapter. I think I have covered this other part well enough, unless somebody has a question on it. My subject is still the same, We Shall Crown Him? It ends with a question mark. It may seem like I have come a long way off of it, but I wanted to get these different things into this message. I was also asked the question about Revelation 4, so I want to go there now. “After this I looked, and, behold, a door was opened in heaven: and the first voice which I heard was as it were of a trumpet talking with me; which said, Come up hither, (In spirit form, John goes into the heavens.) and I will show thee things which must be hereafter. And immediately I was in the spirit; and, behold, a throne was set in heaven, and one sat on the throne.” I want to go back to that throne, as we have this (chart.) “And He that sat was to look upon like a jasper and a sardine stone: and there was a rainbow round about the throne, in sight like unto an emerald. And round about the throne were four and twenty seats: (This is the Jewish elders and the apostles, representing the Jewish nation, and representing the apostles that were chosen of the Lord. You find that in Revelation 21 where it talks about the twelve tribes there, the gates to the city, and also the twelve foundations to the city.) and upon the seats I saw four and twenty elders sitting, clothed in white raiment; and they had on their heads crowns of gold. (This was the question that came to me.) And out of the throne proceeded lightnings and thunderings and voices: and there were seven lamps of fire burning before the throne, which are the seven Spirits of God.” Now the question that I was asked was, Are these crowns of gold, really regular gold? Remember where this is. This is in heaven. What is the gold like in heaven? Transparent glass. See? It is a crown of recognition of who they are. They had on their heads crowns of gold. And there were seven lamps of fire burning before the throne, which are the seven Spirits of God, this is all in recognition of Him. Every one of these, including the twelve patriarchs are depending upon what Christ did, even though it was done after they were dead and gone. Really it represents the Israeli nation, the twelve tribes. I want to read some more here and then we will go into the 6th chapter. “And before the throne there was a sea of glass like unto crystal.” The Bride has come out of that sea of glass, being tried as they were through the ages of time. Your trial now, is different than theirs, but when Bro. Jackson mentioned that, it was all the same. They were killed for their belief, and you are standing for what you believe. They were killed and you are criticized. People have wondered why we are getting by so easy, when it was so hard on them, but the criticism is not always easy. When they took their life, there was nothing more they could do to them. If you burn a body after it is dead, the person that lived in that body feels nothing. They have entered their place of rest. “And the first beast was like a lion, and the second beast like a calf, and the third beast had a face as a man, and the fourth beast was like a flying eagle. And the four beasts had each of them six wings about him; and they were full of eyes within: and they rest not day and night, saying, Holy, holy, holy, Lord God Almighty, which was, and is, and is to come.” The reason I want to take this to the 6th chapter, is because we may think the important thing in this is the horse, but the horse is not the most important thing in each one of these, because it is a beast that is introducing what is happening here to the horse rider. Each one of these beasts is representing the horse rider for his age. “And I saw when the Lamb opened one of the seals, (We have the seals again. When the Lamb opened one of the seals, and the seals were not opened, the seals happened through ages of time, but they were not opened to any understanding until 1963. Every one of them were held in place because nobody knew what they were. God did not let this out to the denominational world at first, then when the denominational world got hold of it, they did not like it. T.L. Osborne, wanted to see what was in the seals, so when he fasted and prayed and looked at them for a week, he then came back and said, I don’t want anything to do with this. He shut himself out from the greatest revelation he would ever have a chance to receive. When this first seal was opened, this was pealed back.) and I heard, as it were the noise of thunder, one of the four beasts saying, Come and see.” Here, we are given an understanding of what the first beast had to say, because if there had been no understanding, he would not have said come and see. The scriptural verses are not put in there just to look at, they are put in there for understanding. Then John said, “And I saw, (John said I saw, but he did not understand. When the first horse rider came on the scene, nobody understood, when he started and when he stopped, back at the time when it happened. Therefore it was closed to their understanding, that is what it is all about. When you open it, it is opened to an understanding.) and he that sat on him had a bow.” This is the introduction of that beast, that is why I say, it was the beast that was important because he is the one that opens the seal to show what is going on with the horse riders. He that sat on him had a bow, and we understand what that bow is. That was the beginning of the deception, that is the reason it is the white horse, that is the beginning of the deception that led mankind into something other than a true revelation of the godhead. That is when the revelation of the Godhead was beginning to be falsely presented . That is what Matthew 13, portrays, where the seed is sown, and when the tares are implanted with it, so this is portrayed in the white horse, whose rider had a bow, but no arrows. One preacher said that is the beginning of the gospel message, that is bringing light on it. Do you want to be confused? Listen to what that kind of preaching leads you to. That is confusion. If this mixes you up, if you hear something like that and it mixes you up, turn the dial or turn it off. “And when he had opened the second seal, (This did not happen back at that time, it was still closed to their understanding. The beginning of this happened in 1963. God did not open all these seals in one night. It took a week, without His prophet messenger knowing what was going to be revealed the next day.) I heard the second beast say, Come and see.” In that first verse, it said there, I saw when the Lamb opened one of the seals, and I heard as it were the noise of thunder, that is when the seals began to be opened. What do you think it is going to be when seven thunders utter their voices? That is why I preached the message as I did this morning, about the 11th verse of this, because, when the seals were brought out, when they were brought to Bro. William Branham’s attention in Arizona, it was noticed around the world. Time Magazine carried it. It was no other cloud except a glory cloud. It came from a thunder that began to open these seals. “When he had opened the second seal, I heard the second beast say, come and see.” See? It is the beast that is the important factor of this. The beast is the one that is showing you. “And there went out another horse that was red: (This represented the blood of the saints that was being spilled from their bodies when they were cast into the arenas by the emperors, those five (supposedly) good kings. Were they good? They were devils, but the world recognizes them as good, because they prospered under those five kings. Rome was brought back to a relationship with the world they had lost under the caesars. They persecuted the Church down to the time when the book of Revelation said one is, speaking of Constantine, because this is where the persecution stopped. This is where the Church stopped. Even history recognizes that the blood of the martyrs was the seed of the Church. In 325 A.D. the Church settled with the world, just like Israel will sell out unto the beast in the beginning of the last week of Daniel.) and power was given to him that sat thereon to take peace from the earth, and that they should kill one another: and there was given unto him a great sword.” Not just a sword, but a great sword, which he killed Christians with. That is why the horse was red. “And when he had opened the third seal, I heard the third beast say, Come and see. (Each one of these are saying come and see. In other words there is a revelation in it. This is where the face of the man comes along at the end of that dark period of time, where the face of the man in Revelation 4 comes on the scene. They begin to hack at that old Roman church. There had been a thousand years of obliteration.) And I beheld, and lo a black horse; and he that sat on him had a pair of balances in his hand.” This is not talking about the end time where they want to say that all this is famine that will all happen in the end time. That horse rider has already rode, and has ended his ride. He had a pair of balances in his hand, balances, that is scales for weight. What did he do with that? “And I heard a voice in the midst of the four beasts say, A measure of wheat for a penny, and three measures of barley for a penny.” That is a measuring of the Word of God, which they were taking from the people and giving to the priests. That is man’s sustenance and that is his salvation, the Word of God. That is when they took the Word to themselves, and rewrote all the Bibles in Latin so nobody would understand what was in them. If you ever got enough education to learn, and they found out about it, your life was just like the Muslim world today, your life was in jeopardy. That weak bunch there in England, a man was chopped up with a machete. He was cut up with a butcher knife, and a man stands over him with bloody hands, look what I have done, Ali Akbar. The English people now say, we must be more tolerant, we must let them place their views along with ours. My parents were from England, many centuries ago, but I am not English, I am an American and a Christian, a child of God. You poor pitiful creatures that believe that, are the reason why America is getting to be the same way. One day, as Bro. Jackson used to say, that red blooded American will awake, and then there will be war in the streets of America. I am not anxious about it, but as the saying goes, God has to do what He has to do. “And when he had opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice (the only one) of the fourth beast say, Come and see.” The voice, Revelation 10:7, Revelation 4, the fourth beast, the prophet message that began this. When it was opened, it took a prophet of God to open those seals, but it will take a ministry of men to open this one, when Jesus Christ stands there, with it open. I am not talking about man will open it, but he will be what will explain it. Bro. William Branham did not open the seals, so to speak, the Holy Ghost did, and Bro. William Branham happened to be the instrument that was used. This one hangs here with these others already unattached. This one stands here to be opened in its time. The voice still lingers. I am not talking about another prophet, I am talking about a ministry, which Bro. Jackson and Bro. William Branham both said there will be a five fold ministry that will finish this out. It will not be one man, and it will not be two men. When he had opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the fourth beast say, come and see. This is in our generation. “And I looked, and behold a pale horse: and his name that sat on him was Death, and Hell followed with him.” This will go on into the tribulation hour. That is why I said this morning, this fourth beast is still lingering. His name that sat on him was Death, and Hell followed with him. Hell followed with him, showing you that it lingers all the way down to the time of Armageddon. Then what happens? Then the false prophet and the beast will be cast into hell. “And power was given unto them over the fourth part of the earth, (It is not talking about him any longer, it is talking about them, power was given unto them over the fourth part of the earth, which is the Middle East, for three and one half years.) to kill with the sword, and with hunger, and with death, (What is he talking about? He is talking about the foolish virgins, and the Jewish remnant that believe. Revelation 15:1-2-3. ) “Power was given unto them over the fourth part of the earth to kill with the sword and with hunger and with death. (He is talking about killing, but he is talking about killing with death. He has done mentioned about power given unto them over the fourth part of the earth to kill with hunger, to kill with the sword, and with hunger and with death….) and with the beasts of the earth.” I remember when the next two seals were opened, it does not talk about horses, because this fourth horse rider will be riding all the way through to the end. The thing about it that you can see, is a pale horse, which is a gray horse, that appears gray because it has black hair mixed with white hair, which leads to deception. The white hair is what the religious world accepted back there in the late 1950’s and early 1960’s, when Revelation 3, starting in verse 14 first happened, when they were neither hot nor cold, but they were lukewarm. This is what happened to the church world. That is why they see nothing pertaining to true revelation of God’s Word anymore. Many of those old fellows back in the 1920’s and 1930’s joined with Bro. William Branham. I remember two of them especially, that joined with him in his prayer for the sick. He used them. One of them was named Baxter. They had already retired, they came out of retirement when they saw what God was doing through Bro. William Branham’s ministry. They both soon left the scene in death. Each of them were dying off in order to provide for the end time message, because God was not going to let them fall into that category, He just took them. I hope I am explaining this in a way that is understandable, slow enough that you can understand it. I still have some more to say on this, but I will save it until another time.

WE SHALL CROWN HIM?
6-2-13 AM

As we go further into this message, I will try to finish it up today. I was asked another question. Someone was thankful for what we have been going through and what we, the reason I say we, is because I feel that you are with me on these things, and I know it is my responsibility to teach you the right way. I knew there would be some things that would have to be thought through, and the things that I am presenting, because everything is not always open to every one. If they are not, then you have a shelf you can put it on until you are ready. I remember someone said, years ago, I don’t have a shelf. Well, if you do not have a shelf, then you sure misunderstood what Bro. Jackson said, because some of the people needed a shelf when he was preaching. Some thought they knew it all, and they did not understand that he could preach something now, that later on, God would give him a full revelation on. Just like when he preached on the ten virgins, he said there would be no more foolish virgins than wise. He got that from Matthew 25, where it talked about five wise and five foolish. Of course people went up in the air about that because of Revelation chapter 7, where it talks about the great multitude. Then getting the understanding on that, was that the great multitude came out of all ages back, and up to, as I feel, this present time, there can still be some, because if a person is converted and they do not have time to qualify for the Bride, if you look at Matthew 13, it takes time for the crop to mature for harvest. The harvest does not come in one day. That harvest is of people, Bride people. When he is talking about the threshing or the fan, where it says a fan is in His hand, then in Matthew 13, the fan is working in that chapter to divide the tares and wheat. Then back in Matthew where it talks about the chaff. The chaff is the last thing that comes out of that crop, because it takes the blower to get it loose from the real crop. The blower does not take away the tares, because they are already put in bundles, just like the wheat is put in bundles. They are gathered for the burning. Then the chaff is something that is left for the fan to take care of, because there is not going to be all of that left in the final part of the Bride that is to be taken away. You cannot have chaff and wheat both going together. Chaff is people, just like tares are people. I do not say that to try to hurt people, but I say that according to the scripture. We are in the time of the blowing. I know it is about over. Someone mentioned this morning about the big meteorite that is circling the earth. I know they said the other day that it was, at one point, three hours away from the earth. That is getting pretty close. It is two miles long. Somebody said, well if it is that big, that would have taken out the dinosaurs. Well, we know God has a way of breaking these things up. It says the stars of heaven, which will be meteorites, stars of heaven will fall to the earth as an untimely fig. That meteorite, they showed, is so big it has a moon following it. That is a pretty big object. We know this earth is not going to go dark again, as it did in the time of the dinosaurs. God destroyed that part at that time, for His new creation, which started happening about six thousand years ago, when He placed them, but it was already in His mind for seven thousand years before that. God began to place man here on earth, and the animal kingdom, which He had already designed in the other six days. Then in the seventh day God rested. So what did He rest from? He rested from His creation, He let everything begin to form, let all the ice and everything that was there, to melt to where He could have a created family on the earth. God is Father: that is why we pray, Our Heavenly Father, because He is our Father. The thing about it is, He is the Creator to many, but He is the Father of His true people. That is why we call Him Father, because He is our Heavenly Father. You cannot call Him Father without the Holy Ghost abiding in you, simply because He is not our Father until He comes into us to dwell. He is always the Spirit of God, but He does not come within us until we surrender to Him. Also, let me say this, We cannot call Jesus Lord without the Holy Ghost abiding within us. That would be contrary to everything He is. I was asked a question, to put the book of Revelation in chronological order. That would take a long time. If you will copy down things as we go along, you can eventually get it into fulfillment order. I feel that I have put it in order in different messages, as we went along. I know there was many things that Bro. Jackson put in chronological order in his teaching. You have to look at time as it goes, and how time worked His perfect will in every age. These prophecy preachers, especially those on TV, take chapter 13 of Revelation, and say that this man of sin gets shot in the head here at the end time, and then he raises himself up. He cannot raise himself up. This happened many years ago, and nobody was shot. When the Reformation began, that was the beginning of the decline of the Catholic Church. That is when the pope began his decline. It comes on up through time from 1790 something, when he gets his final blow, and that lasted up until 1943, when he began to rise again to preeminence. No matter how many times preachers preach on television, that there is a false prophet, and also a man of sin, there is only one person that fulfills both. Then the beast you read about, is Europe and all those countries there in the Middle East, that come all the way across the Middle East up into Iran. Those nations make up the beast that rose up. Not all at once, but a little bit at a time. It went westward until you see it all the way into Europe. Those ten nations of Europe are the nations he is talking about there, and the pope, which is the little horn, is the one that is destroyed. Of course Napoleon Bonaparte put the pope in prison. There he died. It was declared then, that the Catholic Church was dead, but then it began to rise again, especially in the 1940’s. Now we can see, through the scriptures, how time has progressed; and we are living in the end time. I have gone into this message, in order to show you how time has elapsed, and how things have gone, as we go through the book of Revelation, which is a lot of the order of Revelation, chronological order. We see things going on, I just heard on the News this morning that they are wanting to take money from rich people to build houses for the poor, and put them in their neighborhood. That is communism. Some people have said that the president has a Muslim, communism belief. When I see things like that, I believe it, especially as they begin to take more rights away from us. Bill Clinton got out and campaigned for him, and told what a great man he is, and now it is coming out, that this was in order to get his wife entered in the next time, so that he would back her in the next election. It really looks like she is on a down hill slide, because she has lied in certain situations. If you and I lied against the government, we would be put in jail, but if politicians lie, that is just politics as usual. Today, we are living in a nation that is in decline. God help us as the body of Christ, to get our aim right, and get ourselves in a position of being able to serve God in the right way, the way His Word teaches us to. If you are a weak Christian, that does not mean you are not a Christian, it just means that you need more dedication: more commitment to His purpose. I need more dedication: I am not putting you in a hole and putting myself on a pedestal. We are all in this together. When it comes time, we are going to receive a reward for what we have been faithful in. My reward may be different than yours, but it will not be better. As far as eternal life is concerned, eternal life is eternal life. You cannot make anything else out of it. The thirty fold Christian will have as much eternal life as the hundred fold. The rewards will be different in rulership, but life will be the same as far as for eternal life. We thank the Lord for that. The scriptures I have added are mostly in Revelation. The 7, 9 and 14th chapters, and also the 16th and 19th. These are scriptures that will deal with the end time. I know I was talking about the four beasts last week . The first beast is the lion. The lion age started in the days of the apostles of Christ. This did not start the Church ages, but it started under the apostles. I remember Bro. Jackson talking about that. He said you could put them in jail and God would get them out. Then you have the calf period, which represented sacrifice. These people were killed. That is why we show the calf on our screen. Then you have the face of the man, which started the decline of the Catholic Church. You have Martin Luther coming on the scene, but it was already going on before Martin Luther. Martin Luther made the final exit of the thing, because, when he came out with the message, the just shall live by faith, that scripture stood out in the time he was ministering. Then after that, it was Wesley. These were the hits on the Catholic Church that brought it down to a wounded state, under the face of the man. The face of the man is because these were educated men, and they knew how to deal what was basically the death blow to that Roman church system, like the ninety five thesis of Martin Luther. He inflicted a great blow with that. Then when Wesley came along with a holiness message, holiness was not even thought of in the Catholic Church. I am not picking on that in particular, because the daughters of that ill-famed woman of Revelation, chapter 17, came right along to be just like their mother. In the end, those daughters (denominational religion)will be a part of the system of Revelation 17, which they came out of during those days of Reformation that were brought about by various men. When I talk about Luther or Wesley, I am not talking about the system. Revelation 17 shows you that the daughters are no better than the mother. Revelation 13, is where you find the image to the beast. The image is the denominational systems, I am talking about all of them, including the Pentecostal’s and all those various names. It will not be long, the way things are going, until even the Pentecostal system will be promoting homosexuality. It will not be long before you see it. The other denominational systems are already doing it. That may be hard to swallow, but when you get things wrong, you are going to go down the wrong road. That may seem strange to you this morning, but it is going to happen, just wait and see. Then you have the fourth, the eagle, which is the last. It started out with a prophet messenger, the eagle age did, like a flying eagle. The flying eagle never did stop, it kept flying, and it still flies today. I can say that, because God is still giving revelation to His anointed ministry. Let us now go to Ezekiel 48. I have had that on the screen ever since I started on this subject. Let us have the next slide, which will be the land of Israel. Here, you have these tribes, actually Dan is at the top when you look at it, because this maps them out. Here, we have them, Judah and Simon are down here. Remember when we were in Jerusalem? From there down is Judah and Simon, which is called Judah. You have over here, the tribe that settled in this area. Manasseh goes over here into Israel proper. “Now these are the names of the tribes. From the north end to the coast of the way of Hethlon, as one goeth to Hamath.” Now we are all the way up here to the Euphrates, because that is where Israel’s borders will actually be. Here is the Sea of Galilee, but see how much further it goes? There is around six hundred miles in here, instead of the two hundred they have now. Before I go any further in this, there is a scripture I do not have listed, but I want to go to Isaiah 17. Then we will go back to this other. I just have one verse to read here, the 1st verse. “The burden of Damascus. Behold, Damascus is taken away from being a city, and it shall be a ruinous heap.” It has never been that, Damascus has always been a city that has stood out in scripture. It is one of the older cities. As we read that, just be aware of the fact that it is taken away from being a city, which would be up in this area. (Pointing to top of map) It is going to be a ruinous heap. This could be a reality very soon, because this is where all the trouble is right now. Damascus is where Assad is, and he has these chemical weapons we hear about. They fear, that he is shipping them down to Hezbollah. Israel has already warned them, if you bring them down, we are going to destroy them. This could be the setup for the Middle East, for the war that Israel will be in very soon, because this Damascus will be a ruinous heap. The thing about it is, if Israel finds out that Assad has planned on bringing war with these chemical weapons against Israel, you can be guaranteed, that Israel will take Damascus out. When she does, though the Arab world is against Syria right now, you can guarantee one thing, if Israel takes out Assad, then the Arab world will unite against Israel, because they are all Muslims. Brothers and Sisters: we are entering into a time that is very likely the last days. Let us now go back to Ezekiel. “Now these are the names of the tribes. From the north end to the coast of the way of Hethlon, as one goeth to Hamath, Hazarenan, the border of Damascus northward, to the coast of Hamath; for these are his sides east and west; a portion for Dan. (That is all the way to the top.) And by the border of Dan, from the east side even unto the west side, a portion for Asher. And by the border of Asher, from the east side even unto the west side, a portion for Naphtali. (See? We are coming down from the top.) And by the border of Naphtali, from the east side unto the west side, a portion for Manasseh. (Now he is measuring off each portion from the east side to the west side. He is taking it across there, from the east side, to the west side. Each one of them is a block that will be given to each tribe.) And by the border of Manasses, from the east side unto the west side, a portion for Ephraim. And the border of Ephraim, from the east side even unto the west side, a portion for Reuben. And by the border of Reuben, from the east side unto the west side, a portion for Judah. (See? Judah, in Bible times, was down here. Now Judah has her portion up here. There are five tribes below her. She was the one on the bottom, but she comes to the edge of Jerusalem northward. It is different, because the reason I mentioned about Judah down here, was because she got such a large portion, this is desert. When we went below Jerusalem, we immediately went into desert and rock. Rock everywhere. When it was shown on the map, and you saw the camels and the sheep, it was down here, because that is all that it will furnish. Down in there, is where David was, when Saul was after him all the time, down there in the mountains, it is all desert. The only great spot you see down there, where there is so much stuff growing, is down in lower Jordan, next to the Dead Sea, and you see a spot down there where so much stuff is growing. Why would God put five tribes down there? Because He said the desert will blossom as a rose. It is going to be a fruitful place.) And by the border of Judah, from the east side unto the west side, shall be the offering which ye shall offer of five and twenty thousand reeds in breadth, and in length as one of the other parts, from the east side unto the west side: and the sanctuary shall be in the midst of it. (See? He is still talking about Judah. Because Jerusalem is going to be in Judah’s possession. That is in the Millennium, but not until then.) The oblation that ye shall offer unto the Lord shall be of five and twenty thousand in length, and of ten thousand in breadth. (He is talking about the portion which will be for the oblation, or for the holy portion, which Jerusalem will be in the middle of, but this is ruled by the Levites. It is in the middle, Judah is all around it.) And for them, even for the priests, shall be this holy oblation; toward the north five and twenty thousand in length, and toward the west ten thousand in breadth, and toward the east ten thousand in breadth, and toward the south five and twenty thousand in length: and the sanctuary of the Lord shall be in the midst thereof.” In other words, that is where the temple will be, or the sanctuary. Verse 14, “And they shall not sell of it, neither exchange, nor lienate the firstfruits of the land: for it is holy unto the Lord. And the five thousand, that are left in the breadth over against the five and twenty thousand, shall be a profane place for the city, (that will be for the city of Jerusalem) for dwelling, and for suburbs: and the city shall be in the midst thereof.” See? In the midst of the holy oblation, it will be a profane place as the Bible says. “And these shall be the measures thereof; the north side four thousand and five hundred, and the south side four thousand and five hundred, and on the east side four thousand and five hundred, and the west side four thousand and five hundred. (It gives you the measurement of the city.) And the suburbs of the city shall be toward the north two hundred and fifty, and toward the south two hundred and fifty, and toward the east two hundred and fifty, and toward the west two hundred and fifty. And the residue in length over against the oblation of the holy portion shall be ten thousand eastward, and ten thousand westward: and it shall be over against the oblation of the holy portion; and the increase thereof shall be for food unto them that serve the city.” Verse 21, “And the residue shall be for the prince, on the one side and on the other of the holy oblation, and of the possession of the city, over against the five and twenty thousand of the oblation toward the east border, and westward over against the five and twenty thousand toward the west border, over against the portions for the prince: and it shall be the holy oblation; and the sanctuary of the house shall be in the midst thereof.” For the prince, this is all for the prince, and this is not Jesus at all. Because, if you go back into 44, 45, and 46, it gives you the prince there. So this city here is not ruled, Jesus is not sitting in this city: It is the prince that God has already chosen to be over the city. If people would look at that, they would see that holy city coming down, which is the Bride of Jesus Christ. We find that in Revelation 21 and 22 it talks about Him and God as being the temple, or the holy ones there. “Moreover from the possession of the Levites, and from the possession of the city, being in the midst of that which is the prince’s, between the border of Judah and the border of Benjamin, shall be for the prince. As for the rest of the tribes, from the east side unto the west side, Benjamin shall have a portion.” Benjamin was on the top of Israel, but now he is on the bottom. He is the eighth one. His border goes to the edge of the city. “And by the border of Benjamin, from the east side unto the west side, Simeon shall have a portion. And by the border of Simeon, from the east side unto the west side, Issachar a portion. And by the border of Issachar, from the east side unto the west side, Zebulun a portion. And by the border of Zebulun, from the east side unto the west side, Gad a portion. And by the border of Gad, at the south side southward, the border shall be even from Tamar unto the waters of strife in Kadesh, and to the river toward the great sea.” See how it has changed here from this? As you go down from Ephraim and all these, this would be Jerusalem. It does not really show the rest of it down through there, but there will be a big portion on down through here. “This is the land which ye shall divide by lot unto the tribes of Israel for inheritance, and these are their portions, saith the Lord God.” I remember Bro. William Branham saying, which we will go there next, talking about Dan being cut out. Actually he talked about Dan as being a tribe that will be left out altogether, because he was looking at Revelation 7. But I remember, when Bro. Jackson brought this out, he put Dan back in here, and this puts him back in the portion I read. God just showed so much to Bro. William Branham, because it is a progressive thing as you go upward. “And these are the goings out of the city on the north side, four thousand and five hundred measures. And the gates of the city shall be after the names of the tribes of Israel: three gates northward; one gate of Reuben, one gate of Judah, one gate of Levi. (See? He brings Levi back into the gate.) And at the east side four thousand and five hundred; and three gates; and one gate of Joseph, one gate of Benjamin, one gate of Dan. (See? Dan is put back into the city.) And at the south side four thousand and five hundred measures: and three gates; one gate of Simeon, one gate of Issachar, one gate of Zebulun. At the west side four thousand and five hundred, with their three gates; one gate of Gad, one gate of Asher, one gate of Naphtali. It was round about eighteen thousand measures: and the name of the city from that day shall be, The Lord is there.” Now let us go to Revelation 7. This may not make much sense to you, but I wanted to put that in there. “And after these things I saw four angels standing on the four corners of the earth, (Now the prophecy preachers will place them north, south, east and west. That is what they all say, the northern hemisphere, the southern hemisphere, the east and the west.) holding the four winds of the earth, (What are the winds? That is what is holding back Armageddon, the final war.) that the wind should not blow on the earth, nor on the sea, nor on any tree. And I saw another angel ascending from the east, having the seal of the living God: and he cried with a loud voice to the four angels, to whom it was given to hurt the earth and the sea.” You see? It was given unto them to hurt the earth and the sea. But this angel stopped it, or delayed it. It is seven years before this ever happens, because what did he say was the reason for it? Till they seal the servants of God in their foreheads. This is the 144,000. “And he cried with a loud voice to the four angels, to whom it was given to hurt the earth and the sea, Saying, Hurt not the earth, neither the sea, nor the trees, till we have sealed the servants of our God in their foreheads.” In other words, they are given an understanding of who Jesus Christ is, and they can only be given that by the Holy Ghost, no other way. Here, he goes on to say who is sealed. “And I heard the number of them which were sealed: and there were sealed an hundred and forty and four thousand of all the tribes of the children of Israel. (Judah is put at the front of the list.) Of the tribe of Judah were sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Reuben were sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Gad were sealed twelve thousand. (These first verses are telling them, do not hurt the earth nor the sea, do not bring on Armageddon until these are sealed.) Of the tribe of Aser were sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Nepthalim were sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Manasseh were sealed twelve thousand. (Manasseh is the older brother of Ephraim, but Ephraim is the head of Manasseh because, when Jacob was going to bless these two boys, Manasseh and Ephraim, his hands were crossed. He put his right hand on Ephraim because Joseph had put them the way he thought it would be, that he would put his right hand upon Manasseh because he was the oldest, and his left one on Ephraim. But when he started to bless them, his hands were crossed. Joseph tried to uncross his hands. He said, no. Jacob, this is his last act before he died, it said he leaned upon his staff, and blessed these two boys. He knew his time had come. He refused to uncross his hands because he knew that Ephraim would be the dominant one. What God is going to do, He is going to take these two boys and put them in the tribes of the children of Israel, because Levi was going to be the one that would be scattered in order to bring God’s blessings upon the people, because they are the priests. So he only added Manasseh, and Ephraim was going to be the one standing for Joseph. Ephraim and Joseph, when you look at the scripture, they are interchangeable. I do not say this to dispute anything, but Bro. William Branham thought there would be two tribes left out, which was the tribe of Dan and the tribe of Ephraim. When you look at it though, it is going back to Joseph, which is interchangeable with Ephraim.) Of the tribe of Simeon were sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Levi were sealed twelve thousand. (See? God seals of Levi, the twelve thousand, bringing him back into the ministry of the 144,000.) Of the tribe of Issachar were sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Zabulon were sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Joseph were sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Benjamin were sealed twelve thousand.” See? He does not mention Ephraim, but he mentions Joseph. The same thing. He did not mention Dan. The reason he did not mention Dan, was because he was the one that began to lead Israel astray. He was too far north. So he goes over to Baalbek, which is in Lebanon, and meets up with people that worshipped a woman god. It was too far to go to Jerusalem. Just like people might say to you, why do you drive all the way to that church, when you have good churches in your neighborhood? You have good church houses in your community, but what are they teaching? Some of them teach nothing: they do not have a message. This ends the sealing of the 144,000, but then you go to chapter 14. “And I looked, and, lo, a Lamb stood on the mount Zion, and with him an hundred forty and four thousand, (This is in vision form, just as it shows in Zechariah chapters 12 and 13, They asked Him, where did you get the scares in your hand? That is the two prophets that Christ has appeared to, because it is their ministry that God uses them to show the way, visible or invisible, concerning the Lamb. He will be visible unto those two prophets, because in chapter 7 they have received their message. In chapter 14, they are carrying it out. It has already happened in chapter 14, because they are standing with him. That is the reason why I say visible or invisible, they already have their seal in their foreheads. What I have tried to do in this message, is to show you that your crown is not going to be visible. A crown of life is not visible. The Holy Ghost you have is not visible, except in your life, which I want to get to in a few services, just to show what the Holy Ghost is. The Holy Ghost is Christ in you. We are going to get into that to let you see what you have. It is invisible, but it is Christ in you, the hope of glory.) having his Father’s name written in their foreheads.” What is the name of the Father? Having his Father’s name, Jesus said, I am come in my Father’s name. All that God is in redemption, is brought through Jesus Christ into you. Jesus did not die for Himself, He did not come for Himself. He came to select a Bride people. He lived a perfect life, but in that perfect life He lived, He had to die. Behold the Lamb of God, He had to die in order to fulfill His purpose of coming. If He had not died, He would just have been another good man with the Holy Ghost to leave this world, or to live in this world, which you could never have received. If He had not died and rose again to go make intercession for you, you could never have received the Holy Ghost. “And I heard a voice from heaven, as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of a great thunder: and I heard the voice of harpers harping with their harps: and they sung as it were a new song before the throne, (Who sung a new song? The angels were harping, but who was singing?) and before the four beasts, and the elders: and no man could learn that song but the hundred and forty and four thousand, which were redeemed from the earth.” The 144,000 sang it, before the throne. That shows where they wind up to be. “These are they which were not defiled with women; for they are virgins. These are they which follow the Lamb whithersoever he goeth. These were redeemed from among men, being the first fruits unto God and to the Lamb. And in their mouth was found no guile: for they are without fault before the throne of God.” You have to have a revelation to understand what this is talking about. Nobody ever gave you a revelation. Only the Holy Ghost can give you a revelation. Man can show you scripture, but when I understood baptism in the name of Jesus Christ, there was no one speaking it to me, I was trinity one minute, the next minute I was not. That does not happen to everyone that way. Revelations do not come to everyone the same way. When I heard that mentioned, Matthew 28:19, “Go ye therefore into all the world and preach the gospel to every creature, baptizing them in the name of the Father and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost,” my revelation came because it mentioned name, singular. Jesus said, “I am come in my Father’s name.” Holy Ghost is not a name. Son is not a name. Father is not a name. They are titles. Jesus said, I am come in my Father’s name. Paul said whatsoever you do in word and deed, do all in the name of Jesus Christ unto the glory of God the Father. Because it is through Him, that our redemption was made possible, and it is through Him that the marriage of the Lamb takes place. When God created this earth, who was helping Him do it? Jesus did not create this earth. Jesus is attached to the Church. He is our new creation, in that He died and gave His life for us while we were sinners.

WE SHALL CROWN
HIM? 6-2-13 PM

Brothers and Sisters: I thank God for the truth of His Word, and for the time He has given us to be able to enjoy that truth. We are traveling fast to the end of the age. We must realize that, we are going in the direction where we are seeing the things fulfilled that the scripture said would be fulfilled in the last days. As I have gone over in this message, we are children of the day, not children of the night. We are children of the light, not the children of darkness, as it is expressed in 1st Thessalonians. God has given us the opportunity, not only for salvation, but to know His will. We must purpose in our hearts to follow Him in His will and purpose. I know there are things that we need to be caught up on and I know as I expressed a little bit, but I will not go into tonight, of the furtherance of the Godhead. The godhead is a very important subject. It is important that we get what God has given us, and above all criticism or whatever we would get out of following the Lord, we must press on in the true revelation we have. If we cannot take the criticism, we have missed something somewhere. Criticism from others does not altar the things of God. It is only when we submit to criticism and let it get the best of us, that we miss out on what God has for us. I do not say anything to purposely draw criticism, I say things of truth, not even thinking of what is going to come out of it. I never thought of what would come out of the third day teaching, but when you see something like that, you cannot just back down on it to please complainers. You have got to go ahead and teach what God has ordained to be taught, and in a way that gives people an understanding of what time we are living in. If we had not already been in that time, it would never have been brought out. When somebody criticizes you for going in and explaining the second day, and the third day at the same time, then they have a problem, because God knew what He was doing. Some accepted that the second day was over, but they could not accept the fact that we were in the third day already. There is absolutely nothing I can apologize for. To apologize, would bring me down to the level of the critics. We are going on forward, as the Lord leads us, and as the Lord would have us to. I believe this little place, this area, has been a light. I believe this little place has been a light and continues to be a light. It is up to true saints of God to recognize a true revelation, even when others see it another way. That is why there are other places to go. If you cannot see what we see, and you feel that you cannot accept it, then there are other places to go. We have never stood at the door, forcing people to agree with us. We are not forcing a message on anyone. I know it has been said, because I just read an e-mail that Bro. Bud and I received a year ago, that our grammar is not right, especially mine. I agree, that it is not what maybe it should be, but if I changed that, I would be changing myself. I try to do better, but it all comes out the same. No matter what I try to do, it reverts back to what it was before, simply because that is the way I am. I know a few big words. Sometimes a word just feels good to say at the time. Also as we go along, we can have a little bit of joy and pleasure in what we are doing. I believe Jesus did. When they came and told Him what Herod was saying, He said, you go tell that fox, today I do cures, tomorrow or the next day, He said He would be perfected. That is what we are looking for, perfection. We do not have to have a long face all the time, to truly serve God. A long face does not show Christianity in any way. It is one thing to be serious, and another thing to always try to show it on our face. I can be serious and laugh at the same time. People take it wrong, but it is still true. God made us to have a smile on our face. He put that ability there. That is just a little lesson as we go along, to let us know there is joy in serving the Lord. When you lose the joy, you have lost the true message. The Bible says rejoice evermore. I have never seen anyone rejoice with a sad face. You may be weeping at times. I believe Bro. Kevin can relate to that, I have seen him weep while he is smiling. That is the way it is. People can be weeping, you can see they are weeping, but they still have joy in their heart. I will now get back into my message, so let us go back into Revelation again. I was in the 7th chapter this morning, we will go back to that, the first three verses, the rest of it deals with the calling of the 144,000. There is something in the first three verses that relate to other chapters, chapter 9, then 14, 16, and 19. I have the scriptures listed up here. “And after these things I saw four angels standing on the four corners of the earth.” This is at the beginning of the 70th week. The 144,000 are called out, during the first three and one half years. Beyond that, they have already received the revelation of Jesus Christ in their hearts. You cannot receive a revelation in your heart without the Spirit of God. It says they are sealed in their foreheads. We know that there is nothing written there, it is a revelation. When the mark of the beast comes, there will be something written on those who receive it, but it will not necessarily be visible, it will be under the skin. There will be people that will accept the mark in their mind, that will never receive the mark in their skin, they will just go along with it. There are a lot of church people, as I said this morning, when I said something very bluntly, about Pentecost. I said something about the denominational systems, and Pentecost, all the Pentecostals are really interested in, is speaking in tongues, Some used to sing a little song, If you read Acts 2:4, and refuse to read anymore, there is an eye watching you, you’ll have trouble at the gate about Acts 2:38. I remember the men that sang that, the one man said, I don’t want any gate trouble. “And after these things I saw four angels standing on the four corners of the earth.” We have already established, that this will be at the Euphrates River, coming across Iraq and Iran, in that area of the world, because that is where east and west meet. It is all carried out in the Megiddo Valley. We know everybody that is killed cannot get into the Megiddo Valley, because it is going to be a war that, you might say, its origin is Armageddon. We were there at the little city of Armageddon, which was Solomon’s stronghold. That was the last strong hold before you got to Israel. We saw there, where they had their grain and their water, where Solomon could make a stand, but we find that Israel lost that. When they lost the Megiddo Valley, they lost the war, because that is Israel’s bread basket, so to speak. The whole Middle East, is going to be the place where east and west meet, because there are too many people to just meet in the Megiddo Valley, two hundred million from the east, besides what comes from the north and the south, then the west. There is a trouble that comes against the beast from the north, and from the south, as the Bible says in the 11th chapter of Daniel. We see the four angels, maybe I failed to go into that, but I did say the denominational preachers and prophetic preachers, want to say, when they are talking about it, that this is the north pole, south pole, east and west. However we know that is not right, that is not the four corners of the earth, that is referred to in that scripture. We are talking about the east meeting the west, and we find the Euphrates river is what is dried up for the east to come across. That whole mideast there, at that time, will be a battle ground where blood will flow to the horse’s bridle. That is going to take a big area with all their armament and everything they will have. That is going to take a big area, but it will all be in the Middle East. The final decision is made in Armageddon. That is where the final decision will be made. That is where Christ comes back with His Bride, which is seen in Revelation 19. That scripture says, Revelation 7:2, “And I saw another angel ascending from the east, having the seal of the living God: and he cried with a loud voice to the four angels, to whom it was given to hurt the earth and the sea.” The prophecy preachers say that is devils, but it is angels. If it was devils, it would say it was devils, but it is angels that are going to bring that final war there in Armageddon when they are removed. They are there to hold back the seven year period of time, and they will stay there, so to speak. You might say, what do you mean, so to speak? That means that they have declared, God gives His angels something to declare, to hold back this until the final end. They are not tied down there. They just put a hold on what was going to take place, because they had that power, except for God speaking to them to go ahead and declare it. They were ready to declare it, but were instructed to hold up. What do you mean by that? “And I saw another angel ascending from the east, having the seal of the living God, (which was for the 144,000) And he cried with a loud voice to the four angels to whom it was given to hurt the earth and the sea.” See? This is judgment, because to hurt the earth and the sea, that is Armageddon. “Saying, Hurt not the earth, neither the sea, nor the trees, till we have sealed the servants of our God in their foreheads.” This holds that back through that seven year period of time, the 144,000 servants of God are sealed. These are the ones that are sealed. Twelve thousand from each tribe of Israel. As we went from that this morning to the 14th chapter, maybe we can make that a little bit clearer, because I went through all of it this morning, but I did not have time to deal with it all. “And I looked, and, lo, a Lamb stood on the mount Zion, and with him an hundred and forty and four thousand, having his Father’s name written in their foreheads.” Jesus said, I am come in my Father’s name: let me go back to the 9th chapter, where we can see what is going on. It opens with the fifth seal. When we look at this, we see the first four trumpets are under the two prophets’ message, but the hurting and the drought and the calling of fire down from heaven is not related to these seals until Armageddon. This is not related to Armageddon. This is only to Israel, because Israel rejects what she could have had, if she had been true to God. The politicians reject the voice of God and they sign a treaty with the beast that will last seven years. They do not sign it for seven years, but they sign it; and it will last for seven years, according to Daniel 9:27. Let us start with the 13th verse, in the 9th chapter of Revelation. This is the sixth seal. “And the sixth angel sounded, and I heard a voice from the four horns of the golden altar which is before God. Saying to the sixth angel which had the trumpet, Loose the four angels which are bound in the great river Euphrates.” See? The denominational, prophecy preachers do not relate this back to chapter 7. That shows how much they know about the scripture, when they are saying that this is the four corners of the earth, north, east, south, and west. This is where it all started, was in that valley there where Abraham came from, Ur of the Chaldees, which would be Iraq today. Loose them now. Why is he saying loose them now? Because the seven year period is over, and it is time for Armageddon. “And the four angels were loosed, which were prepared for an hour, (This is something that is not said in any other part of the scripture. We do not know the hour, but we do know that when the seven years is over, that is the time.) and a day, and a month, and a year, for to slay the third part of men.” What a slaughter. I remember when I preached that message from Isaiah chapter 4 about seven women taking hold of one man. This is the reason for it. This is not a woman’s army. It is a third part of the men that get killed. That is of China and that part of the world, north and south Korea, and Japan, and those of the East, and part of India. This has nothing to do with Muslimism, it is Communism. Why does it not have anything to do with Muslimism? Muslimism is dead before the week starts. Ezekiel 38 and 39 will take care of that. It is taken care of in the Middle East, with the Arabs, which are Muslim, Israel will take care of that part. Then she will build her temple. She will take down her fences. That wall she has there now, will be taken down. When Ezekiel 38 and 39 are fulfilled, the walls and fences are already down, and Israel is dwelling at peace in unwalled villages. We saw the fence that reached all the way down through the Jordan Valley, electrical fence, that if anybody touched it, a message goes to headquarters of the Jewish nation. They know exactly where it has been messed with. They have that technology. Why do we not have that technology out west? Those who have the authority to do so, do not want to secure our borders. Of course there are people who would hate to hear me say that, but I know they do not want to secure our borders. “And the number of the army of the horsemen were two hundred thousand thousand: and I heard the number of them.” That is two hundred million. There has never been an army anywhere of that size. When you look at China, north and south Korea, and Japan, you can see how that kind of army can be mustered up. That is not talking about the European beast nations. That is who the east is coming to fight against. The Megiddo valley is where the armies from East will meet those of the West, the beast. “And thus I saw the horses in the vision, and them that sat on them, having breastplates of fire, and of jacinth, and brimstone: and the heads of the horses were as the heads of lions; and out of their mouths issued fire and smoke and brimstone.” That is talking about an army of tanks, airplanes and helicopters. You have seen some of those old war planes, how they painted faces on them, they really looked like some kind of animal then. “By these three was the third part of men killed, by the fire, and by the smoke, and by the brimstone, which issued out of their mouths.” When you look at this, then you look at the Millennium that is coming up, where is all that stuff going to be? God has a way of burying stuff. He will do it. Because Israel is going to be a nation after that. I just read to you this morning, how the tribes are separated. “For their power is in their mouth, and in their tails: (We know that is where your power comes from, from the front or from the back, that is where the kill power comes from, their mouth and their tails.) for their tails were like unto serpents, and had heads, and with them they do hurt. And the rest of the men which were not killed by these plagues yet repented not of the works of their hands, that they should not worship devils, and idols of gold, and silver, and brass, and stone, and of wood: which neither can see, nor hear, nor walk.” The people that are left on earth still do not worship God. Jesus and His army will come back to take care of all this.”Neither repented they of their murders, nor of their sorceries, nor of their fornication, nor of their thefts.” There is no place of repentance any more, it is all gone. Let me now go to the 16th chapter, starting in verse 12. “And the sixth angel poured out his vial upon the great river Euphrates; and the water thereof was dried up, that the way of the kings of the east might be prepared.” To prepare the way of the kings of the east, in the other chapter, chapter 9, was talking of the same thing. This ties some of these scriptures together that you are talking about. “And I saw three unclean spirits like frogs come out of the mouth of the dragon, and out of the mouth of the beast, (The dragon is the devil, the beast is that European beast of the nations that make up the beast, and from Revelation 13.) and out of the mouth of the false prophet.” That will be the pope of that final hour. We read in chapter 11 of Daniel, what an evil man he is. We read it in 2nd Thessalonians, the 2nd chapter, the same thing, the same man. Then in chapter 7 of Daniel. “For they are the spirits of devils, working miracles, which go forth unto the kings of the earth and of the whole world, to gather them to the battle of that great day of God Almighty.” This is the known world back then, that is what it is talking about. “Behold, I come as a thief. Blessed is he that watcheth, and keepeth his garments, lest he walk naked, and they see his shame.” The only ones at that time, that will be here, will be the remnant of the foolish virgins, and the Jewish remnant. “And he gathered them together into a place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon.” That is where the final act of this happens. “And the seventh angel poured out his vial into the air; and there came a great voice out of the temple of heaven, from the throne, saying, It is done. And there were voices, and thunders, and lightnings; and there was a great earthquake, such as not since men were upon the earth, so mighty an earthquake, and so great.” It said since men were upon the earth, that is the last six thousand years. “And the great city was divided into three parts, and the cities of the nations fell: and great Babylon came in remembrance before God, to give unto her the cup of the wine of the fierceness of His wrath.” That goes on to Revelation 17. “And every island fled away, (Islands are made by volcanoes, and they will just sink.) and the mountains were not found.” The volcanic mountains will be gone. They better be climbing them while they can. “And there fell upon men a great hail out of heaven, every stone about the weight of a talent: (Talk about a storm. A talent is seventy five to ninety pounds. Do you want to be here?) and men blasphemed God because of the plague of the hail; for the plague thereof was exceeding great.” Now I want to go to chapter 19 of Revelation. We have read this many times. Let me have the Bride picture on the screen now. We will change the pictures from here pretty fast because we are finishing this up. I have about three pictures I want to show. We will start with verse 7. “Let us be glad and rejoice, and give honour to Him: for the marriage of the Lamb is come, and His wife hath made herself ready. And to her was granted that she should be arrayed in fine linen, clean and white: for the fine linen is the righteousness of saints.” I believe every saint of God will wear white. When you see angels, and when they saw Jesus glorified, James, John, and Peter, when they saw Him glorified, He was in white, glistening white, which is fine linen. However this fine linen is talking about the righteousness of saints. To her was granted that she should be arrayed in fine linen, clean and white. Clean and white. Remember what it says over in Ephesians, without spot or blemish, or wrinkle or any such thing. The fine linen is the righteousness of saints, which is our righteous lifestyle. That is not saying things will never run through your mind: It is not talking about that, because the devil is the prince of the power of the air. You will just not dwell on those things. If a person is a Christian and you have a weakness, deal with that weakness. Get over it. The Bible instructs us to resist the devil and he will flee from us. It is really saying the devil is going to come after you, but you must resist him. There are things to resist every day we live. “But God is faithful.” That is not talking about the righteousness, that is still there, because the righteousness is in Jesus Christ, not in us. Some people think it is in your flesh, it is not in your flesh. It is the Spirit, if we walk in the Spirit, then are we the sons of God. I am not letting up on living right, that is not what I am talking about, because we are striving to bring every adverse spirit into subject to us, through the Spirit. The same Spirit of God, which I do not want to get into right now, but the same Spirit of God that abode in Jesus abides in us. “And he saith unto me, Write, Blessed are they which are called unto the marriage supper of the Lamb. (The marriage supper is not going to be a table from here to where you cannot see it. The marriage supper is something that may not have a bit of eating food like we now eat. Well, I never heard that before. The thing about it is, we will be taking into ourselves, the instructions of the Word of God for what we will need in the Millennium. It is instructions. What do you think Matthew 24, verse 27 is, where the eagles are gathered together, that is where the carcase is. There is not a dead animal there, but there is a carcase, so to speak, which is the true revelation of the Word of God, When we feast upon that, it feeds our hungry soul’s. That is why the scripture says for us to hunger and thirst after righteousness. Blessed is he that hungers and thirsts after righteousness. Oh, I was counting on a big meal. You will not be thinking about a big meal when you get there. Jesus has been up there eating for two thousand years? He has been making intercession for us, in our weak and weary condition, that needed help. We knew we needed help, so we come before Him for our fill.) And he saith unto me, These are the true sayings of God. And I fell at his feet to worship him. And he said unto me, See thou do it not: I am thy fellow-servant, and of thy brethren that have the testimony of Jesus: (of thy brethren that have the testimony of Jesus) worship God: (he said to him, see thou do it not) for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy.” That is what the book of Revelation is, a book of prophecy. I have had this picture ever since I started on this message. I want to go to the next one now, which is Jesus coming with His garment dipped in blood. Is He going to be wearing a bloody garment? That is only representing the blood that will be shed at Armageddon. When He comes on that white horse, this only represents the blood shed that will be shed at Armageddon, when it is over, and He comes back with His Bride. That is what I have been trying to say, concerning the crown and so forth, that it is a representation of something, not a literal crown, so this is representing who He will be when He comes back with what? With the sword that comes out of His mouth. Are you going to see a sword coming out of His mouth? No, it is His Word. See? He had already said up here, as I quoted to you, for the testimony of Jesus is the Spirit of prophecy. “And I saw heaven opened, and behold a white horse; and He that sat upon him was called Faithful and True, and in righteousness He doth judge and make war.” This is after Armageddon, because He is going to finish what Armageddon did not do. That is when the earthquakes take place, when the mountains fall, and when the islands flee away. He is coming to judge and to get rid of wicked mankind that are still alive. “His eyes were as a flame of fire, (That is what it shows in Revelation, chapter 1.) and on His head were many crowns; (He is taking over the world, every government, that is what it is talking about there. He is taking over every government and He will be crowned Lord of lords and King of kings, because God will crown Him.) and He had a name written, that no man knew, but He himself. And He was clothed with a vesture dipped in blood: and His name is called The Word of God. (Going back to John 1:1.) And the armies which were in heaven followed Him upon white horses, clothed in fine linen, white and clean.” See? His army does not have red on. He is the one that calls the shots in this war. The armies of heaven, is His Bride. You see that in Daniel, chapter 7, the armies which were in heaven followed Him upon white horses, clothed in fine linen, white and clean. The same thing as it is in verse 8. “And out of His mouth goeth a sharp sword, that with it He should smite the nations; and He shall rule them with a rod of iron: (What is that talking about, rule them with a rod of iron? It means that there will not be any wickedness in His kingdom, it will be dealt with. There is not a government on this earth today that is worthy of the bread they eat. But He and His Bride are going to clean up the earth.) and He treadeth the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of Almighty God.” See? God has let Jesus, for the Millennium, take over the leadership. God controls the universe, but Jesus controls mankind. “And he hath on his vesture and on his thigh a name written, KING OF KINGS, AND LORD OF LORDS.” God gives Him that for the Millennium, King of kings, and Lord of lords, with His Bride people. That is why the Bride shows up here with Him, with His army, they are His army because they are going to rule and reign with Him. “And I saw an angel standing in the sun; and he cried with a loud voice, saying to all the fowls that fly in the midst of heaven, Come and gather yourselves together unto the supper of the great God.” It is God’s provided supper. God is not going to eat flesh. He is not going to eat the flesh of men, but it is God’s army, which He calls for the beasts of the field and for the fowls of the air. “That ye may eat the flesh of kings, and the flesh of captains, and the flesh of mighty men, and the flesh of horses, and of them that sit on them, and the flesh of all men, both free and bond, both small and great.” There is not going to be a picking choice. Wicked man will be devoured. “And I saw the beast, and the kings of the earth, and their armies, gathered together to make war against Him that sat on the horse, and against His army. (Against Him and His Bride.) And the beast was taken, and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before him, with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast, and them that worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone.” The false prophet and the beast, which is talking of the pope, or of the leader of that army at that time, which is the western part on into the Middle East, all the way into Iran. Those nations make up the beast. The false prophet would be the leader of the beast system, which would be the pope at that time. Both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone, now this is the spirits of the beast army and also of the false prophet, which is the pope of Rome, that are cast alive into the lake of fire. Where was the lake of fire at that time? The time of Armageddon, the lake of fire is already going, it is in the heart of the earth. “And the remnant were slain with the sword of Him that sat upon the horse, (See? He is the one that takes over the kingdom. The remnant, which are all that are left which are not to be the propagators or the replenishers of those that go into the Millennium, which will be the woman of Revelation 12, and also those that make up the sheep people. That will be all that will be left, because the rest of them have a new body. They will be reigning with Christ, let me put it that way. The Bride will be ruling with Him. That is why it places them as an army.) which sword proceeded out of His mouth: and all the fowls were filled with their flesh.”

Well, this has been a long message, and it could be longer, but I believe I am going to end it right here. Amen.

2014-02-We-Shall-Crown-Him-Part-6

We Shall Crown Him?, Part 5 – 2014, January


Introduction

WE ARE JUST CONTINUING ON FROM WHERE THE NOVEMBER ISSUE LEFT OFF The church world is so out of order today, they would not know how to get back to proper conduct in a worship service. I remember when a preacher or two started wearing blue jeans, their clothes did not coordinate with anything, but now it is like that almost everywhere. It is almost a miracle, to see a preacher on television that is dressed right. They wear old faded blue jeans that look like they have been worn out in a cow pasture. They come to the pulpit like that, showing no respect for the office they are supposed to be fulfilling. It looks like something the old farmers, sixty or seventy years ago, would throw away. They come in and preach in that kind of clothing. I just say to all such, You are a disgrace to the family of God, or even to the human family. I know this is the order of the day we are living in, but I don’t like it. No matter what people think of things you are using as a corrective thing, it is not meant to destroy: it is meant to correct, and that is all it is meant to do. If people take it the wrong way, I cannot help that, because I remember Bro. William Branham saying, love is corrective. I know I quote him a lot, and I quote Bro. Jackson, but these were servants of God that were respected, just as the apostle Paul was, as the servant of God in his day. These were servants of God that have gone on now and they are not responsible for what goes on with those that are left here. I do believe God has a ministry that is going to take us on through here, and one day soon it is going to take us out of here. I have to believe that, because it says in Ephesians 4, that they are for the perfecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry, for the edifying of the body of Christ: till we all come into the unity of the faith, and unto the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, unto a perfect man. When you are looking at perfection, you are not looking at flesh, because you are not going to perfect the flesh of anyone. It is what is inside this human flesh that is to be perfected. This human flesh is not subject to the will of God, but it is subject to the one that is in it, which is to bring it under the will of God. As children of God, our spirit is subject to the will of God, so we must control the flesh. One of these days we are going to shed this body of flesh, because we will not need it any more, not in the world to come, and that is what I have been speaking on, that which is to come. It is not very far around the bend. I did not see it, but I know how, in these horse races, they are always expecting a triple crown winner, but they hardly ever make it. With us, we are going to make it, by the grace of God which He has shown to us and bestowed upon us, we are going to make it. If I did not believe that, I would just sit down and listen to someone else. We are going to make it. God did not call us unto this great salvation, to let us fail: It is just a few more hills to climb, a few more valleys to cross, but the way is getting clearer all the time, because we can see the path ahead of us. I praise the Lord for that. I have these last three scriptures here that I want to go to. I want to go back to Revelation 8 first, because this has been mentioned to me. Let us just see what is in there. The main thing is the first verse. We are going to see where that leads us this morning. You go from the 7th chapter where it mentions the 144,000 that are sealed while the four angels are holding the four winds back. The denominational prophets put that particular setting on the four corners of the earth, as north, east, south and west. That has nothing to do with it. If they would look where they are positioned, they could see that they are all positioned at the Euphrates River. They are holding back the war that is to come, which is Armageddon. The reason for that, is because they are already there, the four angels are ready to let this thing go. But then the Spirit of God says, hold off, wait until we have sealed the 144,000. Then it gives the name of the 144,000, which is the twelve tribes of the children of Israel, which there are 12,000 chosen out of each tribe, except the tribe of Dan. Of course you have the two tribes, Manasseh and Ephraim that make up the twelve, because of what Dan did. Dan was the first tribe because it was too far for them to go, they thought, to Jerusalem to worship God, so they got their own man to make them a calf. They were the first ones to do that so God did not entrust them with the message. However when you go back to the twelve tribes, the original tribes, then you have that which I have not covered yet, which would be Ezekiel 48, which brings Dan back into it, because he is back in the land for his inheritance. God knows what He is doing, and I never question what He is doing. I know it does not mention Ephraim here, but it mentions Joseph, which we must understand are interchangeable, Joseph and Ephraim are interchangeable because you go back into Ezekiel where they are dividing up the land and so on, you will find that in order to have the twelve tribes in the land, they put the tribe of Levi, more or less, into all the tribes, but they will be gathered in one place in the Millennium, in the Jerusalem area, because that is where the offerings are to be made. He comes right after that and is mentioned, and the great multitude, which I hope to bring that out a little more tonight, because I have some questions on it. Rev. 8:1 “And when He had opened the seventh seal, there was silence in heaven about the space of half an hour.” In this space of half an hour, there was something that happened, because the silence was in heaven, but it was not silent on earth during that time, because you see what is going on down on the earth. “And I saw the seven angels which stood before God; and to them were given seven trumpets.” It does not mention the trumpets again until you get to the 6th verse, where the angels are prepared to sound in this silence period, but there is something else that is going on. After he saw the seven angels with the trumpets, which the first four trumpets will be under the ministry of the two prophets. Then you go to the next trumpet, that is taking you all the way into the time of when you go into the tribulation time. You will say then, well what about the 12th verse of the 9th chapter, One woe is past; and, behold, there come two woes more hereafter.” He says one woe is past. You will see that the other woes happen, but one woe is past because the 9th chapter is an on going situation. When you see the 9 chapter, 1st verse, it says this, “And the fifth angel sounded, and I saw a star fall from heaven unto the earth: and to him was given the key to the bottomless pit.” The bottomless pit is open after the two prophets’ message. But going back to the 8th chapter, 3rd verse, we find this, “And another angel came and stood at the altar, having a golden censer; and there was given unto him much incense.” Incense was used with the prayers when they made the offerings, in Old Testament time. It was incense that made the smoke come up, that was representative of going before God and God smelled it. But this is a heavenly setting with earthly beings. Because this is an angel. Let me read that again, the 3rd verse. “And another angel came and stood at the altar, (which is in heaven. We are not in the Old Testament here, because this is Gentiles. But what happened in the Old Testament in the natural represents what is going on at this time after the seal is opened, of what is going on with the saints of God. That is going to be a great time when the prayers of the saints of God are going up and it is recognized before God. It is not just prayers of I want, I want, I want, it is prayers of dedication. Of course needs will be met. There was a preacher on television, I listened to him a little bit, but a little bit was too much. He said there will be nobody go in the rapture with a missing limb. What about the ones that have died on the battlefield, that have been blown apart. He said everybody will have their limbs restored, arms and legs, eyes, they will be restored, but that will be in the rapture. If you are going to have everything give back to you here, then what is the use of a rapture. I believe people are going to have the things that ail them, and there will be healing no doubt of arms and legs, and things of that nature, but not added to. I do not want to get off on a wild goose chase of the things that are of God. I read in the Bible where Jesus raised people from the dead, but I did not see Him restoring limbs. This is what this prayer is about here.) having a golden censer; and there was given unto him much incense, that he should offer it with the prayers of all the saints (That means you, from the smallest to the largest, the prayers of all saints. There are some great times coming.) upon the golden altar which was before the throne. And the smoke of the incense, which came with the prayers of the saints, ascended up before God out of the angel’s hand.” Remember Hannah when she wanted a son, how she went and prayed. She came back to her husband and told about an angel meeting with her. Finally the third time he got to meet with this angel and when he did, we find they offered an offering upon the altar, and the smoke came up and the angel rose in the smoke. They thought, we are dead people now, we have seen God. No, they saw an angel. We live in a time that if somebody saw something like that, they would say well there is God, because they think He is a man anyway. “And the angel took the censer, and filled it with fire of the altar, and cast it into the earth: and there were voices, and thunderings, and lightnings, and an earthquake.” That is a mighty prayer, when all this begins to happen, something is going on in the earth. Now we go to the 10th chapter. What I am connecting this to is the saints of God that are living for God at that time, are going to be here when the two prophets come on the scene. Bro. Jackson even taught that, because he said there was an overlapping of the Jews when the Gentiles received the gospel. There was still an overlap, and he said there will be also, when this happens, because that half hour of silence is a period of time, not years, but weeks or a few months. Not a half year as some people think. “And I saw another mighty angel (This is a representative of Christ. I remember in 1997 when a certain man preached those messages here, in Canada, Mexico and who knows where else. He said that little book was not a scroll. I knew different because six months before that, Bro. Jackson had preached that it was. I thought then, does he never listen to Bro. Jackson’s messages? I found out that he did not. Of course there was a lot of other things added in there.) come down from heaven, clothed with a cloud: and a rainbow was upon His head, and His face was as it were the sun, and His feet as pillars of fire.” This scene is after the seal is broken, because it is a part of it, because He stands with this little book (scroll) open. Do you understand? In the 8th chapter it says that the seal is broke, when He had opened the seventh seal. Here He stands with it open. This is all a part of the same thing, but in its time. This is time related, it does not happen in one day. This is not going to happen instantly, and everybody is gone. It is going to take time. His feet were as pillars of fire. If you go back to the 1st chapter you will see who this is, it is Christ in angelic form. I have to say that every time, because somebody is going to accuse me of saying that this was Jesus literally, so that is why I have to say it every time. People will not allow you to be a man. It don’t matter how they say things, but we have to say it right, because the accusations come if we do not. “And He had in His hand a little book open: (In the 1st verse of the 8th chapter, He has opened the seal, here He stands with it open.) and He set His right foot upon the sea, and His left foot on the earth.” Right foot on the sea and left foot on the earth, this is an international setting. Because this is to God’s Church. “And cried with a loud voice, (He did not boo-hoo, it was more like, HEY! LET ME HAVE YOUR ATTENTION! And He will have the Church’s attention.) as when a lion roareth: (I have watched some of the shows on nature programs, and when a lion roars, he puts his head down close to the ground, so it will carry. They say you can hear it five miles away and there is no other sound like it. It is a distinguishable sound. This will be a distinguishable sound unto the Bride of Christ when it gets around, because it has to travel around the earth. Everybody is not going to hear it at the same moment of time. There are people in remote places on the earth that it is going to have to get to. You hear me here this morning, but if this went to the Philippines or somewhere, they do not get it at the same time because it is morning there.) and when He had cried, seven thunders uttered their voices.” Seven thunders uttered their voices, and this is the only thing that is closed up in this book. It is what the thunders utter. God has given us a view into this, but He has not let us know what the thunders utter. The rest of it is known. Some people may think this whole 10th chapter is closed. I used to think the same thing. This is what happens here on earth during the half hour of silence in heaven. God’s attention has gone from heaven to the earth, because this is where everything is going on. Seven thunders utter their voices, if you go back to the 1st verse of the 6th chapter, you will find there was one thunder sounded there. The other three horse riders, there is no thunder. The fourth one, there is a voice. The rest of them do not even have that. The fourth horse rider has a voice, but there is a thunder when the first horse rider comes on the scene because that was God’s prophet messenger that opened the six seals. If God made the rocks to ring out when the thunder came, and it was seen across heaven, what is going to happen when seven thunders utter? That is a preparation for the Bride to get ready to leave. She is going to know what those thunders uttered then. I do not say these things to confuse anyone, but I say them as the scripture reads. “And when the seven thunders had uttered their voices, I was about to write: and I heard a voice from heaven saying unto me, Seal up those things which the seven thunders uttered, and write them not.” (Let us read that 2nd verse again.) “And He had in His hand a little book open: and HE set His right foot upon the sea, and His left foot on the earth, And cried with a loud voice, as when a lion roareth: and when He had cried, seven thunders uttered their voices. And when the seven thunders had uttered their voices, I was about to write: and I heard a voice from heaven saying unto me, Seal up those things which the seven thunders uttered, and write them not.” Not the rest of it, but seal up the things that the seven thunders uttered and write them not. And the angel which I saw stand upon the sea and upon the earth lifted up His hand to heaven.” Lifted up His hand to heaven, one hand. He had His right hand, and in his left hand was the little book opened, this is signaling the start. The one hand is a signal, it is time to start. “And sware by Him that liveth for ever and ever, who created heaven, and the things that therein are, and the earth, and the things that therein are, and the sea, and the things which are therein, that there should be time no longer.” Or no longer a delay. See? He is recognizing the Father there. This is the one with the little book open, or the scroll open, swearing by Him that liveth for ever and ever, showing whose authority it is over this whole thing. “But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, when He shall begin to sound, the mystery of God should be finished, as He hath declared to His servants the prophets.” Now the mystery of God there has been quoted mysteries of God, all the mysteries of God have been finished, it has nothing to do with the mysteries of God, the mystery of God is that the Gentiles have a place in His kingdom. Now this is on going here, this has not stopped, that was an interjection into this, that 7th verse is, but then you go back to what he is talking about. “And the voice which I heard from heaven spake unto me again, and said, Go and take the little book (Or the scroll. Now He is talking to John. He is talking to an earthly being, not a heavenly being, an earthly being, John. Just like Ezekiel did when he took the little book, it made his belly bitter, but was in his mouth sweet as honey. The voice I heard from heaven spake unto me and said, go and take the little book…) which is open in the hand of the angel which standeth upon the sea and upon the earth.” Now John is hearing this voice, which is God speaking out of heaven, telling him to go take the little book out of the hand of Him that has one foot on the sea and one foot upon the land. That is Christ. That is the message that is to be uttered. But when this happens, it is not going to be John in person, it is going to be the ministry in that hour of time, that will take the scroll because there is a message in that scroll, a message that the seven angels will carry, or the seven voices. I should not call them angels, they are earthly men, but they are messengers. “And I went unto the angel, and said unto Him, Give me the little book. (or the scroll) And He said unto me, Take it, and eat it up; and it shall make thy belly bitter, but it shall be in thy mouth sweet as honey.” It is a message, a sweet message, but when he has to take this, it goes into his inner being, where it is upsetting to him. Because as it says in Ezekiel, there is bitterness in it. “And I took the little book out of the angel’s hand, and ate it up; and it was in my mouth sweet as honey: and as soon as I had eaten it, my belly was bitter. And He said unto me, Thou must prophesy (That is the message that is in the little book.) again before many peoples, and nations, and tongues, and kings.” I do not know exactly what the message is, nobody knows what it is right now. But the denominational world of religion will never know what it is. The foolish virgins will not even know what it is. The great multitude will not know what it is. It is narrowed down to where only Bride people get the message, nobody else. Is this making sense? Let’s go back to the book of Daniel. I am not saying to you, just accept what I am saying. I hope you do, but if you have to study on it, do that, and be sure you get it. I am not going to stand here and be accused of forcing people to believe what I say without them having a revelation. You get a revelation of this and see what it says to you. I am not saying be stubborn about it, but think about it, pray about it if you need to. Because I know these things that I am talking about today have not been talked about prior to now. Daniel, the 12th chapter, 4th verse. “But thou, O Daniel, shut up the words, and seal the book, even to the time of the end: many shall run to and fro, and knowledge shall be increased.” Now Daniel is told to shut up the book, or the understanding of what he is saying, until the end. We understand what Daniel was saying. But this is the time of the end, because this has to do with the last three and half years, which is what this other does with the Church. “Then I Daniel looked, and, behold, there stood other two, the one on this side of the bank of the river, (This is not talking about one foot upon the land and one foot upon the sea. One stood on this side of the bank of the river, this is the Jordan River. It has a middle eastern setting.) and the other on that side of the bank of the river.” This is two angels standing opposite, one on each side of the Jordan River, because this is to Israel. “And one said to the man clothed in linen, (This has no introduction to it, it just goes into it. If you read back up here in the first three verses, there is no introduction to it, it just goes into the thing, as he is looking at it. And one said to the man clothed in linen,) which was upon the waters of the river, (That is Jesus Christ in the middle of the week.) How long shall it to be the end of these wonders? And I heard the man clothed in linen, which was upon the waters of the river, when He held up His right hand and His left hand unto heaven, (both are raised now, you are ready for the last part of the week. One, as He raises it, is to the Church. With the other one, with the scroll in His hand, but here, there is no scroll, it is His hands raised because He is ready to go.) and sware by Him that liveth for ever that it shall be for a time, times, and an half; (three and one half years) and when He shall have accomplished to scatter the power of the holy people, all these things shall be finished.” That is the middle of the week, when He is seeking to accomplish, when He shall have accomplished to scatter the power of the holy people, (the Jews), all these things shall be finished. “And I heard, but I understood not: then said I, O my Lord, what shall be the end of these things?” This is Daniel talking. “And he said, Go thy way, Daniel: for the words are closed up and sealed till the time of the end.” See? They are sealed up until the time of the events, and it does not say the end, time of the end. We are in that time, we are in that time frame. “Many shall be purified, and made white, and tried; but the wicked shall do wickedly: and none of the wicked shall understand; (I am not putting anybody into that category, but you figure yourself, where you are. Do you understand? Or do you not understand? It said none of the wicked will understand, none.) but the wise shall understand.” I am not talking about this morning, but there is a time to understand. I am not just speaking to Faith Assembly, here as a body, but I am speaking to anyone that hears this. What category are you in? There are only two categories, yes only two. That tells you right there where it is. None of the wicked shall understand, but the wise shall understand. We are not playing patty-cake. This, to me, is a clear picture. If this be right, I will leave that up to you. If this be right, somewhere down the line you will understand. If it is wrong, I don’t ask you to understand. I have made my message to where it will let you think. To me, it is a clear picture. You could say, well you are no authority on these things. I am a minister of God, but that is up to you. I know I was called, I know that, but wherever you figure me in to be, then that is up to you. I will let you go now because I am through with this part.

WE SHALL CROWN HIM?

I have some questions to answer, so I want to go back into what I was on this morning before I go any further, because there is a connecting scripture to what I was on. I want to look at that. We were in Revelation chapter 10 this morning, I want to go back there to the last part of it and see the message that is in there. There is a message to the Bride and a message to the world in this. When we look at it, it is the same angel in both settings. It is easy to go over something without fully explaining it, but I want to do so here. Concerning the little book, I will start in verse 2. “And He had in His hand a little book open: (I mentioned that, that is the scroll. We had the slide about the one foot upon the land and one foot upon the sea.) and He set His right foot upon the sea, and His left foot on the earth.” This is an international (a universal) setting. As I went over Daniel chapter 12 this morning, from verse 6 thru verse 10, we find that it is the setting, standing upon the river, which would be Jordan, and that will happen in the middle of the week, from there on through until the end. But this is concerning the Bride, an international message concerning the Bride. “And cried with a loud voice, as when a lion roareth: and when He had cried, seven thunders uttered their voices.” As we all know, that is seven men that God has designated to carry out a message, seven thunders have a message for the bride. It will not be one saying one thing and another saying something else, because it is a revelation to the whole body of Christ, as the coming of the Lord is at hand. When I say at hand, I do not mean that very day, because there is a time lapse in all of this, as we go on down through it. John heard what the seven thunders uttered, but he was told not to write it. When Bro. William Branham went over that, he said it was in tongues, what was given to him, and he got into a little bit of it and said, the Lord will not let me go any further. The message will come clear at the end, it will not be in tongues. “And when the seven thunders had uttered their voices, I was about to write: (He knew what was said.) and I heard a voice from heaven saying unto me, Seal up those things which the seven thunders uttered, and write them not.” Now this is not talking about this seal of chapter 8, verse 1, it is talking about the things that the seven thunders will utter, that part of it is a mystery. “And the angel which I saw stand upon the sea and upon the earth lifted up His hand to heaven. (We went over that this morning.) And sware by Him that liveth for ever and ever, who created heaven, (talking of the Creator) and the things that therein are, and the earth, and the things that therein are, and the sea, and the things which are therein, that there should be time no longer.” Or delay no longer. The events from that time will speedily happen. I am going to skip the 7th verse, because it was to the seventh church age messenger. “And the voice which I heard from heaven spake unto me again, and said, Go and take the little book which is open in the hand of the angel which standeth upon the sea and upon the earth. And I went unto the angel, and said unto Him, Give me the little book. And He said unto me, Take it, and eat it up; and it shall make thy belly bitter, but it shall be in thy mouth sweet as honey.” A message, a message that he was given that is going to be revealed unto men in this end time, seven thunders, as well as other men. This is not limited to seven men here. “And I took the little book out of the angel’s hand, and ate it up; and it was in my mouth sweet as honey: and as soon as I had eaten it, my belly was bitter.” It was the message that he had to carry that will be carried by the men of this hour, and it will be carried to who? “And He said unto me, Thou must prophesy again before many peoples, and nations, and tongues, and kings.” God is going to force His way on man here in this end time. I do not have the answer to what it is all about, but I do know that it is to an element of people that have forsaken God, and to nations and kings that have forsaken God. It is not going to be something pleasant, because it was in his belly bitter. He said it is a prophecy, thou must prophecy before many people. It is going to be carried. This other part of this message is when the seven thunders utter their voices, this is to the Bride. But this part is to world leadership. You ask me how this is going to be done. I have an idea, because you cannot preach this to kings, to nations and to people as it is said here, without an audience. The audience is going to be worldwide. They are going to hear a message that makes his belly bitter because of what he has to say. But the message is going to be as sweet as honey in his mouth. Let us go back to Ezekiel, which I mentioned this morning, but I did not go to it. Go to Ezekiel chapter 2. Some may say, well Bro. Allen, this is fantastic. How is this ever going to happen? Well, it is a prophecy, God sent men just like He did Elijah to Ahab, just like He did Moses unto Pharaoh. The message was stern, and they stood and listened, even though they did not like it. But these are Bride people that have a message for the end of the age, that is going to affect kings, presidents, prime ministers. You cannot do this without an audience. You cannot get an audience like that together without it being broadcasted. I know it sounds fantastic, but it is going to happen. Let us start with the 3rd verse. “And He said unto me, Son of man, I send thee to the children of Israel, to a rebellious nation that hath rebelled against me: they and their fathers have transgressed against me, even unto this very day.” Now the message here is unto Israel, but this other one is a world setting. “For they are impudent children and stiff hearted. I do send thee unto them; and thou shalt say unto them, Thus saith the Lord God.” If God inspires something like this, there is nobody that can stand against it. “And they, whether they will hear, or whether they will forbear, for they are a rebellious house, yet they shall know that there hath been a prophet among them. And thou, son of man, be not afraid of them, neither be afraid of their words, though briers and thorns be with thee, and thou dost dwell among scorpions: be not afraid of their words, nor be dismayed at their looks, though they be a rebellious house. And thou shalt speak my words unto them, whether they will hear, or whether they will forbear: for they are most rebellious. But thou, son of man, hear what I say unto thee; Be not thou rebellious like that rebellious house: open thy mouth, and eat that I give thee. And when I looked, behold, an hand was sent unto me; and, lo, a roll of a book was therein; and he spread it before me; and it was written within and without: (just like the scroll in Revelation) and there was written therein lamentations, and mourning, and woe. (It does not sound like a happy message.) Moreover he said unto me, Son of man, eat that thou findest; eat this roll, and go speak unto the house of Israel. So I opened my mouth, and he caused me to eat that roll. And he said unto me, Son of man, cause thy belly to eat, and fill thy bowels with this roll that I give thee. Then did I eat it; and it was in my mouth as honey for sweetness. And he said unto me, Son of man, go, get thee unto the house of Israel, and speak with my words unto them. For thou art not sent to a people of a strange speech and of an hard language, but to the house of Israel; Not to many people of a strange speech and of an hard language, whose words thou canst not understand. Surely, had I sent thee to them, they would have hearkened unto thee. But the house of Israel will not hearken unto thee; for they will not hearken unto me: for all the house of Israel are impudent and hardhearted.” I remember as Bro. Jackson went over this, he went over the book of Isaiah, which is the beginning of it. Then he went into this, then he went into Revelation, which he said was progressive, more was understood as time goes on. We have to be entering into a time that God has designated as the end time. We can’t escape what God is going to do here in the end time. It is going to happen. It may sound fantastic. It may sound like something in a gorgeous way, but God has called a ministry in this hour, not of educated men. The prophet of this age was not educated, neither was Bro. Jackson, neither will the end time ministry be, from here on out, highly educated with doctors degrees. However they will know their way around in the Word of God, in order to be able to take a thought and work with it. I can say that because we know He has a five fold ministry to perfect the saints. I wanted to go over that. I now have a couple questions I want to deal with before I go any further.


This is the question, Is the foolish virgins and the great multitude the same? They are not the same, but they receive the same reward. The great multitude is made up of people that have lived through certain hours of time, from the beginning of the Church and onward, but they just did not make it to where they could be Bride people. For whatever reason, they were not Bride people, because of understanding and because of the message of the hour, they just did not have time to get into the fruit bearing process. That is what makes a difference in this hour, the fruit. Jesus said in Matthew 13, as He was talking about the good seed. He said, they produce thirty, sixty, and a hundred fold. So they make a crop, a crop of believers that have matured in the Word of God. Back in Luther’s time, or Wesley’s time, and it was more so in Wesley’s time, but in Luther’s time, He said, they shall walk with me in white. We find that there is a different setting, when you come to the hour of Wesley, because of their maturity in a Christian walk. There were very few in Luther’s time that really made it to be Bride people. When you go back into the other ages before that, from the second age on, the Word was constantly getting more scarce as time passed. By the time you come to 325 AD, there was only a handful of people that make up the Bride people, because the others had gone into the denominational thinking. That would be the third church age, because that is when the baptism in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ was rejected, and Father, Son, and Holy Ghost was brought into the scene, in 325 AD, at the Nicene Council. The name of Jesus Christ was rejected in water baptism. That is the way it was, it all fell to that. After that time all water baptism of believers was in the name of the Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, which is not a name at all, because all three are titles, not names. Before that time, I do not mean exactly then, 325, because it had to lead up to that, but that was when the decision was made for the mode of baptism. In the first age, people were only baptized in the name of Jesus Christ. Then in the age we live in, it began to come about again, around 1910, when people were made aware of God’s way. Up here in Madison Indiana, as Bro. Jackson told about a number of times, there were two preachers baptizing. God spoke to one of them while he was baptizing, which was the evangelist, and said, will you baptize them in my name? Jesus spoke to him, will you baptize in my name? The pastor of the church asked him, what did He say? His answer was, I will tell you after this is over. They were baptizing a bunch of people. Then he started baptizing another one. The same voice said, will you baptize in my name? The evangelist told the pastor when he asked him, what did He say. He did not understand it, only the evangelist understood what He was saying. He said, I will tell you after we get through. They went ahead and baptized the people. Then when they got to the house, the pastor said, what did He say to you? He said, Will you baptize them in my name? Then they began to look at the scripture. They looked throughout the scripture. The only place where Father, Son, and Holy Ghost is mentioned in baptism, is in Matthew 28:19. It is not to be names, it is just in the name of Jesus Christ. Jesus said, I am come in my Father’s name. The scripture says, whatsoever you do in word, in deed, do all in the name of Jesus Christ, for the glory of God the Father. So if you are baptized in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost, you have not been baptized in a name. That scripture does not say names. Father is not a name, Son is not a name, Holy Ghost is not a name: they are only titles. What was the message on the day of Pentecost? When those Jews from all the different places in the world, were there in Jerusalem, and they saw what had happened to that bunch of Galilean Jews, they said to the twelve disciples, after Peter had spoken to them, men and brethren, what must we do? Peter, who was given the keys to the kingdom, said, Repent every one of you, and be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of your sins, and ye shall receive the gift of the Holy Ghost, Acts 2:38. In Acts chapter 10, with those of the house of Cornelius, it was the same thing. In Acts 19, when Paul asked those men, which were twelve, if they had they received the Holy Ghost since they believed, they said, we have never so much as heard of the Holy Ghost. He said, then how were you baptized? They said, unto John’s baptism. Then we find that Paul had them all baptized in the name of Jesus Christ, then laid hands on them and they received the Holy Ghost. So I just feel that this was a necessary thing, for me to say to all of you, You must be baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ.


Now let me get to the other question, which came to me like this, I thought I heard one time that foolish virgins did not start until the seventh church age, and when started the great multitude and when did it stop? The great multitude, as I said awhile ago started in the beginning, not long after the Church was born. And they have reached on through the hours of time. There could still be some in the great multitude. The difference between the great multitude and the foolish virgins is, the foolish virgins have to go through that hour of temptation, (the tribulation that is yet to come). When did they start? In the seventh church age. They never started until the seventh church age, and mainly after the seals were preached. Brother Branham was asked a question about what was going on in the charismatic world. He said, that is the foolish virgins going to seek for oil. I am not saying that every foolish virgin will die during the tribulation, because some of those who may have been foolish virgins have already died. However, no matter what anyone says, there will be no foolish virgins make it out of that seven year period without martyrdom, none. All of them will have died one way or the other. The difference between the foolish virgins and the great multitude, was that the foolish virgins rejected the message because they could not understand it. Jesus said in Matthew 25, depart from me, I know you not. That is because they have had no revelation of the Word of God. They could not receive the Word that was revealed in their hour, because they did not have the same measure of the Holy Ghost, as the bride does: it was not implanted within them. The difference, the great multitude just did not live long enough to produce fruit of the Spirit. The foolish virgins did have time, but they rejected the message of the hour because they could not understand it. Therefore they have to give their lives as martyrs in the tribulation of the last half of the 70th week of Daniel. The true foolish virgins will reject the mark of the beast, knowing it means death for them. As for rewards for believers, it will be the same, according to Matthew 20, starting in the 8th verse. “So when even was come, the lord of the vineyard saith unto his steward, Call the laborers, and give them their hire, beginning from the last unto the first. (See? He said, beginning from the last unto the first.) And when they came that were hired about the eleventh hour, they received every man a penny. (That was the agreement with those at the beginning of the day. Remember that, every man received a penny.) You may ask why, so the answer is, that is what was promised to each one that was hired. But when the first came, they supposed that they should have received more; and they likewise received every man a penny. (See? It is the same reward. The penny is the key to that.) And when they had received it, they murmured against the goodman of the house, Saying, These last have wrought but one hour, and thou hast made them equal unto us, which have borne the burden and heat of the day. But he answered one of them, and said, Friend, I do thee no wrong: didst not thou agree with me for a penny? Take that thine is, and go thy way: I will give unto this last, even as unto thee. Is it not lawful for me to do what I will with mine own? Is thine eye evil, because I am good? So the last shall be first, and the first last: for many be called, but few chosen.” They everyone did what they were told to do, and their reward was the same. So is it with eternal life. I hope that explains this part for all of you.


This next question to some people, can be a sticky question, because of where the answer comes from. Notice the question, For the child born to the nonbelievers, what happens to it if it dies before the age of accountability? As we would look, which we have, into 1st Corinthians 7, verse 12. “But to the rest speak I, not the Lord: If any brother hath a wife that believeth not, and she be pleased to dwell with him, let him not put her away. (When it says be pleased, that is be pleasing to him, not living in an argument all the time.) And the woman which hath an husband that believeth not, and if he be pleased to dwell with her, let her not leave him. (If he be pleased to dwell with her in peace. I have said I would rather somebody smack me than to fuss with me all the time. It would be easier to take.) For the unbelieving husband is sanctified by the wife, and the unbelieving wife is sanctified by the husband: else were your children unclean; but now are they holy.” Now are they holy, which was because of that one believer. The husband or wife, are not saved, but the other one is, so that sanctification is talking about the relationship that brings children into the world. There are people that can marry people in the world, and later on one becomes a Christian, and the other one does not. It can be that way with either husband or wife. But then on the other hand, I believe that a person is in much danger to marry somebody that is not a believer. “But if the unbelieving depart, let him depart. A brother or a sister is not under bondage in such cases: but God hath called us to peace.” That is what I was talking about awhile ago, there should not be war in the home. “For what knowest thou, O wife, whether thou shalt save thy husband? Or how knowest thou, O man, whether thou shalt save thy wife?” This works in predestination, it has got to be that. There is no promise for the unbelievers children. But if they are born and do not reach the age of accountability before something happens to them, they cannot be judged for what they have not done. Therefore they are just more or less, (and I know this is hard for some people to think about), but they will more or less, their lives will just vanish. Do you understand what I mean? They are not going to be punished, but on the other hand, nothing unclean enters into heaven. Brothers and sisters, that is why I said that this is a hard question, but I have given you an honest answer, as honest as I know how, and I stand by it. The believers children are protected. If the rapture took place tomorrow, and you have a little baby, God is not going to leave that baby laying somewhere. He is going to take care of it, because it is clean before God, because of believers. I suppose people do worry about those things, but we have to look at the Word for our answers: we cannot look to our feelings. What happened when the Israelites went into the land of promise? God told them, get rid of everything, even the cattle, the horses, and whatever else they have, even the little children of those who had been dwelling in the land before the children of Israel came to claim their promised land. People mocked the Bible, because of that, saying, God would never do that, but He did. When you look at the end, there is going to be babies, little children, everything scattered all over this earth. I am not trying to be cruel by saying that, I am just trying to be truthful to the Word of God. Do you understand it? I did not say do you accept it. Do you understand it? I accept it. It is as hard for me as it is for you, but that is what it says, they are unclean.


Now I will get to something that maybe a little more pleasant. I am still on my same subject in the book of James. All these things would be easier if you could just talk about somebody else. But when you talk about somebody else, you are talking about your own situations. The Word of God cannot be compromised. Chapter 1, verse 8. “A double-minded man is unstable in all his ways. Let the brother of low degree rejoice in that he is exalted: But the rich, in that he is made low: because as the flower of the grass he shall pass away. For the sun is no sooner risen with a burning heat, but it withereth the grass, and the flower thereof falleth, and the grace of the fashion of it perisheth: so also shall the rich man fade away in his ways. Blessed is the man that endureth temptation: for when he is tried, he shall receive the crown of life, (Does that sound like something you would put on your head? Is a crown of life something that you see? A crown of life is something you inherit, something that God crowns you with, His glorious desire toward you and me, is that. Blessed is the man that endureth temptation, for when he is tried he shall receive a crown of life…) which the Lord hath promised to them that love Him.” Which the Lord hath promised to them that love Him. The promise is eternal life. We find nothing in the scripture where we will be crowned with man made crowns. Where are you going to wear it when you disappear? You are going to have a fast way of travel sometimes. The only thing you would see is that crown going through the air, looking like a satellite. No. That is not what this is about: it is about eternal life. Let us go to 1st Peter, chapter 5, verse 1 “The elders which are among you I exhort, who am also an elder, and a witness of the sufferings of Christ, and also a partaker of the glory that shall be revealed.” He was sure of himself, he was sure of what he had as a partaker of the glory that shall be revealed. “Feed the flock of God which is among you, taking the oversight thereof, not by constraint, but willingly; not for filthy lucre, but of a ready mind; Neither as being lords over God’s heritage, but being examples to the flock. And when the chief Shepherd shall appear, ye shall receive a crown of glory (Now it is a glory crown. Is it something you are going to see? No, it is an inheritance, receive a crown of glory…) that fadeth not away.” So we have here, the different crowns for believers. As we went into Thessalonians, where we have already been, so as we go into 2nd Timothy, a crown of righteousness, in Philippians, my joy and crown, 1st Corinthians, an incorruptible crown. I went over that. I said that gold is corruptible, but this is an incorruptible, which will last you not for a lifetime, because there is no time to it. It is an eternal thing. A crown of glory that fadeth not away. Let me go to Revelations chapter 2, verse 10. “Fear none of those things which thou shalt suffer: behold, the devil shall cast some of you into prison, that ye may be tried; and ye shall have tribulation ten days: be thou faithful unto death, and I will give thee a crown of life.” Be faithful unto death and I will give thee a crown of life. Revelation 3, starting in the 9th verse. “Behold, I will make them of the synagogue of Satan, which say they are Jews, and are not, but do lie; behold, I will make them to come and worship before thy feet, and to know that I have loved thee. Because thou hast kept the word of my patience, I also will keep thee from the hour of temptation, (or tribulation) which shall come upon all the world, to try them that dwell upon the earth. Behold, I come quickly: hold that fast which thou hast, that no man take thy crown.” Is it something they take off your head? No, it is something that they steal away from you, the truth that you have been given in an hour such as this. But this was in another age, really in the fourth age, because there were men that died horrible deaths. He is telling them to hold on, and they did. Young men that dared to look into the scripture were tried and put in prison for a length of time, then taken out of prison to try and make them recant. This was where the devil got his victory, was when somebody would give up. The last resort for them that would not give up was death. But they could not take their crown of life away, because it was given of God. I know that some may think, how could you take the crown of life. That is the thinking of a person of their desire to know God and to know the scripture, they did not have much to go by because everything by that hour was in Latin. They kept the world ignorant, just like they have Mexico, ignorant of scriptures, like they have in the Philippines. They do not want them to know anything about scripture. When we went to the Philippines, we got in behind a caravan of cars for an hour. It was Easter time. Here came down the street a big thing they had fixed up like a float, coming down through there, people making the sign of the cross, standing on this float, being pulled down the street. All the traffic was stopped. Those poor Philippine people, many of them take chains and beat themselves across their backs until blood comes out. Others let them hang them on a cross as a vow of humility. I don’t think that would humble me, to be hanged on a cross, nails put in my hands. That is what the Catholic world has done to people, to keep them ignorant of anything that is really real. This is what it was like in the Dark Ages. Bro. Jackson said they went into the Dark Ages around 500 A.D. riding horseback, they had yokes on oxen, and they came out of that time a thousand years later, and had not learned a thing: it was still ox carts and horseback. Nothing advanced, because they knew, if people could read the Bible they would learn how to live in a way that would be beneficial to them. The gospel is beneficial to you, because it will lead you into light. Light will break up all this old darkness. The reason America has been blessed as she has, is because they broke away from that system. Now they are trying to take that away from us, the blessings that God has given us, and that is the reason Revelation 10 will be a message to this old dark world. Do you mean there will be presidents and those of that nature, have to listen to Bride people? I say yes. I know it sounds fantastic, but it is on the agenda, it is just ahead of us. If we can keep a right thought in our minds and a right head on our shoulders, God has promised great things. This world is going to hear a message, it will not change them, but they will have heard the truth. It did not change Israel when Ezekiel prophesied there, but it kept him clear. He sure told them what they had done, and what God required. That is going to be a day when God’s people are going to shine. Yes they will. He will send men out there with the Word. It is going to be something to witness. If I am in the background, that is alright. But it is going to happen, it is in the forefront. We will now go to Revelation, chapter 12, verse 1. “And there appeared a great wonder in heaven; a woman clothed with the sun, (It is not the sun out there that she is clothed with, it is the glow of God, because she has gone through something.) and the moon under her feet, (that pertains to the Law Age that she has been under in time past.) She is clothed with the sun with the moon under her feet, talking of Israel.) and upon her head a crown of twelve stars.” That is representative of the Israeli nation. It passed from that Law Age unto the age of regeneration. But it is this man child that she will be travailing with.) “And she being with child cried, travailing in birth, and painted to be delivered.” That travailing pertains to the Israeli nation, not necessarily Mary that actually delivered the child that this points to. She, Israel, is crowned with twelve stars. Are there going to be twelve stars hanging around her head? From this first verse to the second verse, he is looking backward. That second verse is what brings the first verse out. But she is crowned, a crown of hope, a crown of revelation. God can take His book and can write it so that one verse does not necessarily go with the next verse. However , He makes true bride saints to have an understanding of it here in the end time.

WE SHALL CROWN HIM?


I praise the Lord this morning for each one of you and what you mean to me, as well as to the body of Christ, that He has called in this hour to be His saints. Some have said, well, you should not call yourselves saints. Paul called the people in his day saints. That pertains to the sanctified ones. As we look to Him, we are thankful that we can say that we are in that group. I have been reading some in the book of Acts this week, and it is a blessing to see what God did in the lives of those people in that hour. When a man like Stephen stood for truth, and the religious world killed him, but he died in victory, he died looking up to see Jesus standing, waiting for him. I remember Bro. Jackson saying that is the only time you ever see where Jesus was standing, is when you see Him standing, welcoming Stephen home. Otherwise He is seated there to make intercession for all believers. One of His faithful servants went home to be with Him, and he saw Him standing. You say, well I don’t understand that, that he went home. His body was here, yes, but his spirit was with the Lord there in paradise. You could say, it is goodbye here, but it is hello there. We find also, that when the time cae for Paul to leave this world, he welcomes what was coming to him because he had said before, for me to live is better for your sakes, but for me to die is gain (for him). He realized what was on the other side, waiting for him. We are seeing those things today as we walk along in this journey, to know that God is the ever present help in time of need. Do not ever forget, that no mater what your need may be, He is there to supply that need. It may not come with ribbons on it, but it will come. Because many times we overlook what God is doing for us, simply because we are looking for the ribbons that we never see. Sometimes the blessings of God are tied up in shrewd packages. Sometimes, instead of the beautiful wrapping paper, it is in a brown paper bag. When you open it, right in there, is what you are looking for, instead of looking at the paper on the outside, you are looking for what is inside the package. God never disappoints His children, because, through our trials, He always goes with us. Through tests, He is there, and said I will never leave you nor forsake you. That, sometimes is the hardest thing for us to see, that He is with us in the hard times as well as the good times, but you can believe that He is. You never know what it would have been like without Him. I was just thinking of the subject I have been on, thinking about the song that was sung this morning, a crown of life awaits beyond the grave. That is your crown, instead of a crown with rubies, diamonds, and things of that nature, it is going to be a crown of life, which is much better. We have more waiting on us than what we can put on our head. The crown that we look for is one that does not fade or tarnish, and it does not need to be put in some kind of solution every once in awhile, to bring the shine back to it. Because it will shine without any of that. Some say, I read in the scripture where there is no night there, and so you say, well how will we sleep? Don’t worry about that. There is going to be enough to stay awake for, through all eternity. There was something that I read last week, that kind of disturbed someone. It was in the 12th chapter of Daniel. It did not disturb them in that they thought it was wrong, it disturbed them because they did not feel that they were fulfilling that part of it. I read from the 4th verse thru the 10th verse, but I want to go down a little further and start there, to kind of ease your mind about yourself. In the 8th verse, of Daniel, chapter 12 where he said, “And I heard, but I understood not: (See, he did not understand everything he was hearing. Some people, sometimes get disturbed when they do not understand everything they hear. They think they are not measuring up to what the scripture requires, because they do not understand everything they hear. I just want you to realize that even Daniel, as we see here, did not understand, because it was not time for that to be understood, but he said we would understand in the end time.) then said I, O my Lord, what shall be the end of these things?” He is disturbed. He is made to wonder because he did not know what time or when this was going to happen. “And he said, Go thy way, Daniel: (See, he still does not give him an answer.) for the words are closed up and sealed till the time of the end.” Now we are at the time of the end, and we understand what he was talking about. But everybody is not going to understand at the same time. That is something that becomes a revelation, and the revelation of certain things, comes as the time is right, so it is not that you reject it, but it is that you do not understand everything right then. It will be given you to understand, if you walk on to know the Lord, you will understand what He is talking about. “Many shall be purified, and made white, and tried; but the wicked shall do wickedly; and none of the wicked shall understand; but the wise shall understand.” I received a telephone call, that this really disturbed a certain sister. Sister: don’t worry about it: just be willing to learn, and you will understand in your time. She began to wonder, because she did not understand everything, if she was one of the wicked. Please, do not ever let the devil make you believe anything like that about these things just because you don’t understand them at the time, or that you do not understand fully, or that you cannot explain it. Some people, unless they were put under pressure, will never be able to explain much of it, but if they are ever put under pressure, then the Holy Ghost will answer for them. We have a scriptural assurance of that. Maybe I could use another word, but we do have scripture to prove that. The Bible tells us not always to prepare answers for everything. Because, when we do, we cut the Holy Ghost out of being able to answer what we are looking for. Therefore if you are concerned about this message, you will understand it sooner or later. I just want to give encouragement to that person today, and to anyone else that may have things that bother you because you do not fully understand everything. There is that thirty, sixty, and hundred fold Christian, but that does not mean those who may be in the thirty or sixty category are less of a Christian than the hundred fold. If you are thirty fold, it just means that you are not able to explain everything. You believe it, but you cannot explain it. You believe it because you are trusting that there is a ministry that is going to tell you the truth, and that you are going to be steared in the right direction instead of a wrong direction. So just go on and serve the Lord and do not let the devil worry you about things that you do not understand, even this morning. I know I have spent a lot of time on Revelation 8 and Revelation 10, but I am going to go back there this morning, because I feel that there is a further explanation of this that can make it more clear. There is a reason that the scripture is written like it is. It is written for our learning, but it is written like it is so as to show it to us, but not to show it to the world, because the Bible said none of the wicked shall understand, none, not one. When the seven thunders utter their voices, only bride saints will not understand. I do not care how long they have been in the Bible, I do not care how long they have studied and called themselves Christians, God leads Hid true children in a certain path, and each step that we take, moves us a little bit higher in the revelation of the scriptures. If we stop somewhere, I want to remind you that we are under the age of the flying eagle, and the age of the flying eagle has not stopped. The revelation is not over and the revelation of seven thunders will not just come all of a sudden before other things are revealed. It is a gradual revelation that takes time, because it talks about the end time, not the end of time, but the end time. As it says in that scripture, none of the wicked shall understand, so there is an understanding process, because it said the wise shall understand. That is not talking about one subject, that is talking about God’s revelation to build us up to the time of the thunders. We will now go back to the 8th chapter, which I have already read and gone over, but let us pay attention. “And when He had opened the seventh seal, (when He had opened) there was silence in heaven about the space of half an hour.” So the seal has not been opened yet. We have the seals up here, six of them have been opened to our understanding. The sixth seal is not finished, and neither is the fourth seal finished. Here, are seals that has held this all these years, from the very beginning of when it was revealed to John. We see that it is in the right hand of Him. But here is the only seal that is still holding, this one right here. The rest of them have been peeled back. Each one of them had a message in it. This last one will also have a message in it. When that seventh seal is opened, you have a half hour of silence after it is opened. Do you understand that? You still have time left here. I do not mean time to get right, but you have time left here before the Bride is taken away. When that last seal is opened, we then find something else is going on here in this 8th chapter. When this seal is opened, then you have the angels, the seven trumpet angels preparing themselves to sound. That is when they come on the scene. “And I saw the seven angels which stood before God; and to them were given seven trumpets.” The trumpets lay in conjunction with the seventh seal. What I mean by that is, all of this is getting ready to happen at the same time. If you believe the 11th chapter, which deals with the two prophets that have come on the scene, and the two prophets come on the scene at the time of the revelation of the man of sin, when he is revealed. These all happen in the same era of time. But here is another thing, they have not sounded yet, but they are on the scene. “And another angel came and stood at the altar, (This is when the seventh seal is opened, because look who it is for. The saints of God are still on the earth. It is how we read the scripture, that is what gives us the understanding of it. I am not trying to make something up, I am just trying to read the scripture and see how it pans out in this end time.) having a golden censer; and there was given unto him much incense, (much incense, I like that because there is something going to happen with this incense. This was a type of what happened in the Old Testament with the high priests, because of the smoke of the altar.) that he should offer it with the prayers of all saints upon the golden altar which was before the throne.” See? This is tying heaven and earth, the Bride is still here, but the incense is ascending to heaven. “And the smoke of the incense, which came with the prayers of the saints, (You are not going to be praying when you get to heaven, you are going to be in the presence of Him that you prayed to while on earth.) ascended up before God out of the angel’s hand. And the angel took the censer, and filled it with fire of the altar, and cast it into the earth: and there were voices, and thunderings, and lightenings, and an earthquake.” Something happened here as the Bride was praying, because her prayer is going up before God. She is in tune with her Creator. The 6th verse goes along with the 2nd verse, but it does not happen until all this has come about. “And the seven angels which had the seven trumpets prepared themselves to sound.” Now we know that four of these trumpets belonged to the two prophets, because it is what goes with the prophets message, as you read there, that fire comes out of their mouth and devours their enemy. They are not spitting fire, but it is judgment spoken, that comes out of their mouth. This is all intertwined at the same time. Now we go from there to the 10th chapter. “And I saw another mighty angel come down from heaven, clothed with a cloud: and a rainbow was upon his head, (The scroll is now open in His hand, His right hand, as He is swearing to heaven, that time should no longer delay. In other words, there is not going to be any more lull in what God is doing, like you may think there is right now. Because the things that happen from here, is going to be evident daily of what God is doing after the seal is opened. He is standing here with one foot, His right foot upon the sea, and His left foot on the earth.) and His face was as it were the sun, and His feet as pillars of fire: And He had in His hand a little book open: (See? The 8th chapter, when He had opened the seventh seal, here He stands with it open. That is during that half hour of silence, this whole chapter 10, is during that half hour of silence, except for the 7th verse. We are going to know, from there on, we are going to know what to do. When this angel, with this censer in His hand and all that happens here on earth, when this fire is cast down to earth, there is going to be happenings from there on, with the saints of God.) and He set His right foot upon the sea, and His left foot on the earth, And cried with a loud voice, as when a lion roareth: and when He hd cried, seven thunders uttered their voices.” The seventh seal is now open and then the voices of the seven thunders sound after it is opened. All the attention of heaven is given to earth, that is the reason there is silence in heaven. Also, He made this cry, there is a shout, there is a cry. When He does this, then seven thunders utter their voices. There is something in the cry, in the shout there. He cried with a loud voice. The seal is opened, in the 8th chapter, there is nobody else to be saved, that ends all redemption to the Gentile people. We know there are Jews that are going to come in after that. The 144,000 is going to be sealed with the Father’s seal upon their foreheads, which is with the Holy Ghost. That is because they have a message for this earth. The woman of Revelation 12, is going to be told where to go. That is all in the message of the two prophets. We read about the curses that happen, with the two prophets, but there is also a message that you hear not very much about. The message of the two prophets is telling them to get ready and it will instruct them where to go. He cried with a loud voice, as when a lion roareth, that is a mighty cry. It is going to be heard. Somebody is going to get something out of it. It is not just saying, Hey! It is a message. There are seven men called thunders, they will utter their voices. They spoke, or will speak with authority. John, why does it talk about him when he eats the little book, or the scroll? There are two messages in his mouth when he takes this. One of them is sweet as honey, the other makes his belly bitter. The sweetness has to be for the Bride of Christ, and the bitter has got to be for this wicked world. I don’t know who these thunders are, but God is going to give them authority to where they are going to speak to kings. I will say this, it is going to take the scene of the television. I am not talking about trinity broadcast. They will never see it, they will still be sitting there saying that they are broadcasting the coming of the Lord, because they have a channel in Israel on the Mt. Of Olives, so they can witness His coming. Let them go ahead. I want to be gone. That can be blown to smithereens. Man is so silly in what he is thinking, about what is going to happen. “And when the seven thunders had uttered their voices, I was about to write: and I heard a voice from heaven saying unto me, Seal up those things which the seven thunders uttered, and write them not.” John heard the messages, but he was told, write them not. It was erased from his mind. God knew that something that important, that man could not keep quite about it. Jesus healed a man of leprosy, and told him, don’t tell anyone. He was healed and he told everyone. If you want to keep anything quiet, keep it to yourself. Especially anything that is exciting, because all who hear it will want to tell it. This had to excite John because he was seeing the end of this thing. He is sitting, as the old saying goes, he is sitting on the balcony of heaven, looking over the situation. (That is a figure of speech.) God gave him a bird’s eye view of everything. He said, as He spoke to Daniel, these things will not be understood until the end. What Daniel did not understand then, we understand now, but we still do not have it all. “And the angel which I saw stand upon the sea and upon the earth lifted up His hand to heaven, And sware by Him that liveth for ever and ever, who created heaven, and the things that therein are, and the earth, and the things that therein are, and the sea, and the things which are therein, that there should be time no longer: (delay no longer) But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, when he shall begin to sound, (When did he begin to sound? In 1963, that is when the message started, the seals being opened.) the mystery of God should be finished, as he hath declared to his servants the prophets.” That is concerning the Gentiles. 1963 the message was rejected by the denominational world, because they could not understand it. Look where they went from there. Look at all these great tent ministries and everything. They went from there to television, then to their dancing and programs. If you turn to television today, they are dancing like everything, long hair dangling, looking like something that came from the prehistoric world. I have to believe their daddy really did, Cain, the son of the serpent. I remember Bro. William Branham saying, the scientists are looking for the link. He said the serpent is the link that goes to the prehistoric man. And his offspring lives today. There is something here that keeps echoing, echoing, and echoing and that is the voice. The 7th verse mentions it, in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, which that voice still goes, because that eagle still flies. “And the voice which I heard from heaven spake unto me again, and said, Go and take the little book which is open in the hand of the angel which standeth upon the sea and upon the earth. And I went unto the angel, and said unto him, Give me the little book. And he said unto me, Take it, and eat it up; and it shall make thy belly bitter, but it shall be in thy mouth sweet as honey.” That is what I was talking about awhile ago. There has to be two different reactions with John, because of the sweetness and because of the bitterness. We read that in Ezekiel last week, how that when he ate, it made his belly bitter, but he was talking about all the things that were going on, the happenings and all, the violence. There has to be a sweetness to that message because you are preparing to leave and this is in that half hour of silence. This all takes place in that half hour of silence, because when the half hour of silence in heaven comes to an end, when it is gone, then the Bride is gone also. Some may say, Well, I thought when that seal was opened we would be gone to heaven. In that case, what are you going to do with the voices of the thunders? That half hour of silence in heaven has got to be a space of time on earth. There is no devil going to stand before a saint of God and accuse them in that time. The Church of the living God has never had the authority that she will have then. Never. What about the book of Acts? This is the finishing up of the book of Acts. Before you are able to call, He will know your needs. There is your revival. There is where your sickness leaves. There is where the demons are cast out. Who can stand before the God of heaven? Who can stand before the Bride of Christ when she has her little vial of oil? That is where Bro. Jackson said, you may not feel anything now, but you will. Those old doubts and fears, things that creep up on people now, God is the great forgiver. I read on the day of Pentecost how when Peter preached his message, they were cut to their hearts. Men and brethren, what must we do? He said, repent and be baptized every one of you and you shall receive the gift of the Holy Ghost. That is what I say to anyone who hears me today, if you have not already done so. Continued next issue

 

2014-01-We-Shall-Crown-Him-Part-5

We Shall Crown Him?, Part 4 – 2013, November


Introduction

CONTINUING ON FROM OCTOBER, That 47th verse, of Luke 24, says, and that repentance and remission of sins, not sin, sins. That is the things that you have committed in your human body. It may be in your mind, it may be things you have done in your body. Baptism is the important thing, in order for you to be connected unto the Lord Jesus Christ. He is the Bridegroom. When you are baptized in His name, and then receive the Holy Ghost, you then become a part of the Bride of Jesus Christ as you produce fruit of the Spirit. Repentance and remission of sins is your first step is salvation. Remember, the blood of Jesus Christ took care of your sin of unbelief when you believed from your heart, that is the inherited sin you were born with. You did not commit sins when you were three months old, but you were born with inherited sin. That is what the blood of Jesus takes care of. The sins, (plural) are the wrong things you do and allow in your life. Those are the sins that are remitted in baptism when you truly repent and get baptized in the name of Jesus Christ. God begins to convict you of those sins; then you become responsible for them. Therefore Peter’s message was, Acts 2:38, “Repent, and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins, and ye shall receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.” Luke expressed it this way in the 24th chapter, verses 46 and 47, as he was preaching about Jesus, “that repentance and remission of sins should be preached in His name among all nations, beginning at Jerusalem.” That is why the people asked in Acts 2:37, men and brethren, what must we do. Then that is when Peter rose up with the message to unlock the door. That is why he was given the keys, that he might unlock something pertaining to salvation. If somebody hands you the keys to something, then there is somewhere that has a lock on it, and when you place that key in that lock the tumblers move, you know you have the right key. When Peter placed that key in the door, it says that three thousand souls were added. What? Does the Bible come to a certain place, then becomes a liar? You know it does not. You know Paul said, that whatsoever you do in word or deed, do in the name of Jesus Christ for the glory of God the Father. Because it was Jesus who gave His blood, who gave His life for our salvation. They did not take His life from Him, He willingly gave His life. All they did was beat Him and put the nails in His hands. At any time He could have escaped, even when He was already on the cross, He said I could call more than twelve legions of angels, seventy two hundred angels that He could have called. But then salvation could never have been competed. You would not be here this morning because salvation was not offered to the Gentiles before Jesus died and rose again, because the message right here in Luke, was, go into all the world and preach the gospel, beginning at Jerusalem. If he made a mistake here, then he made a mistake in Acts by saying that. We had better be glad he said what he did. The 8th verse of the 1st chapter of Acts, says, “But ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto me (Jesus) both in Jerusalem, (This is the starting point, this is what Luke said.) and in all Judaea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth.” So that included us in this day and hour we live in. We see the finished work of it all, we cannot deny what we have, we cannot deny what He has shown us. If we deny what He has shown us, then we have disobeyed the scripture, and we have come very close to blasphemy. Jesus said if you speak against me it will be forgiven, but if you speak against the Holy Ghost it will never be forgiven. That is not only what you would see that somebody was healed, but that is against the Word of God, what people would hear and say of others, that is just a bunch of foolish people, whenever you know it has been by the Spirit of God that he has shown you these things. So what the Spirit of God is, we know it is the Holy Ghost, the same Spirit that abode in Jesus, now dwells in us. You do not see Him, so that is why His Spirit is referred to as a ghost, but you know when He in abiding in you. Everyone who receives that Spirit knows it, because His Spirit bears witness with our spirit that we are sons and daughters of God. If there was not some witness to it, we would be like this Muslim world out here. Jesus said, love your neighbor, love and curse not, but in the Koran there is no word about love in it, it is not there because it was not founded on love. It was all built on hate. They can blow themselves up, and blow you up if they get the chance. They think they are going to go to heaven, and the men think they are going to live with seventy two virgins. That is a lie of the devil. Jesus said, love one another, then you fulfill the law after you have loved God. Let me now get back to my subject. What was my subject? It was a question, are we going to crown Him. I have heard we were, heard that all my life. But I looked for it in the scriptures and could not find any such statement. That is what tradition tells you. Tradition is not Bible. Tradition is man’s ideas. What kind of crown are we going to use to put on that worthy head? If the church world today was going to crown Him, they would put some kind of golden crown on Him, with a lot of rubies, diamonds, a lot of jewels and stuff of that nature. They would put a lot on there, then they would stack them up and just keep going. Well what kind of crown are we going to wear? The best place to find out is in the Word of God. Let us go to 1st Corinthians, the 9th chapter, verse 24. “Know ye not that they which run in a race run all, (That is just like that marathon up there in Boston. There were some of those people that knew they were not going to win it when they started. But the top runners, every one of them thought they had a chance to win it. Let us take the top ten, they all figured they had a chance to be the winner, but all of them cannot win.) but one receiveth the prize? So run, that ye may obtain.” There are people that have already given up on this, they gave up early, because they did not believe they have a chance. There is one thing that gives you that chance, and that is the Holy Ghost, when you totally submit to that Word. Then you begin to see yourself shrinking, you begin to see yourself smaller and smaller and smaller, and He becomes larger and larger and larger. He is the only thing larger than life, I do not care what they say. Everybody is always saying, this is larger than life. But He is the only thing that is larger than life. “And every man that striveth for the mastery is temperate in all things. Now they do it to obtain a corruptible crown; (What is a corruptible crown? It is something that man places on your head. That is a corruptible crown. If I should come and place something on your head, then it would be corruptible. It would not last, even gold tarnishes. A lot of these places, when you go to buy a ring or something like that, they will give you something to give that a bath every once in awhile, because it is not going to look new unless you do something about it. That is because it is corruptible.) but we an incorruptible.” Can you see the difference there? Well God can make that last. He will make it last but it is not something that you are going to be wearing around on your head all the time. Because the apostle brings in many things that are a crown, and never something that is corruptible. “I therefore so run, not as uncertainly; so fight I, not as one that beateth the air.” These boxers stand and beat each others’ head’s in, that they may receive some kind of reward. On the other hand, the day we receive the Holy Ghost and we live that life, that is the only requirement there is for eternal life, receive the Holy Ghost and we live a dedicated life, giving Him first place. You cannot buy your way into eternal life, you can’t work your way into it. It is a free gift. Eternal life is a gif,t and it is not something that you receive today and your name is written in the book of life then, your name was already written in the book of life back in the beginning of creation, when God made this thing, because He saw that you would be obedient to His Word. He also saw that we would have to have to have a Redeemer. That is why it says in John the 1st chapter, In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God, and the Word was made flesh, because it was the thought of God expressed in flesh. God thought it all out at the beginning. Why did He not just make us perfect beings in the beginning? Why did Adam have to sin? Because he was given a choice. The angels were given a choice. That is why there is a judgment at the end of the Millennium, because the people in the Millennium are given a choice. You see where they go out upon the breadth of the earth by the leading of Satan that deceived them. They surround Jerusalem, the camp of the saints. The devil feels, that if he can get Jerusalem, then he has the war won. So he takes his army against it. Just like today, they make a red line, they walk over the red line, then there has to be another red line. But Israel has already done some things about it. You have to be like Teddy Roosevelt, say it and carry a big stick. But the thing about it is, don’t push Israel. “But I keep under my body, and bring it into subjection.” Paul talked about it once and said the Lord gave me a thorn in the flesh, lest I would become puffed up through so many revelations. God will find a way to make, or keep us humble. I will say this, maybe some people will not like it, but God will never raise up two ministries, one pulling one way and one pulling another way. Jesus said concerning Himself, and concerning Beelzebub, whenever they accused Him of casting out devils with devils, He said, if Satan be divided, his kingdom will not stand. Sure, they accused Him, you have a devil, or demon, just because He healed a man with a withered arm on the Sabbath day. Do you know why they said that? They were jealous, because it was not being done in what they were doing. There they go all those years, no miracle, no move of God, they were just church people. Let us not become just church people. I am looking for and I am hungering for the move of God in Faith Assembly, that will totally change things, regardless of how He determines to do it, let Him do it. All the gifts, the ministry is a gift, there are five it speaks of in Ephesians, and all five are gifts. Those five are not all the gifts there are, and that is not all the gifts that anyone will have, because in the congregation, God can work miracles. Some godly man or some godly woman can see the power of God work in their own live. God does not just speak in tongues. If you ever look at these broadcasts on television, the preacher will stand up there and say let’s pray in the spirit. What he is saying is, let us pray in tongues. Then you hear everybody start speaking in tongues, and you see a lot of them tattooed all over, women with tattoos all the way up their shoulders, with their arms uncovered. Some of them with big rings in their ears, look like some kind of trophy somebody has won. Now in the Old Testament, if you go past fifty years and you have not let go, that is the year of jubilee, if you are not let go, if you will not take your freedom then, you can go back to your farm, you can go back to your work and it is all yours if you are a Jew. But if you decide not to go back, they take an awl and put a hole through your ear. I see some of these young people with big holes in their ears, with a ring inside there. They work in restaurants waiting on people. They look nasty. Girls with these studs in their lips and their nose, in their eyebrows: I just have to say, You are ugly. You take something that God has given you of beauty, and you have made it ugly. I want to say that in this way, U-G-L-Y. The devil has transformed this one into a sick generation. As a certain sister told me the other night, it is getting to where you cannot even discriminate against robots. You might hurt that robot if you discriminate against it, you might hurt its feelings. America, how much lower can you go before judgment comes? This silly doctor up north, that aborted those babies: they had them in a refrigerator in alcohol, and they had their lunch in there with them. Nobody was standing out front protesting that. Oh, he is doing a good service. No, he is a murderer, taking some of those babies that were living after they had aborted them and snipped their spinal chords. There is a hell waiting for all such as that. Then the hell is cast into the lake of fire, where everyday from there on, as long as that lasts and as long as the skin holds onto your body, you will regret that. So many od these preachers want to preach a prosperity gospel, and that is all they know, when the world of just religion is going to hell. Some people say you don’t preach these things anymore. I have said it three or four times. I don’t mean to hurt animal lovers, but they put up a sadder story about a little animal, than they do about aborted babies. The people that get these animals: let these horses die in stables and the other animals that they are cruel to, you will pay for that. That is a part of God’s creation. But you are going to pay more for your murderous ideas, than you will for that. Wake up, family of God! I don’t mean this in a wrong way, but we all have work to do in our own lives. I am talking to number one right here first. I so want to see and I long to see God working in our midst. That is a part of His work, because the Bible says these signs shall follow them that believe; and I know that to be true. The only thing I have to do is shape up my life, and get my life in order. If I ever point my finger at you, I have a thumb pointing back at me. I am saying today, get ready, let’s get ourselves ready for what is to come, because there is going to be a shining number of saints leave this earth one day soon. Let us first get our attitude right. I see some of these young people, I know it is a struggle, I know it is a hard time for you, but make sure you live for God, and just let the world go by. I don’t need a lot of what this old world has to offer. I don’t need to keep up with fads that trap so many people. If I ever buy anything, I go to the sale rack first. I got a jacket a couple weeks ago at J.C. Penney’s, a $125.00 jacket, I got it for $24,99. It did not just look new: it was new, and I did not see another one on that rack that was at that price. I did not necessarily go in there looking for something like that, because I did not think I would find anything like that, but it was my size so I did not leave it on the rack aftere I saw it. If I get burned, it is going to be the government that does it, and they are trying to do that right now. I have no use for the IRS. I have paid Social Security ever since I was 65, and I am now 76. I was not supposed to be paying it, but they still want it. I was not the one that fixed out my taxes. I will do whatever I have to do, but I will not like a lot of it. We live in a cruel world, we live in an evil world. Here I am paying for people that bombed this nation, hundreds and thousands of dollars that they have gotten from the government, and the government wants more. They have always got their hand out, more, more, more. They can just get so much and when they have, one of these days they will be got. I will give Caesar what belongs to Caesar, but I will be like Peter, I will not like it. I will go to the Lord and say, what must I do? God is good, He has been good to me. As the song goes, He has been my doctor: He is still my doctor. He has been my lawyer, He still is. If somebody finds a good lawyer, you have found a miracle. Jesus said, woe unto you lawyers, woe unto you doctors. He was talking about the doctors and lawyers of the Law. But sometimes you are not going to get your answer anywhere else but from God. The woman that had suffered twelve years with this bloody condition, spent everything she had on the doctors, and that would be easy to do in the day and hour we are living in. I was getting some medical attention through the mail. They told me I would not have to pay anything for it: that my Medicare and my insurance would take care of it. I got a bill for $240.00, even after I made sure, by saying, Now you are not going to charge me for this? No, no, this is all taken care of. Then I got that bill. I let it go for maybe even six months. Then I thought, well I just as well pay them, so I did. Then I got another bill after that for $56.00, after I had paid the other. I did not pay it, because I had already paid them what they asked for. When they called me I said, you told me there would be no charge for this. I said, I am going to pay it, but do not ever send me anything else through the mail, I don’t want it. They did not. The only thing they sent me was another bill. Cheats and liars fill this nation today. Most of the people you talk to on the phone, you cannot understand. Sometimes I just hang up and say, I cannot understand you. I just simply cannot understand those talking to me from another country. Saints: we live in a cruel world. It is just as the sister testified this morning: sometimes we just have to wait for an answer from the Lord. How did I ever get off on this? This is not my subject, but let me say this, today, we are compassed on every side by somebody, or something that never gives up. The devil never gives up. I certainly do not want to live that last half of the week of Daniel, because, Revelation 12 says he comes down to earth because he is cast out of heaven. Has he ever been in heaven? Look in Job. Oh yes, he still presents himself with the angels of God, God gave him that opportunity, that he might work in the heavenlies around the earth. Remember, in the book of Daniel, when Daniel was praying, the angel heard him, Michael. For twenty one days he prayed and Michael came and introduced himself to him and said, you were heard the first day, but then I was battling the prince of Persia. He was not talking about a man, he was talking about these angels that war against your soul. They are out there. They are the ones that try to make you doubt, try to convince you that you do not have anything and if we do not keep our guard up, we are likely to compromise to the point where we do not prosper. I am not talking financial prospering: I am talking about prospering in taking on the stature of the Lord. We need to be climbing instead of being on a down hill slide. I hope this helps somebody. I have not just told you these things for my benefit. I cannot change what the government does, but one of these days it is going to be changed. Think about how shamed these people are going to be, even when God’s judgment comes against this world: it says they will hide from the face of Him. Hide in the rocks and mountains and all these other things, from the face of Him. Why His face? Because He is going to make them see what they look like. No, He will not wear a man made crown, but everybody will know that He is crowned. He sits there making intercession today. I wonder what that looks like. It is a place of glory. Revelation 5 talks about the lamb as it has been slain, a bloody lamb, but that is just a representative of who He is, the Lamb of God that takes away the sin of the world. When I say He takes away the sin of the world, That is referring to our sins, about mine and yours, the world is still filled with sin. But He can take out of us all the bitterness, all the things that would try to defeat us. How many love Him today? Did you hold up your hand? Do you love Him? I don’t ask these things very often. I am not a television preacher, trying to boost everybody up. I serve a God that will boost you to where you need to be. He is always present to help us when we call upon Him.

WE SHALL CROWN HIM?
5-5-13 PM

I did not get into very much of my subject this morning, as I went through the different other things. I had a question asked me this morning, and I want to go through that a little bit before I go on into something else.

ANSWERING QUESTIONS

Jesus never did ask too many people their names, but He did ask the demon possessed man, what is your name? I am sure he had another name, but he answered, my name is Legion, because we are many (devils). Before it was over with, the devil had met the one that had power over him. If we look at Him (the Lord) in the right way, He will conquer the things in our lives, things that we think so many times are such minute things, but they are things that keep us from God’s purpose, things He wants to do for us. It is good at times, just to admit to Him, that we have failures or something in our lives that we need to deal with. Because our life is to be given to Him, for Him to delegate the parts of our lives that are lacking, or that are weak. Because He has strength to uphold us in any hour of time. The question that was asked this morning was concerning the foolish virgins. I guess that could work into my message. In Matthew 25 He said, “Then shall the kingdom of heaven be likened unto ten virgins, which took their lamps, and went forth to meet the bridegroom. And five of them were wise, and five were foolish.” We know that is not the number that He was speaking about, but it was a number that was going to equalize the two groups. “They that were foolish took their lamps, and took no oil with them: But the wise took oil in their vessels with their lamps. While the bridegroom tarried, they all slumbered and slept.” To a point, that is, the message had not come to affect them. I remember when God called me out of the denominations in 1963. There was a reason for that. The foolish virgins, before that, were not affected, nor were the wise affected, because they were mixed up, enjoying the same experiences. You may look at it differently, but up until that time, there had not been a call made. Up until that time, you had the great multitude and you have the great multitude beyond that time. Some here and some there. The great multitude were different than foolish virgins. You see that difference in Revelation 7, because there were many in that number. I remember Bro. Jackson going over that in this way. He said if you become a Christian and six weeks later you were killed in an accident, or something happened to you that you died, six weeks later or whenever, you were not in the Bride because you had not had time to develop and bring forth any fruit of the Spirit. What he was talking about was the different attributes that are invested in a Christian life, that will bring forth fruit of the Spirit. The fruit of the Spirit is the fruit of the Holy Ghost. It is what God has produced for us to work into our every day life to glorify Him. As I read this, it says in the 4th verse, “But the wise took oil in their vessels with their lamps.” They did not only have a Holy Ghost experience, they had a life filled with the works of the Holy Ghost, which is God, the very Creator. I am not talking about being out here working in hospitals and things like that. It was what God was able to work through their lives, to bring forth, some thirty, some sixty and some a hundred fold. All of them were fruit bearers, but they did not all bring forth the same. As Jesus talks in the 13th chapter of Matthew, He talked about the good seed that it did bring forth. You can see that it took so length of time for seed to bring forth fruit. This is what made the wise what they were. They had vessels and they had oil (the Holy Ghost) in those vessels. We know, that at one time the foolish virgins had some measure of the Spirit also, because they said our lamps have gone out. Lamps go out when there is no more oil in them. Notice, “While the bridegroom taried, they all slumbered and slept. And at midnight there was a cry made, Behold, the bridegroom cometh; go ye out to meet him. Then all those virgins arose, and trimmed their lamps. And the foolish said unto the wise, Give us of your oil; for our lamps are gone out. But the wise answered, saying, Not so; lest there be not enough for us and you: but go ye rather to them that sell, and buy for yourselves.” In the seals as Bro. Jackson went over that, he quoted what Bro. William Branham had said about what is going on in the world now, the denominational world of 1962 and 1963, along in there, it began to happen that even many of the Catholics began to speak in tongues, it was a wonderment just what is going on. Nuns were speaking in tongues. Brother Branham was asked the question, what about that? He said, that is the foolish virgins going out seeking oil for their vessels (In other words, the Spirit of God in their lives.) The foolish virgin and the wise virgin were all seeking oil (the Spirit of God in their lives), but the message that came forth was the message to the wise virgins, and the foolish could not receive it. Those seals that were brought out, were to the wise virgins, that received them and rejoiced, but the foolish virgins left, because they could not understand the message and therefore wanted no part of it, because they were too concerned about their experience in speaking in tongues and manifestations of things their flesh enjoyed. They made their way into the denominational church world and all the different avenues of it. That is when the move began to start, in 1963, because that is when the cry was made. The cry was made in 1963 when those seals were preached. From then on, you have that part of the foolish virgins that would last on into the last half of the week of Daniel; and among both elements, there were those who only has a spirit of religion, and not really the Holy Ghost. When you go on into Revelation 14 and 15 and 19, you go into those verses of scriptures where they give their lives because of their faith in God. There were the foolish virgin type back at the time this cry was made, that have died off, but they were not of the great multitude. Do you see the difference between the great multitude and the foolish virgins? The great multitude was of true believers that had not lived long enough to produce fruit of the Spirit. The foolish virgins were the ones that went out to find oil. You have had both ever since that time. Some of them are older now, but some of them have already died off, but they were already foolish because they did not accept truth. They all had the same opportunity, but the foolish lived their life without truth, because their lives have been in the denominational world of religion, or we could say, in some move of something that they feel is satisfying to that longing down in their soul, even though they had some kind of an experience with God. This is not a case that the great multitude rejected the truth, but you have to say the foolish virgins did, because they just wanted a good feeling without living a sanctified, truth loving life. Let us read on, we will see. “Then all those virgins (They could not be called virgins, unless they had already had some kind of experience with God.) arose, and trimmed their lamps. And the foolish said unto the wise, Give us of your oil; for our lamps are gone out. But the wise answered, saying, Not so; lest there be not enough for us and you: but go ye rather to them that sell, and buy for yourselves.” That is a parable, that is when they heard truth, but they did not accept truth. “And while they went to buy, the bridegroom came; and they that were ready went in with him to the marriage: and the door was shut.” (The door of opportunity to receive a revelation was closed to them, because they separated themselves from truth.) “Afterward came also the other virgins, saying, Lord, Lord, open to us. But he answered and said, Verily I say unto you, I know you not.” That is like Adam knowing Eve, but this is knowing truth. They did not accept truth, and this statement, I know you not, means that they were not impregnated with the truth of God’s Word: it was not in them, I put it that way to make it as plain as possible. That is why He said, I know you not. He was not rejecting them entirely: He was rejecting them from ever being able to see what truth is, because there is a point of no return. They heard about serpent seed and said, I don’t want that. They heard about predestination and said, I don’t want that. They heard about all the other things of truth, and rejected them. The great multitude had not rejected truth, but there was something in them that just never let them progress to the point of being Bride people. I remember the illustration Bro. Jackson used. He talked about his own dad. He said before his dad died, he accepted the Lord, but he said he did not have time to produce fruit of the Spirit. Then he talked about Sis. Jackson’s dad. It is in the seals message, if you would desire to hear it and hear him say it. He was telling about his wife’s dad calling the family together. After he had talked to them awhile he said, I am going where your dad and Bro. William Branham are. He had never made that confession before. Bro. Jackson said he did not have time to produce fruit. So he said they would be in the great multitude. There is where you separate the two. Then in the message of Matthew 22 in the first verses, it talks about the different ones going out at different times of the day. Some go out the first hour, the third hour, and the ninth hour, then in the eleventh hour. Then you come down to the twelfth hour, which is not mentioned, but there had to be a twelfth hour because he said to every one of them, from the first hour to the eleventh hour, he paid them and said, give every one of them a penny. He agreed with the first one for a penny, and they agreed. But he come down to the eleventh hour and gave them a penny also. Then as the parable illustrates, the illustration is the good man of the house said, I agreed with you, you agreed with me that every one would receive a penny. So he said, I can do with it whatever I want. You are getting your wages, they are getting their wages, so he said the last shall be first, and the first shall be last. The first is those that come through time in the great multitude, which will be raised from the dead last. But the foolish virgins that went through the tribulation time will be raised first. Every one of them get the same reward, every one of them. But the foolish virgins that spent this last hour of time, will be raised first, because they will be the ones to judge who goes into the Millennium. Because He said there in Matthew concerning the sheep people, when He comes to the sheep people, He tells them what they have done. They said, we did not know we had done that. He said, you visited the sick, you visited the prisons where those foolish virgins were, you fed the hungry. This thing going on now, all these preachers saying that is talking about this hour, they go out and feed the hungry and everything and say that is it. It has nothing to do with feeding hungry now. It has to do with tribulation, the people, that were foolish virgins, and these sheep people have gone into the prisons and ministered to them, they have done it out of the goodness of their heart. They were good moral people, young people, and some were older. Why do you say that? It says at the end of the Millennium that the old man will live out his thousand years even though he is upon his staff. Age will not have anything to do with it. But the young people that are preserved, you can see now the way that these colleges and schools, going all the way back, they want your children now from four years old to start school. They just force unheard of laws upon society now. That is the reason that the foolish virgins are raised first. It is not that He thought more of them than the ones that had come through time, but they are raised so that they may judge who goes into the Millennium, by the way they treated the abused believers in that tribulation time. All of those natural people are separated and judged by the way they reacted to the needs of the foolish virgins that were willing to suffer and die at the hands of the antichrist forces rather than deny their faith in God. The same thing is brought before the sheep people and the goat people, but He says to the goat people on his left, depart from me into everlasting punishment. He did not make any exceptions: they were either sheep people or goat people. I hope this helps to answer the question for some people who did not understand before. Sometimes the answer is not just a few words. In the 25th chapter, 45th verse, “Then shall he answer them, saying, Verily I say unto you, Inasmuch as ye did it not to one of the least of these, ye did it not to me. And these shall go away into everlasting punishment: but the righteous into life eternal.” Can you see and understand the difference? Everlasting punishment, which is not an eternal word, it is related to a period of time. But then the others go into eternal life. He did not make a mistake when He said that.

CONTINUING ON WITH
THE MESSAGE

Now I want to go further into my subject. As I mentioned this morning, the 9th chapter of 1st Corinthians, which I did not get very far with it. It is talking about the ones that run, receive a corruptible crown, which is something that is put upon a man’s head when he has run and won a race. The writer goes ahead and turns it around and says, but we receive an incorruptible crown, which is not the same thing. What is the difference in a corruptible crown, if it is made by man, and an incorruptible crown, if it is made by man, what is the difference in them? It is a crown of life, that is what it is. Let us go to Philippians chapter 4, verse 1, where we will find the difference explained “Therefore, my brethren dearly beloved and longed for, my joy and crown, so stand fast in the Lord, my dearly beloved.” He said that those dearly beloved were his crown. They are added to his account. Is that a man made crown? Or is it something that he is rejoicing over because this is something that he feels he has done to help someone, and it is more or less a crown of glory to him? Let us go to Colossians 2, verse 18. “Let no man beguile you of your reward (Let no man deceive you about your reward.) in a voluntary humility and worshipping of angels, intruding into those things which he hath not seen, vainly puffed up by his fleshly mind, And not holding the Head, (which is Christ) from which all the body by joints and bands having nourishment ministered, and knit together, increaseth with the increase of God.” There, he is talking about the head and then the body, which all receive strength, one of another, by bands, by joints. Joints and bands, the little bands in your arms that hold your joints together. You are looking at flesh, you are not looking at what holds it together, or what makes it move. I move my arm automatically. They say a message goes to your brain to tell it to move, but I know nothing about that. The body of Christ is held together by bands. The Bible says we are His workmanship. We are His temple. We are the temple of the living God. Not holding the head, which all the body by joints and bands have nourishment ministered, and grow together with the increase of God. It is God working through each joint, through each band. The body has a little member up here that is working all the time. The scientists call it gray matter, but there is something in there that causes the gray matter to work. There must be something in our spirit that is telling us that we are sons and daughters of God, knit together. We are a part of each other. The Bible tells us we are not our own, and that we are bought with a price. So that makes each one as important as the other. God does not look at thirty, sixty, or hundred fold and say, I like this one, I don’t like that one. One of them may be weak, but actually that weak member gets strength from that strong member. These people that have their names on church books somewhere, that is man made: it has nothing to do with a true experience with God, because it says we are members one of another. We are members of His body, we are bone of His bone, Ephesians 5. That is why he brings that in, there in Ephesians 5, as a woman and man being married together, because Paul said so at the end of that message. He said let a man love his wife, as Christ loves the Church. He went ahead to say these things, I say concerning Christ and the Church. “Wherefore if ye be dead with Christ from the rudiments of the world, as though living in the world, are you subject to ordinances.” I want to go to 1st Thessalonians chapter 2, verse 18, and read this, “Wherefore we would have come unto you, even I Paul, once and again; but Satan hindered us. For what is our hope, or joy, or crown of rejoicing? (Now he is putting the crown to be a crown of rejoicing.) Are not even ye in the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ at His coming?” You are a crown of rejoicing at the coming of the Lord Jesus Christ. “For ye are our glory and joy.” Paul rejoiced in seeing saints of God increase in faith, because he felt like this was a part of him. In one place he said, I have begotten you again into this hope. In other words, he had gone to people and they had struggled and kind of got lax as they did there in Revelation in the first age. We find out right there, that they had lost their first love. Jesus Christ Himself said to them, you have lost your first love, so go find out where you lost it. It is up to us, if we lose something, to go find it. The hard thing is, is when we find it, to admit we were wrong. God will show you when you are wrong. I used to hear this all the time, “I will just let my conscience be my guide.” Your conscience will not guide you: your conscience will tell you when you are wrong, like, I should not have said that, I should not have done that, I have hurt somebody, and that was wrong. That is what your conscience does. What is Paul doing here? He is trying to build up faith and love in the people. You are my crown or my hope and joy, or you are my glory and joy. He was looking for a reward in the people he served. That is why in, in one place he said, I have shed many tears. It is easier to sit in the pews or to sit in a chair back there and let somebody else do all the right things. I remember when Bro. Jackson was living, Bro. Bud and I preached every other Thursday night. Many times our discussion was, whose is going to be next, wanting to put it off on the other one. Bro. Jackson said one time when we were on a hay ride, (he was sitting on the wagon and I was sitting close to him) living a life is kind of like a hay ride, you just ride along relaxed, all at once it hits a bump, then it can jar you off, or you have to hold on, one or the other. That is the way it is. About eight and a half years ago, our wagon hit a bump. We had a course that we had to hold steady on. I had two preachers come to me wanting to tell me what they wanted to do. I am glad I did not listen to them, because two of them were the ones that stood here and preached, and then left. I did not even consider listening to them. The first of the convention, one met me right back here and said, I would like to counsel with the preachers. You could not even understand him when he preached, because he never did carry out a subject, nor a sentence. You did not know where he was going to go with it. (You ought to know who you are, if you are listening), because your own people have told you that. People will quote what is supposed to be scripture all their life, but when you look it up, it is not in the Bible. Many times we get in the groove to follow. That is why my question up here is on this, we shall crown Him, question. 2nd Timothy 4, let me start in verse 6. “For I am now ready to be offered, (He is talking about his time being about up. He is not talking about going over and telling Nero to take his head, he is talking about Nero was going to take it, by this time the sentence has already been passed and he had already heard. Also, he had already determined within himself, for me to die is gain, but it is better that I live for your sakes. It is better that I die and be with the Lord, he said. See, he does not really die, you give up the ghost and the (the spirit) spirit goes back to God that gave your life. If you have lived the life that the scripture says, you go into paradise, which now, not in the heart of the earth, but it is in heaven.) and the time of my departing is at hand.” He is writing his last letter. This is the last time that you are going to hear from the apostle Paul. But his last letter is not with grief and with anguish. You read in the first part of that 4th chapter, the instructions he gave to Timothy. He said they will heap to themselves teachers, having itching ears. They will heap them like cordwood, just to hear something that pleases them. “I have fought a good fight, I have finished my course, (Listen to each one of these statements, it is positive. I have fought a good fight. I knew that he did. I have finished my course, he has run his race. He is no longer telling Timothy, take to yourself the whole armor of God, he has already instructed him in that. He is telling what his reward is now.) I have kept the faith.” What faith was he talking about? The same faith that he was talking about in Hebrews chapter 11, because in each one of those he said, by faith. He said faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen. “Henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness, (A crown of righteousness. Did he say there is laid up a crown of gold to put on my head? A crown of righteousness for a white robed saint.) which the Lord, the righteous judge, shall give me at that day: (At that day, what day is he talking about? The day of the resurrection, for Paul, when this body is joined with our spirit being, which the spirit being is already gone, gone into heaven. Paul’s body is laying somewhere, no doubt in Rome, already decayed, gone back to dust. But when it is raised, it will be a glorious body, like unto His, talking of Christ.) and not to me only, but unto all them also that love His appearing.” What do you mean? Oh, I want the Lord to come. But that is words, the thing that he is speaking about here, is love His appearing, longing for His appearing, desiring His appearing. Paul was positive about this, because he had already said, there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness, which the Lord, the righteous judge, shall give me at His appearing, and not to me only, but unto all those that love His appearing. During the day, no matter how hard you have had to work, no matter how much strain there is, it never leaves your mind. I do not know what my mind is doing when I am sleeping, but I know, when I am awake, and He never leaves my mind. Troubles come, but He is still there. That longing, that He is coming, and not only that He is coming, but He is coming for us, you, you, you and me. Don’t be discouraged. We may think we have a lot of accidents in this life, but God’s people do no’t have accidents. They have mishaps, because the angel of the Lord is right there with you, even in death or in life. How would you like to have a sentence passed upon you like Paul did. Would you have that kind of joy? Or would I? Because he said it would be better for me to die and be with the Lord than to live, but for you, it is better that I live. This life, sometimes, can become a drudge or a drag on the old body and mind, but when you look at it the right way, it is just shaping us up for His appearing. When you do not have grudges, and you do not hate your enemies, like I remember Bro. Jackson saying, that if somebody was broke down on the road, that had done evil against me, or had turned away from me, I would still stop to help them, but I would not go to have supper with them. There is a difference in a feeling for someone that is in trouble, than there is being in fellowship with them. We have brothers and sisters that are in circumstances they cannot help, but God has helped each of you to live out the beginning of that circumstance, and to make it to be better, because you have made up your mind that nothing is going to change you from the assurance you have in the love of God. Nothing and nobody is going to change my mind, because my hope is in the Lord Jesus Christ and what He has done for me. Paul talks about a crown, a crown of righteousness, a crown of hope. It is all joy when you look at it the right way, joy is your crown, that is your hope. Let us go to the book of James, chapter 1, verse 9. “Let the brother of low degree rejoice in that he is exalted: But the rich, in that he is made low: because as the flower of the grass he shall pass away. For the sun is no sooner risen with a burning heat, but it withereth the grass, and the flower thereof falleth, and the grace of the fashion of it perisheth: so also shall the rich man fade away in his ways. Blessed is the man that endureth temptation: for when he is tried, he shall receive the crown of life, (he shall receive a crown of life, when he is tried. See? I have read, crown of joy, crown of righteousness, crown of life.) which the Lord hath promised to them that love Him.” I would rather have that crown than something somebody can set upon my head. Just wait, when the Bride is raptured, they are all going to be recognizable for what they are. Jesus put His Bride right up there with Him. God put the Bride right up with Him in a lower category. I do not have it written down, but this is the last place I will go for now, to Romans 8, verse 14. “For as many as are led by the Spirit of God, they are the sons (and daughters) of God. For ye have not received the spirit of bondage again to fear; but ye have received the Spirit of adoption, whereby we cry, Abba, Father. The Spirit itself beareth witness with our spirit, that we are the children of God: and if children, then heirs; heirs of God, and (joint-heirs with Christ;) if so be that we suffer with Him, that we may be also glorified together.” What an elevation, what a privilege, that God thinks so much of us that when He created the heavens and the earth, before He ever created them, Jesus was the Lamb of God in His thought, to take away the sins of the world, and that was for you and me, the sins, He (Jesus) had no sin. For what purpose? That we might be heirs of God and joint heirs with Christ, because He is putting us up on a scale to reign with Him. He will be King and we will reign with Him. The reality is, we will be the Bride and He will be the Groom. You cannot be closer than that. When Adam was created, he was lonely, there all alone. God said, I will make him an help mate. He made all the animals, but Adam was still lonely, so God makes him the help mate that He wants him to have. He made a female help mate for him, and Adam called her Woman. When he sees her the first time, he said, she is now bone of my bone, flesh of my flesh. She shall be called Woman. In the 5th chapter of the book of Ephesians, the statement is repeated, but it is Christ and the Bride. That makes me happy, to think that the great God of heaven thought so much of us that He would give His Son on that old cross, that we might be able to rule and reign with Him, because when He died and rose again from the dead, and went into heaven to make intercession, that blood He shed, is what made us pure. That old Adamic sin was gone. When we were baptized in water we took upon us His name. That is why we are called the bride of Christ. As I was talking about it this morning, we took upon us His name, that we might be a part of His family. As far as God was concerned, we became Bride people. You are Bride people. Now we are the sons and daughters of God by a new birth

.
WE SHALL CROWN HIM?

5-12-13

I am going back to my main subject now; and I don’t know how long it will keep going, whether it is another week or what. When I began this, it was because of questions I had received. What I was on this morning was also because of other questions that had not been answered, so if there are still more questions on anything, let me know, so I can do my best to answer them in a scriptural manner, not just what I think. The only acceptable answer to anything has to be scriptural and by a revelation of that scripture. As I was reading this morning, from the 25th chapter of Matthew, that which has somewhat to do with the subject I am on, when it was talking about the saints there, where He will come back with His angels. If you go back to 1st Thessalonians 3:13, you will find that He comes back with His saints. As we look into the scripture, we find when the question was asked by the Sadduccees, (which did not believe in the resurrection, nor did they believe in spirits, but they asked the question testing Jesus, concerning the woman that had lost seven husbands. The question was asked by them, which one will she belong to in the resurrection? Matthew 22:29-30 “Jesus answered and said unto them, Ye do err, not knowing the scriptures, nor the power of God. For in the resurrection they neither marry, nor are given in marriage, but are as the angels of God in heaven.” Now don’t get that mixed up, because there will still be your identity, your identity will be what it is, but He is talking about the angelic beings, that there is not that desire for the human flesh. But then the Bible says you will know even as you are known, but the desire of the flesh will be gone, and you will be as the angels of of God in heaven. These preachers that want to say that the angels in the 6th chapter of Genesis, where it talks about the sons of God looked upon the daughters of men, the denominational world, the ones that talk about prophecy, will talk about the angels being pressed into human flesh, to have relations with the daughters of men, which if that were true, that would make angels creators, which we know they are not. That will never happen. As you go back into the lineage of Jesus, in the book of Luke, you will see that each one is passed back all the way back to Adam, which is the son of God. So the Bible mentions us as being sons and daughters of God. We see here the scripture is not confusing, but man confuses it. The ministry that God has raised up for this hour is to straighten these things out. That is what it says in the 4th chapter of Ephesians, For the perfecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry, for the edifying of the body of Christ: until we all come into the unity of the faith and into the knowledge of the Son of God. We see here, a contrast to what the prophecy preachers and all the denominational church world believe in this hour of time. Remember, it is as it says in the 28th chapter of Isaiah, line upon line, and repeats it, line upon line, here a little and there a little. Then he repeats it again, line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little and there a little. This is the way the scripture is written for us, not to be able to figure out theologically, but to have a revelation from the Holy Spirit of what He really means in His word. In this hour, the revelation will be brought out by the ministry that God has chosen. We will leave it at that, because that is how God ordained it to be. As I mentioned the 25th chapter of Matthew, as the Son of man sits upon the throne of His kingdom, and all the holy angels with Him, we know that angels can be a part of His judgment, but we know the saints of God are going to be as angels. So we see here that there is no contradiction in scriptures, it is all in natural man’s mind, where the contradiction comes from. We have scriptures that we have not yet gotten into, that I want to look at tonight. As we are talking about the crown, preachers will still quote that supposed-to-be scripture, the saints shall crown Him. What are we going to crown Him with? Is it a crown of gold? Is it going to have all kinds of rubies and diamonds, things of that nature? You will see what your crown is, then compare it to His. As we go into Paul’s writings, so I want to go to 1st Thessalonians, the 2nd chapter. Let us start with the 18th verse. “Wherefore we would have come unto you, even I Paul, once and again; but Satan hindered us.” Now this is kind of the beginning of the church age. The reason we talk about the church ages, is because this applies to and is concerning the Gentiles. Because you read that the first one was the Ephesians, at Ephesus, where Paul broke away from the Jewish people. He did go into synagogues and things of that nature after that, but he told the Jews that were following him, that were causing so many problems, he said, behold you have turned away from God, therefore I go to the Gentiles. Not in those words, but to paraphrase it. So this was the beginning of the ministry to the Gentiles, in the Ephesians church age, the Ephesian church where the apostle Paul really started his ministry to the Gentiles. He always had problems with the Jews, because they always pointed back to his past, especially at Jerusalem. They wanted nothing to do with him, because of his persecution of the believers in Jesus. Then when he was converted on the Damascus road, they had doubts about him. He never got to tell his story, the story of what happened to him. We read about him in Galatians, the only ones he would present himself to was to Peter and James, whom he referred to as the Lord’s brother. Then fourteen years later, he went back to Jerusalem. He had to leave. You brought a Gentile in here they said, there was always somebody hounding him on his journey as he traveled from place to place. He said, since you reject this gospel, I therefore I turn to the Gentiles, after this had gone on so long. So here he is talking, wherefore we would have come unto you, even I Paul, once and again, but Satan hindered me. He is actually saying that he would have come to them twice, once and again, but Satan hindered him. “For what is our hope, or joy, or crown of rejoicing? (In every scripture, he will mention a crown, but it pertains to something else other than placing something on your head.) Are not even ye in the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ at His coming? That is his crown of rejoicing, that those Gentiles that have turned to the Lord, and in the time of the Lord’s coming, that is going to add to his reward. “For ye are our glory and joy.” This is all talking about the crown that he will receive at Christ’s coming. As we look at this and as we look at the crown we will receive, it is a crown of life. Let us go to another scripture now, 2nd Timothy, 4th chapter, 1st verse. Here he is laying a charge to Timothy, “I charge thee therefore before God, and the Lord Jesus Christ, who shall judge the quick and the dead at His appearing and His kingdom; (He is laying this charge on him, and he is talking about Christ’s appearing and His kingdom, so our works follow us more than what our life is, more than what our life span is.) Preach the word; (This is part of the Word, preach the Word.) be instant in season, out of season.” Jesus tells us when we are brought before a court for something, he says, do not depend on your own intellect for the answer, because the Holy Ghost will give you the answer at the time that you are standing before that judge. We do not have all the answers. If I stood before a judge today I would not have all the answers, but I am sure that God would give me something to say at that time. It would not be necessarily what a lawyer would tell you to say. If you ever had a lawyer, then you would see that he would tell you never to plead guilty because when you do, the case is over. Some of the dirty stuff that goes on in the courts any more, lawyers take cases they know is wrong, but they will defend them to the last minute, knowing that they are wrong. The Holy Ghost will never direct you wrong, but he can give you an answer that would astound the judge, or a lawyer, or whoever else is prosecuting the case. I did not say that anyone should never get a lawyer, I did not say that, because there are times that you have to. But the thing about it is, what Paul says in the scripture concerning one another, that we should go before the Church. If you go before the Church, and you have a ministry that is doing what they know to do, to be right, then they are going to give you the right answer. “For the time will come when they will not endure sound doctrine; but after their own lusts shall they heap to themselves teachers, having itching ears; and they shall turn away their ears from the truth, and shall be turned unto fables.” Fables are manufactured things given instead of a true answer. When a man runs his revelation out, then he has to manufacture something. That has happened much in this day and hour we are living in, used as if it were truly scripture, but it will not hold up in God’s court, because there is a reckoning day coming. I am glad for what Paul had to say in 2nd Thessalonians, as he talks about the day of the Lord, when it will come. I could go back to the 5th chapter of 1st Thessalonians. We can see there, a pattern of how God is going to work His will in the hour in which we live. There has never been an hour like this one. We have never been this close to the coming of the Lord. Do not think that it is still years and years off, because there are too many things going on right now, that are pointing to that time. “But watch thou in all things, endure afflictions, do the work of an evangelist, make full proof of thy ministry. For I am now ready to be offered, and the time of my departure is at hand. I have fought a good fight, I have finished my course, I have kept the faith.” (Now listen to this verse.) Henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness, (Just like the robe is, there in the 19th chapter of Revelation. That white robe, that linen robe, that the Bride will wear, when we look at it, it is a robe of righteousness. I am not saying that people will not wear a white robe, I am not saying that at all: I am just pointing to the fact that much of this is spiritual language, that you cannot apply literal things to. Many years ago, after the death of Bro. William Branham, I had an experience, actually in a dream. The dream is too long to tell, but I had gone to Bro. William Branham’s house to wait on him, to be able to speak with him. He had already passed off the scene at that time. When he finally came to the door and opened it, I was standing there waiting, and he was dressed in white. He had a black belt on, but the rest of his clothes were white. He said to me: I heard when you first knocked, but so and so hindered me from answering the door, and I knew who they were. Well anyhow, the apostle said, Henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness…) which the Lord, the righteous judge, shall give me at that day: (Notice who gives it to him. Which the Lord will give me at that day, so I ask you, is He placing a crown of some kind on his head? No, it is a crown of righteousness. That would be the best crown you could ever experience, not some man made crown that somebody had placed on your head.) and not to me only, (Not for me only, but for who?) but unto all them also that love His appearing.” Pay close attention to this, because I want you to imagine seeing the Lord going around placing gold crowns on everybody’s head. It is mentioned as a crown because it is life, because we read here about the crown of life. On the picture we have back here, representing the bride of Christ, you see all the little things all around here, they represent people, that is what makes up the Bride, it is people, men and women, which receive a lesser reward than what He receives. The crown of life is the same that He receives, but lesser because of his part in all of this. Jesus is the Bridegroom. As for the Bride, the reason she is Bride, she has taken on His name in water baptism. When Peter preached that day at Pentecost, after they had received the Holy Ghost, they came to him and asked him and the rest of the apostles, men and brethren, what shall we do? That is not a question of what can I do, no, it is what must I do? He said, repent. Not long ago I heard a person quoting Acts 2:38 and he quoted down to that part, that men repent, because if he had read the rest of it and had something about it, then the church would have ousted him, and the truth is, men love the praises of men more than they do of God. Do you think I could preach this in the Methodist church? I knew I could not, because it had already caused me trouble, caused me to have to move from one place. Then the last place I was sent to, in Bowling Green, Kentucky, I told the people, there were five people that wanted to be baptized and I baptized them in a pond. I said, I will not baptize you in the name of the Father, Son, and Holy Ghost. I said, I will only baptize you in the name of Jesus Christ. They said O.K. I do not know whatever happened to them, they might have just gone on their jolly way as though it was alright, the same as Father, Son, and Holy Ghost. I sure was not going to be guilty of doing something against my conscience. When they asked Martin Luther to recant, he said it would not be good on my conscience to recant. Let us go back to 1nd Thessalonians, 5th chapter, starting with verse 1. “But of the times and the seasons, brethren, ye have no need that I write unto you. For yourselves know perfectly that the day of the Lord so cometh as a thief in the night.” He is saying a mouthful when he is talking about this. He did not stop there. “For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape.” Let me read that verse again before I get to the next one, for when they shall say peace and safety, then sudden destruction cometh upon them as travail upon a woman with child, and they shall not escape. “But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief. Ye are all the children of light, and the children of the day: we are not of the night, nor of darkness. Therefore let us not sleep, as do others; but let us watch and be sober.” What is he saying? That day is not going to overtake you as a thief. It is building up to something, and when we come to the time which could be very soon, the time when Israel will get their land back, we had better be watching and waiting. Now would be a good time to begin. “For they that sleep sleep in the night; and they that be drunken are drunken in the night. But let us, who are of the day, be sober, (He is not talking about drunkenness, like on alcohol: he is saying we had better be sober minded.) putting on the breastplate of faith and love; (This is where we protect our righteousness, our heart will talk to us. My heart talked to me when I was under conviction. It pounded, sounding like a hammer in my ears. Do any of you remember anything like that? That was God speaking to your heart, because, in the heart are the issues of life. As God deals with our inner being, it sends a message to our head to make a decision. That is not the only time. If we let God speak to us, He will send us a clear message of what is right and what is wrong, how far to go and how far not to go. Let us, who are of the day, be sober (minded), putting on the breastplate of faith and love…) and for an helmet, the hope of salvation.” He us clearing this thing from here, on up. If He can ever get it cleared, and I am talking about Him speaking to us and convicting us, telling us what is right and what is wrong, it will go from here up, it will control the rest of the body. Listen to this. What is he talking about? He is talking about the end time right here. That is his message as he starts this. In the 9th verse he says, “For God hath not appointed us to wrath, (What is wrath? In this case, it is tribulation. We are not going through the tribulation, and we are not going to judgment. In the 11th chapter of the book of 1st Corinthians, he tells us there, that if we would judge ourselves, we should not be judged. But when the Lord judges us, then we are punished, that we might get things right. God knew at the very beginning, that there would be failures in us, but we are to overcome. That is when you take communion, there are a lot of people that never would take communion because they didn’t feel like they were living good enough to take communion. But then He tells you to confess your faults, and to take it. God is a loving God. He is a forgiving God. But He expects us to live right. In 1st John He says we have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous, who is the propitiation for our sins and not for ours only but for the sins of the whole world, the whole Christian world. He has not appointed us to wrath, (WHICH IS) the tribulation. Isaiah 26 says so, said that He hides us until the wrath is past.) but to obtain salvation by our Lord Jesus Christ.” Salvation is a big word, but salvation is deliverance. Don’t make these words stand out so far in front of you that you never get the victory. Oh, God is too righteous for me to come to Him, He would never forgive me. Then why did He say He would? I am not talking about deserving, I am talking about eternal security, which works with predestination. Go to 2nd Thessalonians, 2nd chapter. “Now we beseech you, brethren, by the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, and by our gathering together unto Him.” That is the rapture. I know Bro. William Branham talked about rapturing faith. I do not stand here to dispute my brother, but is that speaking about something that we have got to keep reaching for, and reaching for, and reaching for until finally we are raptured? What about the dead? It would take more faith to get changed, if we are looking at it in that way. It is going to take more faith to be raised from the dead, than it will to be changed. The promise is, if we live right and live before God as we should, you will be raptured, because the scripture talks about not everybody having the same faith. You say, where do you see that? It talks about people that do not have faith to be able to eat certain foods, when Paul says everything is eatable before God. When Bro. Jackson preached about Paul, he said he had even ate rats. Why? For sustenance that he might be able to preach the gospel. That was not on his regular diet, was not what he preferred, but he knew that God, through prayer and sanctification, had cleaned up that old rat. So if you turn on the television and watch some of these stations, they are telling you to eat all the right things. If you eat what they tell you to eat, then take the vitamins they tell you to take, you will be broke. They are after your money. They have proven that organic is not always organic. One will say, if you want to eat organic, eat this, and another will say, no, eat this. Do not eat meat from grain fed cattle, eat meat from grass fed cattle, because the grain fed has got chemicals in it. What about the grass fed? It is fertilized. When you eat, ask God to sanctify it, to make it pure, to make it holy. I am sure Paul believed thatway when he ate certain things. “That ye be not soon shaken in mind, or be troubled, neither by spirit, nor by word, nor by letter as from us, (He was no’t going to write a letter like that, but there were others that would say, this is from Paul. In order to get Bro. William Branham to say the things some people wanted him to say, they would splice his taped messages. That is when they had the old reel to reel tapes. They would cut out certain things and put in certain things. He said, I am not responsible for that. He said, Judas went out and hanged himself and said you can splice tapes and things and you can get them to say, go out and hang yourself. He knew all the followers really were not genuine followers of the Word of God he preached.) as that the day of Christ is at hand. Let no man deceive you by any means: (In other words, wisdom in the Word of God will teach you. You may hear something taught otherwise, but do not just jump on it: be sure it is scriptural.) for that day shall not come, except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition.” The denominational world and prophecy preachers have got two men coming, one of them is the antichrist and the other is the false prophet. How did they get that? I do not know, I just know it is a deception. When the rapture takes place, the man that is sitting on the throne then in Rome, will be that man. He will not be in Jerusalem until the middle of the week. Nevertheless that will be the man of sin, the antichrist. There will be a peace treaty signed between Israel and the Vatican, or you could saythe beast. The beast is made up of those nations of Europe that go along with it peace treaty. Israel will sign a treaty with them and then the two prophets appear in the streets of Jerusalem. No doubt the bride Church will still be here at that time, because we are going to know that this is the man of sin before we are raptured. “Who opposeth and exalteth himself above all that is called God, or that is worshipped; so that he as God sitteth in the temple of God, showing himself that he is God. Remember ye not, that, when I was yet with you, I told you these things? And now ye know what withholdeth that he might be revealed in his time. For the mystery of iniquity doth already work: only he who now letteth will let, until he be taken out of the way.” Until the Holy Ghost is taken out of the way. There will be no more restraint after the Holy Ghost is taken out of the way. There will be no more restraint. That is what that verse means.

WE SHALL CROWN HIM?
5-19-13 AM

We have been on this subject for quite awhile now. There are other things to go into with this. I have some questions I want to answer, maybe not this morning. Sometimes God just wants us as ministers, to go further, because it is the gift, it is a calling of God, it is not called by men, but of God. As we see the hour we are living in, we are not only expectant, but God is expectant that we walk in His presence and live in His great presence and believe His word. He said in the 16th chapter of Mark that these signs shall follow them that believe. Jesus said, in my name, He did not say in the name of the Father, Son, and Holy Ghost. No He said, in my name shall they do all those things mentioned. So it is His name that we look to our Father for the things that are needed, because He was the one that shed the blood for our sins. That is the reason we have remission from our sins. It is not because of anything that we have done, because we can never do enough work to merit anything ourselves in this great salvation experience, because the Bible says it is a gift of God. If somebody comes and hands you something and says this is a gift, you know you did not work for it. Sometimes we feel like we do not deserve it; and that is right: I know I do not deserve what He did for me, but the gift is still there, and it is there for the taking of all that are dealt with by His wonderful Spirit. The thing about it is, there is predestination to consider. I cannot predestinate anyone to be in the family of God, only He, because of his great foreknowledge was able to do that. Neither can I kick anyone out, that He has brought into His family. If you come in these doors back here, it is your privilege. If you leave through those same doors, then that is up to you. I know that no true seed of God has ever left because of the truth that is preached here. Those that have left here, left because they did not believe the truth they heard preached. Neither I or Bro. Bud have sought to promote ourselves. That is just the way it is, whether someone accuses us of that or not, that is up to every individual, but I know better, and that is what counts. These people that just shame me and make me want to bow my head when I hear it said, are those who like to say, Allen and Bud were just waiting until Bro. Jackson died, so they could inherit this. I do not know anything more low down, than to have someone accuse us of something like that. Nevertheless that is not my problem, that is your problem if you feel like that. I can say that, because God knows our heart’s, He knows our mind’s, He knows our attitudes. I feel that is one of the last things we have to do on our own, is to get our attitudes right, and to give ourselves wholly unto the Spirit of God. As they sing the song, I came here expecting God to move, we should always do that, always be in expectancy of the Spirit of God to move among us. Just like He did this morning, nobody worked that up. Nobody caused anyone else to shout. I did not come in here and gouge somebody and say shout. The denominational church world today, make extreme efforts to promote speaking in tongues. They tell everybody in the congregation, Now let us all pray in your tongue, pray in the spirit, that is what they are talking about. Then you can hear all over the congregation, people speaking in some kind of tongue. That is between them and God. But I have seen mockery out of it. Whatever we do in worship, we need to be comfortable with our Lord, that He may be comfortable with us. When we come into the assembly, He says for us to do things decently and in order. Continued next issue

2013-11-We-Shall-Crown-Him-Part-4

We Shall Crown Him?, Part 3 – 2013, October


Introduction

WHEN OUR AUGUST ISSUE ENDED, BROTHER ALLEN WAS READING FROM EZEKIEL, SO WE ARE STARTING THE OCTOBER ISSUE WITH THE LAST THREE LINES OF WHAT HE WAS READING

You can see that the waters are getting deeper because it has slowed down. “Afterward he measured a thousand; (that is another eighteen hundred feet) and it was a river that I could not pass over: for the waters were risen, waters to swim in, a river that could not be passed over.” You have gone almost a mile and half by the time you get to this point, you are coming more toward flat land. So underneath Jerusalem, there is a big body of water, it just has to be opened up, just like we saw when we were in Jericho. The water that came out there was from a spring that watered the whole valley, plus the city of Jericho. It gushed out a big stream. You all remember that. I am not linking this together, because that has already been. “And he said unto me, Son of man, hast thou seen this? Then he brought me, and caused me to return to the brink of the river. Now when I had returned, behold, at the bank of the river were very many trees on the one side and on the other.” These are not just normal trees, they are fruit trees. “Then said he unto me, These waters issue out toward the east country, and go down into the desert, and go into the sea: (the Dead Sea) which being brought forth into the sea, the waters shall be healed.” That Dead Sea that you saw will be healed, and we are not that far off from this. “And it shall come to pass, that every thing that liveth, which moveth, whithersoever the rivers shall come, shall live: and there shall be a very great multitude of fish, because these waters shall come thither: for they shall be healed; and every thing shall live whither the river cometh. And it shall come to pass, that the fishers shall stand upon it from Engedi even unto Eneglaim; they shall be a place to spread forth nets; their fish shall be according to their kinds, as the fish of the great sea, exceeding many.” The great sea is the Mediterranean. Why would he say that? There is an answer to it. “But the miry places thereof and the marishes thereof shall not be healed; they shall be given to salt. And by the river upon the bank thereof, on this side and on that side, shall grow all trees for meat, (See? That is what I was saying awhile ago.) whose leaf shall not fade, (in other words, the year round) neither shall the fruit thereof be consumed: (It is going to be so plentiful, because God is in it. Right now Israel furnishes Europe with most of its greens, lettuces, cabbages, tomatoes and fruit.) it shall bring forth new fruit according to his months, (the twelve months of the year) because their waters they issued out of the sanctuary: (that is the cleansing place) and the fruit thereof shall be for meat, (Or for food. All these date trees, and we saw so many palm trees over there. Palm trees are not just beautiful, they are fruit trees.) and the leaf thereof for medicine.” You go back to the natural medicine. That is going to take care of the sickness of that day. You say, well I did not think there would be any sickness. Remember, man is still in the flesh, and then you still have the fallen man at that time. What do you mean by that? I thought they were all sheep people? The ones that are born to them are not necessarily sheep people, some will be, but they have their trial to go through just like all of us have trials to go through, the only thing is the devil is bound. It will be the flesh of man that will be weak. I want to go to Zechariah 14:8. Now we are going to see why I said what I did about the fish will be like the fish of the great sea. “And it shall be in that day, that living waters shall go out from Jerusalem; half of them toward the former sea, and half of them toward the hinder sea: in summer and in winter shall it be.” You have waters that go out from the altar here, or the sanctuary unto the Dead Sea, and into the Mediterranean Sea. Fish can swim upstream. They are not going to have to stock that because God is going to stock it with the fish from the great sea. I know people stock ponds with fish, but this will not have to be done trere. What this is, this is a natural replica of what the Bride kingdom will be. This is just a little thing to what the Bride replica will be during the Millennium. I want to turn to Revelation chapter 20. There is a certain point I want to get to. I want to go a little fast on this, but not hurry. Starting in the 4th verse, “And I saw thrones, and they sat upon them, and judgment was given unto them: and I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus, and for the Word of God, (The thrones, are Bride thrones. He is not talking about some little man made throne. Here, he brings in the foolish virgins. I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus and for the Word of God, which includes Jews and Gentiles during that tribulation period.) and which had not worshipped the beast, (See? It shows what time this is in.) neither his image, neither had received his mark upon their foreheads, or in their hands; and they lived and reigned with Christ a thousand years. (Their rulership is under the Bride.) But the rest of the dead lived not again until the thousand years were finished. This is the first resurrection.” The first resurrection is completed right after Armageddon. You have a thirty day period there when God’s judgment comes upon this earth. Then as it says in Daniel, blessed and holy are they that wait until the thirteen hundred and thirty five days, I believe it is, which will complete the resurrection. There will never be another saint resurrected after that, not one. This completes the first resurrection and the Bible said, blessed and holy is he that has part in the first resurrection, on which the second death hath no power. Neither his image, neither had received his mark upon their foreheads, or in their hands, they shall live and reign with Christ a thousand years, that should tell you something, live and reign with Christ a thousand years. They had already died, but the Bride, you have Bride saints that never die, they are just changed. The rest of the dead lived not again until the thousand years were finished, this is the first resurrection. “Blessed and holy is he that hath part in the first resurrection: on such the second death hath no power, (In other words, what he is saying is, that the wicked dead are raised from death ( at the white throne judgment) to be judged, and then they die again, a second death, but the second death has no power over those martyred saints that are raised.) but they shall be priests of God and of Christ, (See? That is a lesser office than what the bride has: there will be thrones for the Bride, but these others are going to serve in a lesser capacity, as priests in the resurrection.) and shall reign with Him a thousand years.” Now this connects with the 21st chapter, we will see where it connects. In just a few short verses, it connects, and then you go to the Bride. The 10th verse, “And the devil that deceived them was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone, where the beast and the false prophet are, and shall be tormented day and night for ever and ever.” You might say, I thought there would be no day and night. There will still be day and night, but for the Bride, it is going to be eternity. For those that die and are not ready to go, there will be day and night because they are still in time, where the devil is tormented day and night for ever and ever, he is in time because his time will end. And that group that don’t make it, they will be in time also because their time will end, because they are not eternal beings. “And I saw a great white throne, and him that sat on it, from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them.” Now I said something about the devil, he is not judged, he is cast alive into the lake of fire without being judged, because he is already judged. He was judged, God called him a liar. He was a liar from the beginning, he has already met his judgment, he has just been given the opportunity to live until this time comes. “And I saw the dead, small and great, stand before God; and the books were opened: and another book was opened, which is the book of life: (See? It says nothing about judgment there, for those that are in the book of life. The Bible said if we would judge ourselves, what we are doing now, if we would judge ourselves, we should not be judged, but we pass from death unto life.) and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books, according to their works.” For each individual, you can see a great screen there that is going to show them individually, this judgment is not going to take four hundred years, it will be a swift judgment. After the Millennium is over, and this will be a swift judgment and everybody will be judged according to their deeds. They are not going to sit there, you are next, you are next, you are next. No, it will be instant. God is not going to dilly-dally around, asking people what have you done, because their lives are going to be shown, even preachers’ lives. Yes they are going to stand before Him, many in that day, will come and say, did not we prophesy, did not we cast out devils in your name? But He will say, depart from me, you workers of iniquity, I never knew you. The Bible says the gifts and callings of God are without repentance. There are preachers that have been called, Judas was called. He cast out devils. He was one of the two that was with Him, Jesus sent them their way. Twelve apostles, He sent them their way, Judas was in the midst of them. But he sold out His Lord. These are selling out the Lord because they are selling out the Bible. “And the sea gave up the dead which were in it; and death and hell delivered up the dead which were in them.” I used to think about that, the sea gave up the dead which were in it, and death and hell gave up the dead which were in them, in other words the sea gives up the bodies of those, and then death and hell gives up the spirits, because there are no bodies in hell yet. There has been no resurrection of bodies to be there, but death and hell are in there. Death and hell gave up the dead which were in them, so did the sea, so did the earth. They gave up the bodies and then the bodies and the spirits are joined together again for a little while to be judged. Then it said death and hell were cast into the lake of fire. What is He saying there, death and hell? It is those people that are there, death and hell. This is the second death. “And whosoever was not found written in the book of life was cast into the lake of fire.” Now as I said, this goes on. Listen, “And I saw a new heaven and a new earth: (Which you go from judgment to a new heaven and a new earth. Why is it that it calls it a new heaven and a new earth? Because the devil is cast out and the earth no longer has the dead bodies in it, or the spirits of the wicked. Hell has given up the dead.) for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away; and there was no more sea.” The sea, during the time of the Millennium, the water is going back where it was before the flood of Noah’s hour, to encircle the earth, for a perfect climate. There will still be winter and summer, but it is not going to be like it is now. You will not have the big white outs like they do up north. Then it goes one verse here into the Bride’s part. “And I John saw the holy city, new Jerusalem, coming down from God out of heaven, prepared as a bride adorned for her husband.” See? He picks up the Bride there, but that goes back to the time of the resurrection. You go back a thousand years for this, because we are going to see that as we go further in this. Now he goes back to telling you, some of these things is something that I have not understood all along either. “And I heard a great voice out of heaven saying, Behold, the tabernacle of God is with men, (This is the eternal age, the tabernacle of God is with men, that is when God comes to dwell with mankind again. That is after Jesus Christ has ruled and reigned on the earth a thousand years.) and He (See? It goes from Jesus Christ to God, as he tells this. What I want to do in this, if I were sitting down with you in your living room, and you asked me to explain this, this is what I want to do in this message, is to explain these parts to where we understand just what is coming up. This is after Jesus has ruled a thousand years with His Bride during the Millennium. I know people don’t agree with that, but I cannot help it. It is not my problem, and I don’t mean that in a sarcastic way. And He…) will dwell with them, and they shall be His people, and God himself shall be with them, and be their God.” God, Jehovah. See? It keeps going, the same subject. “And God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes; and there shall be no more death, (See? The judgment is over, there will be no more death. The thousand years has ended, the judgment has ended, there shall be no more death.) neither sorrow, nor crying, neither shall there be any more pain: for the former things are passed away.” There will be pain and there will be sorrow during the Millennium, there has got to be, because the Bible says that if a man a hundred years old, it calls him a child, a hundred years does not obey God during that time, that his mother and father will thrust him through. Do you think that will not bring pain? Oh, that is the Old Testament, some may say. You better believe what it is. “And He that sat upon the throne said, Behold, I make all things new. (He is the only one that has got that authority.) And He said unto me, Write: for these words are true and faithful. And He said unto me, It is done. I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end. I will give unto him that is athirst of the fountain of the water of life freely. He that overcometh shall inherit all things; and I will be his God, and he shall be my son.” Is this clearing the picture for you? “But the fearful and unbelieving, and the abominable, and murderers, and whoremongers, and sorcerers, and idolaters, (This was one thing that I did not quite understand, how come He is telling this after He has done spoke what He said, there will be a new heaven and a new earth. The understanding is right here in this verse. But the fearful and unbelieving, and the abominable, and murderers, and whoremongers and sorcerers, and idolaters,…) and all liars, shall have their part in the lake which burneth with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.” That is talking about the judgment at the end of the Millennium. He is just relating to us there, that this is all taken care of because they will never be there to bother this earth again. This is the second death, let me say it that way so that you don’t get your minds bumfuzzled. As you go through the rest of this, it is talking about the Bride during the Millennium, because that 2nd verse introduced you to that, to that part, because it says here, “And there came unto me one of the seven angels which had the seven vials full of the seven last plagues, (Why would He bring you back to that? Why would He bring you back to a vial angel at this point?) and talked with me, saying, Come hither, I will show thee the Bride, the Lamb’s wife.” She is not the Lamb’s wife whenever you go into the part that I just read awhile ago. She is no longer His wife. He becomes our elder brother. That was the teaching of Bro. Jackson. So I am going to skip that and go down to the 22nd verse. He is still talking here about the Bride. “And I saw no temple therein: for the Lord God Almighty and the Lamb are the temple of it.” Does that sound like natural Jerusalem to you? What would the Lamb be doing in the Eternal Age? “And the city had no need of the sun, (Do you think you are going to need these things? Do you think you are going to need the sun? Do you think the angels, the darkness and the light, makes any difference to them? God is going to open your eyes. You are not going to see darkness and light, it will all be light. You may say, well when are we going to sleep? When will you need sleep? We look at it from a natural standpoint, we have to have our sleep, I do. I am not there yet. I never have learned to stay awake for four years, much less a thousand years. Because we are no longer in this natural flesh body, because it has been changed to be like unto His glorious body. And the city had no need of the sun,…) neither of the moon, to shine in it: for the glory of God did lighten it, and the Lamb is the light thereof.” The Lamb, still registered as a Lamb for those that will accept God’s provision in the Millennium. “And the nations of them which are saved shall walk in the light of it: (or of the understanding of it) and the kings of the earth do bring their glory and honour into it. (Or into the light of it.) And the gates of it shall not be shut at all by day: for there shall be no night there. (It is talking of Bride.) And they shall bring the glory and honour of the nations into it. And there shall in no wise enter into it any thing that defileth, neither whatsoever worketh abomination, or maketh a lie: but they which are written in the Lamb’s book of life.” They, which are written in the Lamb’s book of life. What does it say in Revelation 20? And the books were opened and another book, which is the book of life, no judgment there in that book of life. This is the reason that I read from Ezekiel 47 and from Zechariah 14:8, right here, because this is a replica of that city, or that is a replica of this city. “And he showed me a pure river of water of life, clear as crystal, proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb.” What is that? A pure river of water of life? That is nothing other than the Holy Ghost. “In the midst of the street of it, (There are no streets in that city. That city is a gathering of the saints of God.) and on either side of the river, (That is no natural river, it is a river of life.) was there the tree of life, (The tree of life is not any longer in the garden, it was never attached to the ground.) which bare twelve manner of fruits, (We have nine of them already. Bro. Jackson said there are three more that we do not know what they are yet. Love, peace, joy, the nine spiritual gifts.) and yielded her fruit every month: and the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the nations.” The leaves are on the tree of life, and the leaves there are for taking away all the animosity of the nations. It is not talking about a natural healing necessarily. It can be, but the real healing is the nations that have had trouble with one another all the time, like they do today. The leaves of the tree of life, which is in the midst of the Bride. See? The Bride is going to carry this out, and it will have its great leaves that will overshadow the nations to put them under subjection. And the nation that will not hear, He said in the 14th chapter of Zechariah, if a nation, like Egypt, will not heed, then that year they will get no rain. That is what I was saying a while ago, you still have natural people living here that have got to be brought under the authority of rulership, and the Bride is your rulership. To me it is a picture of what is coming, and we have it in our hands. Only will the Bride understand this. I wanted to get to that point before I dismissed, because that had been a question that was asked of me. That is your healing of the nations, of the wounds that have been put there. Every nation will be in peace with every other nation. There will be no animosity between them there. I could shout it out loud, Glory to God! His Word is truth. As I was saying this morning, I believe that we are really getting close. I do not think it is five years off. That is not a prediction, but that is a feeling within myself, that we are really that close. Young people, whatever your future is, make God the first and most important thing in your life, just determine that. Do you know how old Daniel was when he was taken into captivity? Some say as young as seventeen. But he loved God. You love God, and do not pay any attention to what some other young person would say, or do, or what they would want you to do. You do what is right as is established by the Word of God. Don’t try to follow the worldly herd, the herd is going to stampede one of these days and they are not going to have anything left. You certainly do not want to be left like that.

WE SHALL CROWN HIM?
4-28-13 AM

We are in a time of trials and temptations and tests of many kinds, that we are all going through to prove us, that we are the sons and daughters of God. The Bible tells me, that if we are without chastisement, then we are illegitimate children. So we want to be children of God in this time, that God can appreciated approve. I wanted to say the word, be proud of us, but I guess that seems like a childish word for a sainted people. I think of my brothers and sisters that cannot be here, and people that are having trials and tests in their bodies, as well as the trials and tests that come in other ways. The gospel was not just preached to make a pretty sermon, the gospel was preached to come alive in our heart’s and to be a part of us. Just think of the hazards our forefathers went through, the apostles and those who stood for truth, to bring us what we have today. That should make us want to live our life in a way that would be pleasing to God and true to the gospel message which the early Christians brought to us. We also want to be able to live out the message that has been brought to us in recent years, the truth that has brought us to this time. I know what Bro. Jackson said in the seals messages, that one of the last things to be revealed would be the Godhead, that people might have a true understanding, so I have to look at it in the way it comes to me from time to time by people that ask questions about it. We must favor those thoughts as people would come to an understanding, more of an understanding of what that is all about. I do not want to shirk my responsibility of trying to tell people the truth about the Word of God when they have a questions, and I am able to answer them. Just like it has been with this message, I know some people had to have a revelation of these things, and it is coming to them as we look at these various things in The Word of God. It is not something that you hear the first time, and you always understand it, but when you dwell on it and it gets into your heart and your spirit, a light comes on within, That is why we need the mind of the Spirit of God. What is He thinking? What is He providing for us? You know how some people are always quoting this, no man knows the day nor hour, and we all know that, but that is just referring to the time of His coming. That is talking about the time when you are going to be changed. Then He turns around and says, when you see these things begin to come to pass, then look up, your redemption is drawing nigh. He said there would be certain signs, there would be signs in the sun, the moon, and the stars. I guess this is something that I have thought much about, even wondered about. But I believe, before we get out of here, that God is going to show us the indications of His coming by the signs in the sky. We are not looking to the skies for salvation, then we would be like the Jews of old that lost their place in the world that they were to inherit. But we are looking at it because the scripture talks about it. He would not have just said there would be signs, without there being signs that we could relate it to. That is why we want to be positive on the things that God has provided for us, and not let them just slip by. Do not get so interested in who is sitting beside you or what is going on about you, that you cannot get your mind settled. I know there were many times when Bro. Jackson was preaching, that sometimes my mind would be drawn away, and I know that when this happens, it takes you time to get back to where you need to be. I would have to remind myself, you are missing something, I would not say it out loud, but I said it inside, because you do miss something at times like that. We must always be mindful of our situation in Christ. The Bible says, watch with prayer, so He is giving us an understanding to watch, to be alert, that is what He is talking about. Be alert. It sure caught some people by surprise, what happened in Boston a couple of weeks ago, but it should not have. The FBI was warned a year and half before, about the mother and the son, but then it dropped off six months ahead of time, or six months before it happened, it dropped off the radar. Somebody is at fault, because they did not watch. They want to blame an idiot type of young man and his idiot type mother, but what about the ones that let it drop off the radar, where are they now? Making excuses, like they always do, making excuses because they let it slip, and there are people dead because they did not do what they should have done, which was to watch. I just brought that in as an illustration for us, we are to watch. Jesus told His disciples to watch, while He went to pray. Finally after three times He came back and said, sleep on. Now they are ready to wake up. They had already missed what He was going through. They had already missed the three times that He had prayed, Father, let this cup pass from me, if it be possible, but not my will, but thine be done. I wonder if I would have been asleep. The rest of them were. I sure do not want to be asleep in this hour we are living in, because I want to be able to hear the voice of God, what He is speaking to us in the hour we are living in right now. My subject is, we shall crown him, which is really a question. This is what we have heard all our lives, the saints are going to crown Him, then we are going to wear a crown. Truly we are, but what kind of crown is it going to be? In the 14th chapter, the 14th verse of Revelation, it says that Jesus was on a cloud with a crown. Was that some crown that somebody put on Him? It had to be a heavenly crown. It was not some man made crown, but it was a crown for the time that He was going to take over, because He was getting ready to thrust His sharp sickle into the earth. When Jesus comes back, and when He speaks, He speaks with a sword. Is it going to be a sword coming out of His mouth? It is His word, this is the sword when it is exercised by the Word of God. I know I have that scripture up there, I know this scripture used to bother me somewhat, John 16. You can turn there. Jesus is spending the last day with His disciples, and here He says, in the 12th verse, “I have yet many things to say unto you, but ye cannot bear them now.” Or you cannot understand them now. If you stop there, you would wonder what He was going to say to them, to His disciples. If you just stopped at that verse, but then He goes ahead to explain it, He does not leave it hanging there. Here is the answer. “Howbeit when He, (He is talking about the spirit of God.) the Spirit of truth, is come, He will guide you into all truth: for He shall not speak of Himself; (You know people like to refer to the Holy Ghost as a different person, and they take a scripture like this and they try to build upon it.) but whatsoever He shall hear.” What is he looking at, He shall hear? Or you might say, what He shall speak. Jesus has already said I have many things to say to you, but you cannot hear them now. It is the Spirit of Christ dwelling in a person, that is not going to speak of Himself, but whatsoever He is shown, or He shows you, that anointing that you receive, this could not be given, He spoke to the prophets of old by the Holy Ghost which was upon them but not in them. Jesus was the first one to receive the Holy Ghost, and the Bible said God was in Christ reconciling the world unto Himself. It is not going to be done without Jesus Christ. Jesus said I am come in my Father’s name, that is what I was saying Thursday night concerning Isaiah 7 and Isaiah 9. It was God in Christ. That is why it would say what it did there in the 9th chapter, He shall be called Everlasting Father, the Mighty God, the Prince of Peace. That was the anointing that was in Him. Because in the 7th chapter it says that His name shall be called Emmanuel, which is God with us. God was in Christ with us, when He received the Holy Ghost after He was baptized, then that made that possible. Jesus was no longer alone. He says He is not. In the 17th chapter of John, He goes ahead to say that I and my Father are one. That was the anointing that was in Him. Then He goes ahead to say, that they may be one as we are, and that is the anointing in us. If you have the Holy Ghost you have the Spirit which is God, dwelling in you. When He, the Spirit of truth is come, He will guide you into all truth, because He is going to be dwelling in you. That is why we know what we do now, because He is in us, giving us understanding of what we hear. That is why Paul would say our life is not our own, we are bought with a price. Whatsoever He shall hear, (The Creator of all things is manifested in three different office works, as Father, and in His Son, and as the Holy Ghost. He fulfills all three office works.) So it is that anointing in you, whatever God would speak in that anointing that is already in you. You are not going to stay on that high all the time, and I am not talking about the world’s high. Because if you did, you would get the big head, look who I am. What did Paul say? He put a thorn in his flesh, so that he did not elevate himself above what he should. But whatsoever He shall hear, that is the anointing that is in you, whatsoever God speaks through this anointing. Just because you have the Holy Ghost don’t mean you know everything ahead of time, but it is what He will show you, and He will show you things to come. We are talking about the Spirit of God and how He will work in you. That is why there are nine spiritual gifts, one is not going to get everything. I know Bro. Jackson said one may have five, one may have two, one may have one. He took that from Matthew 24. What He gave him, he gained five others. That does not mean he gained five other gifts, because there was not five others. It meant that he exercised those that were given him. Everybody wants, it seems like in the Pentecostal world anyway, that everybody wants to speak in tongues, and they sit down on that. What about the gift of wisdom? What about the gift of knowledge, understanding what the will of the Lord is? “He shall glorify me: (It will all come back whenever the anointing comes on a person, it will go to the glorifying of the Lord Jesus Christ, because He is the one that died for you. God placed a lot upon His Son, because He knew He would take of it. God is placing a lot on His Bride here in the end time, because He knows that the ones that want to, are going to shine. The Bible teaches me that we are in this world, but we are not a part of it.) for He shall receive of mine, and shall show it unto you.” Jesus, when He was here, had very many things that He said to His disciples, that they never understood. When He told them there in Matthew 13, they asked Him, why do you speak to the people in parables. He answered, “because they seeing see not; and hearing they hear not, neither do they understand.” He knew this world would not receive His message. That is why, in John 17 He said, Father, I pray for these that you have given me out of the world, I pray not for the world, but for these that you have given me out of the world. He knew that He was living among a worldly minded people, but that some of them were ordained to eternal life. It did not look like it a lot of times. Peter stepped out of the boat, but he did not get very far. That was not making it look bad on Peter, nobody else even tried, nobody else said, let me come to you. There was a lot of doubt in Peter, if it be you, let me come to you. Who else did he think would have been walking on the water? “All things that the Father hath are mine: (That is pertaining to the Church. God still runs this universe. He put every star out there in place and He put them where they would not bump into one another. What do you call those cars that bump into one another, bumper cars? If man had done it, that would have been the way it would have been. They have made a study on angels. Has anybody seen that? They made a study on angels and found out that some people almost had a wreck and got killed, and then another member of the family did get killed, then they talk about their angels watching over them. I wondered, why did that angel not help that one that got killed? They finally decided, you are your angel, it is in you. This world has gone crazy.) therefore said I, that He shall take of mine, and shall show it unto you.” This is the work of the Godhead, the Father, the Son and the Holy Spirit. Now I want to go to Revelation 20, starting in verse 4. “And I saw thrones, and they sat upon them, and judgment was given unto them.” I saw thrones, is this earthly thrones He is talking about, that somebody has made? Who is sitting upon them? It is the saints of God. I went over that part in the 44th, 45th, and 46th chapters of Ezekiel, trying to show you the natural rule over the Israeli people, showing you that there would be a regular priesthood, that there would be a prince. As I said, some call him high priest. I was got onto for saying that, I was corrected up one side and down the other for saying that. But that is what the Lamsa translation says. But after you read in that 45th chapter so far, or the 46th one, it will tell you the priest, singular, offers the offering. Why do people hate revelation? I will just say to them, I don’t tell you what to preach, so don’t you try to tell me what to preach. I saw thrones, and they sat upon them, and judgment was given unto them. Judgement was given unto them for that judgment that is coming. This was in God’s hands to give unto those that deserved it, because there are people on this earth this morning, that will be deserving of that judgment. Because God is shaping our lives to be able to meet the conditions. Why would He ever give nine fruits of the spirit, if they were not to be exercised? These were for all. Really, what it is, it all has to do with the life that we are living. Old uncle Bud Robinson, he lived in a time when it was really sanctification that was being preached. He tells, that when he was sanctified, he said anger come up and it boiled off. He tells all these things just like he was skimming it off like making molasses. I don’t know how many of you know anything about molasses, but it goes through a process. It is green juice at first. Then it gets cooked to a certain place, then they let it go into a chute. I never did do it, but I fed the grinder that ground the juice out, and the horse that walked around there that made the trench. It has about four or five different stages that it goes through, and you cannot let one go through until it gets ready for the next one. I grew up on a farm, I was a farm boy. I milked cows when I was a boy. We are talking about these that are going to be judges. They have already served their time during the Millennium as kings and priests, now they are judges. It said we shall judge angels. Are we going to sit upon a man made judgment seat for the judge of all times? God has to change us, He has to change us to where we forget about this old flesh and the feelings of the flesh. In other words, we would not know how to judge. Let somebody important die that has lived like the devil here on this earth, now they are in heaven, by the time some preacher gets finished. If we are not changed here, we will not be changed there. The Bible says, that Jesus said to Nicodemas, a man must be born again. Then He turned around and said it is alright if you are not, is that right? We know that is not what He said. He said it twice, you cannot see the kingdom of heaven without being born again, and the next time He said you cannot enter into it. The entering in, was the same way that we are entered in now. That is the reason you can see what you do. Because Jesus said, the kingdom of God is within you. The Bible says they know us not, because they knew Him not. We are not going to be just this little fly-over group. I am looking at a group of people that one day are going to rule and reign with Christ, and we are not going to just be these little pacifists that are like the rest of the world, knot really knowing what is going on. Like I said last Sunday, this little thing that happened at Boston, they made so much out of it. It was just one of the little birth pains that we will see more of as we get closer to the end. They know more have a handle on this thing than the do anything else. You just simply cannot cover every possibility of such an attack. And I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus, this was a question that was answered last Sunday for a brother, he called and talked to me. Them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus, have to be Gentile people. You know where that is coming from. Rome has always used the beheading process. That is the way they did Paul. I cannot promise this message for anyone. This goes beyond kinship and it goes beyond friendship. This goes to the witness of Jesus Christ. “And I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus, and for the Word of God, (Those beheaded for the Word of God are Jews, the orthodox Jew, you will not feed them three Gods, because they will not take it. This tells you when this is, right here.) and which had not worshiped the beast, (that is in the last half of the 70th week of Daniel’s prophecy) neither his image, (That is the denominational world. The Catholic Church ordained a woman priest yesterday. Sisters, I am not talking about you, but these women of the world are taking over. You give this kind of thing another ten years, and it will be hard to find a man in the Senate and the Congress, or even in the presidency. You can just see the laws, how they are going down hill all the time. Hillary Clinton stood up there and lied to those people about what went on in Libya. She just simply stood there and lied, but because she had some kind of stigma or something that caused her to pass out, they let it go. You sisters are going to rule and reign too, but it is not going to be this modern day kind of thing that is getting so prevalent. You will know what you are looking at before you get out of this world. Jewish rabbi women, that certainly never happened in Bible times. If you turn on the television and have these religious stations on, there will be some of these women preachers on, two of them at one time. They try to portray that they are not over man, but they are. That is exactly what it says there in the Bible, how a woman would go beyond a man in the last days.) neither had received his mark upon their foreheads, or in their hands; and they lived and reigned with Christ a thousand years.” They lived and reigned (not ruled) with Christ a thousand years in a lesser office than what the Bride people do. It does not call them kings and priests. “But the rest of the dead lived not again until the thousand years were finished. This is the first resurrection.” This concludes the first resurrection along with the great multitude of Revelation, chapter 7. There will never be another person raised to life. “Blessed and holy is he that hath part in the first resurrection: on such the second death hath no power, (the second death hath no power, or authority on these, because they have life) but they shall be priests of God and of Christ, and shall reign with Him a thousand years.” That office is lower than the other one. I want to go back into the chapter 21st chapter of Revelation. That 9th verse tells you enough to let you know that this is the start of the Millennium. The heading of it is, the Lamb’s wife. She will not be the Lamb’s wife in the Eternal Age. If you ever listen to anything that Bro. Jackson said, you should have listened to that. He said that Jesus would be our elder brother then. A brother is not married to his sisters. The trouble is, so many of you did not listen. I remember when Bro. Jackson talked about the ten virgins, five wise and five foolish. He said there will be no more foolish virgins than there are wise, and some got so mad they stomped around out in the parking lot finding fault with what was said. Then, the same ones took it to a restaurant and made a show of themselves. To them I say, Now you want to condemn us because we are going on with this message. That is alright. I did not call any names, but you know who you are. “And there came unto me one of the seven angels which had the seven vial full of the seven last plagues, (Why would He use a vial angel? Because you just finished up with the vials, the last vial has been poured out and judgement has come. The great whore has been judged, and the earth has been judged and there are few men left, and there are more women than there are men. Seven women will take hold of one man. I am not angry, I am glad, I am glad that the Lord has showed us some things and that we are still walking in light of.) and talked with me, saying, Come hither, I will show thee the bride, the Lamb’s wife.” Where was she, the Bride, in the 19th chapter? What was she wearing? White raiment, glistening white, because it was her righteousness. I will show you the bride, the Lamb’s wife, He is not going to do that in the Eternal Age. If He was going to show you the Bride, the Lamb’s wife, why would he wait a thousand years, when she has already been reigning with the King? That would be a little late. “And he carried me away in he spirit to a great and high mountain, (I wonder why he carried him away in the spirit. Because the Bride is on another level.) and showed me the great city, (The city is the Lamb’s wife’s abode.) the holy Jerusalem, descending out of heaven from God, Having the glory of God: (That is the Shekinah glory that overshadows all of this. There will not any be any mistake there, no one will slip in unclothed. The bride is putting on her attire while she is still here. That is why that one scripture talks about the man that did not have on the wedding garment. He is thrown out here, before the rapture, not there.) and her light was like unto a stone most precious, even like a jasper stone, clear as crystal.” That is not the Jerusalem on earth, that is the heavenly Jerusalem, notice where it come from? He sees it descending from heaven. It has been up there, the wedding supper is over. After all this turmoil, after the thirty days, then the forty five days, she is back to rule and to reign over what has been left, to get this thing back in order again, make it like it was with Adam and Eve, so that natural man can live in peace for one thousand years with the Bride ruling over them. Bro. Jackson said you will go back to where you came from. What are you going to do, catch a plane? That horse you are going to ride, is it going to galloping across the earth? There is no light like that on this earth, it has to come from heaven. You are not going to need glasses. “And had a wall great and high, and had twelve gates, and at the gates twelve angels, and names written thereon, which are the names of the twelve tribes of the children of Israel.” I am going to stop there for now

WE SHALL CROWN HIM?
4-28-13 PM

As we look at the world around us tonight, we can see no good news for them, everything is something that mankind is doing to bring this world unto a place of judgment. We live in this world, but not as a part of the world, because the bride saints are a part of another kingdom, which is going to arise. I cannot see a long time ahead of us still yet, but we are responsible for the time we live in, to show forth the light unto those that do not really want to see it. The world you live in will try you, to see if you really are what you believe you are. The Bride of Jesus Christ is a peculiar people. We are not trying to fit into what the world expects us to. But there is good news in this hour, good news that comes through the Word of God to help us get ready for what is ahead. We want to be ready for the coming of the Lord, but do we want to be ready for that shining part that we are expected to be before we leave here. You do not have to shine, you will shine. That is just the thing about it, you cannot take a light and put it under a bushel, this will not work that way. The light we have is a reflection of what He is, as the moon is a reflection of the sun, we are a reflection of Jesus Christ our Savior and Lord. That makes us to be the Bride of Christ, we are not pretending to be, but we are declared to be, sons and daughters of God, as we live in the hour we are living in. We are an example, a living example of Christ here on this earth. We now shine to those that would approach us, or those that would look at us for an answer as to what we believe. We know that we have a responsibility to be that type of person. You cannot live the gospel of Jesus Christ without Him, it takes Him in you to live it. Paul, in his expression, said, I die daily. So he is saying that he became a daily sacrifice for the cause of Christ. He said, nevertheless I live, not I, but Jesus Christ in me. This is our purpose in this old world, to be an example of what He is. He did not mean for this to be hard, but He said there is a cross involved in it. How can it not be hard and be a cross to it? The thing about it is, He bore that cross and we fit into the groove of it, that we may take our cross daily and follow Him. If we fail to do that, we fail to walk in the light as He is in the light. Our failures are not on His part, they are on our part. Paul was looking at himself as being a daily sacrifice for Christ, because He said be ready to give every man an answer as to what you believe. Truly we have the answer tonight. People think they do not have the answer, but if you are ever questioned as to what you believe, there is more that comes from you than what you realize. Because the Spirit of God takes over, and He will relay to you what He wants you to say in that very hour of time. We have been taught in time past, about the Godhead, that the Godhead is something we must understand as we grow in His grace. It is the Spirit of God in you that answers our problems and mine, when our lives are being lived in Christ. That precious anointing is what makes our Christian walk a lot easier. He would not say that we were to shine without, except that He would be in us to shine through us and out of us. That is His perfect plan for us in our lives, that He lives in us to do what is needed in the hour we are living in. Some people say, well I do not have a testimony. You have more of one that what you realize, if you are put to the test. Our God will not put you out there in a boat, without coming to you. Jesus was the one that sent the apostles in the boat, but the very tempter that met them there on the water was the one that was going to meet his master. I don’t mean in service, but in recognition. When Jesus was tempted there in the desert, He was tempted on His deity, if you be the Son of God. Why would the devil say that? He knew He was, and He tried the thing that Jesus was faced with at that time, hunger. It says He hungered. After the forty days were up, no doubt He did hunger: anyone would. He did not tempt Him with something that was not there. Take these stones and make bread out of them, he said; and that was because he knew He was hungry. He showed the signs of it. He takes Him to the temple there at that high place where we were, but in a vision form, the very pinnacle and said, If you be the Son of God, cast yourself down. He had already passed that test. Yet when the devil left Him, it says he left Him for a season. Jesus is not going back to that mountain again to get tempted. His temptation was not the same, it was through mankind. When those Pharisees and Sadduccees came to Him, to tempt Him, that was His testing from there on, and that temptation was concerning His deity. When Jesus was in Simon’s house and the woman came in with the ointment and began to pour it on His feet and then began to weep, Simon whispered, He don’t even know who this woman is, if He knew who she was, that was a temptation to Him. He said, Simon, I have somewhat to say unto you, I come in and you did not offer to wash my feet, but this woman has washed them with her tears. This was the custom. He did know who she was, He knew what she was, He knew what Mary Magdalene was. He knew what the woman was that came to the well where He was, but He saw something down deep inside her, that that anointing He had, connected with. He sees something in you and me, that that anointing connects with. So His time was not just for then, His time is for now also. We heard Bro. Jackson when he preached and said, There was not a man from the time the Lord Jesus preached on this earth, that had the ministry that Bro. William Branham had in praying for the sick. We read of the great miracles that were performed under Peter, just his shadow walking down the street overshadowed some of them. We are not looking for that type of ministry in this hour, we are looking for an in-gathering, a harvest. Even though Peter did not have the ministry that Jesus had in praying for the sick, he still had a part of that ministry. This time that we live in is a promised time. As it was in the days of Elijah, as it was in the days of John the Baptist, right down here on the Ohio River it was spoken. When I moved here in 1963, I got to know people that knew about that. That was about thirty years before my time. The miracles, when I came into this revelation, were beginning to subside, because God had something more important than miracles of healing. Do not ever forget, that there are more important things that God wants to do for us, inside us, than to just heal our bodies. Jesus Himself, made them secondary when He said, these signs shall follow them that believe, Mark 16:17-18 “In my name, shall they cast out devils; they shall speak with new tongues; They shall take up serpents; and if they drink any deadly thing, it shall not hurt them; they shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall recover.” This is still the hour of that kind of thing happening, and it will happen to an extent that we have not yet seen, before we leave here. That happened fifty and sixty years ago to bring people out of those denominational systems. When you go into 1963, on into 1964, that is when the doors of these denominational churches were closed to the Spirit of God. That is when He began to stand at the door and knock for you and I as individuals, to go out to meet Him. Did not it say in Matthew 25, we put more emphasis sometimes upon what it will do to the foolish virgins, than what it will do to the wise ones. Because there was a closing of the door in that chapter. One of these days before very much longer, the last one will come in for the rapture. Whenever that door is closed, because there has to be a closing time, if we believe the message Bro. Jackson preached, that there will be a time come, when that door will be closed, as far as Bride is concerned. Listen to the seals messages: he will plainly tell you in those seals, that you are not saved one day and then enter into the Bride the next day. He illustrated it in this way, if somebody gives their heart to the Lord today and four or five weeks down the road they are killed in an accident, he said they will not be in the Bride, because they did not have time to produce fruit, like those of the bride must produce. What do you mean by that? What did it say? Some brought forth thirty. There is a harvest, there is a whole harvest for those that will be in the Bride of Christ. That is still disappointing to some people yet. They do not believe it. The best way to find that out is through their own mouth’s. I have tried to connect this 20th chapter of Revelation, 21st and 22nd together as it was supposed to be related, it does not all relate in time together. Because you have some that go into the Eternal Age. Chapter 20, when the judgment comes, then after that, you are in the Eternal Age. Then when you go into chapter 21, you have the Bride. The Bride is Bride more than one thousand years. The Bride is Bride before she ever goes to the wedding supper. Do you understand that? “The Bride hath made herself ready,” That is taking place now, but she has not had her change until the rapture. I have got to believe that I am preaching to Bride people. This message that we have, is not for foolish virgins, they will never hear it like the bride does. They do not have a spiritual ear. Somewhere in the midst, out here in the church world, there are a few here and there, that are foolish virgins, but they will never be Bride. When He says depart, I know you not, He did not cast them into hell, He said I know you not, because the thing about it is, He had never known them through His Word. They had never been impregnated with the Word. I just say it that way because I want you to understand what I am talking about. God is elevating us to a point where He is showing us things to come. When I quoted that scripture this morning, I did not go to it, but it says there will be signs in the sun and the moon and the stars, we are going to see them before we leave here. In the 9th verse of Revelation 21, “And there came unto me one of the seven angels which had the seven vials full of the seven last plagues, and talked with me, saying, Come hither, (Come closer. It is like motioning, come closer, I want to show you something. That is what He is going to do with us. He is not going to show us a vision of things so far out that we cannot see them. That little vial of oil that Bro. Jackson saw in that dream, I believe it is still to come. He saw Bro. William Branham come into the midst of this great gathering. He saw Bro. William Branham there, but he did not see himself, because he was still here on earth. The voice said to John, come hither…) I will show you the bride, the Lamb’s wife.” Isn’t that something? I will show you the Bride, the Lamb’s wife, before it ever comes about. “And he carried me away in the spirit (His spirit man left his body. He is not talking about carrying him away in the Holy Ghost. He did not carry his body away, but he carried his spirit away, his life, into the very presence of what John will be one day, after He was gone.) To a great and high mountain, (Why did he take him to a great and high mountain? Because he was going to show him something that is in the heavenlies. Why did it not say he carried him away in the desert? You cannot see anything from the desert. John’s body stayed on the Isle of Patmos, but he carried him away in spirit unto that great and high mountain. It was just as though he was there, like his spirit life was.) and showed me that great city, the holy Jerusalem, descending out of heaven from God.” Now he is talking about the twelve gates, in the 21st verse. “And the twelve gates were twelve pearls: every several gate was of one pearl.” He had already mentioned that the names of the twelve tribes of Israel ware one on each gate. I can show you that again in the 48th chapter, but it will not be the same. If Israel had listened to God, they would have walked right into this. If the church world, when they began to see the light as it come on, by Luther, Calvin, Knox and those men, if they had followed them, it would have led right on into the next church age. Then if they would have listened to them, they would have walked right on into the next, into the open door age, which was under Wesley. But when you get to Laodicea, Laodicea started out right. 1906, 1904, even behind that was the revival that started out in the Welsh islands, which different ones began to go there and God poured out His spirit upon them, because there was a young man there that believed in God. One third of the Welsh islands turned to God under this one young man’s ministry. In 1906 when that time came, we find Azuza Street, the revival goes on three years, then they organized. By 1909 God began to show them baptism in the name of Jesus Christ. But then, those of 1906 did not want to hear about it. Then the ones that began to baptize in the name of Jesus Christ, eventually began to organize around that, and they become UPC, Jesus only, and all this, segregating themselves from the rest of the world of Christianity. Then when the prophet messenger came along, especially from 1946, when God anointed him to go into the world, then UPC did not want anything to do with it because he did not cater to their specific belief. That is when the net was cast out into the sea and gathered of every kind. Matthew 13:47, They came from the Catholic Church, the Baptist Church, from the Methodist Church and the Assembles of God, Church of God, from the holiness move, from Nazarene, gathering of every kind. God began to work miracles among them, miracles they had not seen since the days of Jesus Christ on earth, when Brother Branham would call somebody out and tell them their problem, just like the woman at the well that I mentioned this morning. Jesus told her she had five husbands, and the one she was living with was not her husband. When Phillip came to him, he goes and gets Nathaniel, and he said, can anything good come out of Nazareth? Jesus of Nazareth he said, the Messiah. He had already recognized Him. Can anything good come out of Nazareth? Come and see. When he walked up to where Jesus was, Jesus said, behold an Israelite indeed, in which there is no guile. How did you know me? When you were sitting under that tree I saw you. Brothers and sisters: God knows your house number. I heard him when he said, you back there behind that post, and called that person out. I knew a man that was bleeding inside. He said to him, the blood has stopped. I saw a man with a fruit jar full of alcohol and the cancer that had passed from him, I saw that man carrying it around. Cancers fell from peoples’ faces. People with dark shadows were seen. Stadiums were filled. He went to South Africa, a half million people went to the meetings. They had tribes back then. There was a woman that was the head of a tribe, a queen. She brought her group of people and they had to divide them out because they were afraid that they would start a war right there. He looked at that woman. The people knew her. He told her what was wrong with her and she was healed. Fifty thousand natives gave their hearts to the Lord that night. They called them blanket natives, because they wore nothing on top. Nobody said anything about how they were dressed, but the next night they came in covered with blankets, all the way up to their neck. Don’t tell me the Holy Ghost will not get on you about certain things that need to be corrected. Do not tell me that these of the world, this Christian world so-called, are Christians, I know better, because of the way they look. Even Bro. Jackson mentioned women with tattoos on their ankles. He was living at the beginning of so much of it. Some of them are tattooed from their necks down. If they ever had a child that was born like that, they would take them to see what was wrong with them. But when you come to 1963, I started out with Luther, Knox and them, if it had come to 1963, if they had listened, they would be a part of this end time bride, but they could not, and now the door of their understanding is closed. The light is shut off. Verse 22, we are looking at this, the Bride, “And I saw no temple therein: (There will be a temple in Jerusalem, but this is the new Jerusalem, and there is no temple therein.) for the Lord God Almighty and the Lamb are the temple of it.” The glory of God that is upon the throne today overshadowing the Lord Jesus Christ and His mediatorial work, He and the Lamb will be the light of that temple. I know I used to look at it, and others looked at it, that one day this earth is going to be daylight, all day and night, but when I looked at Genesis 8:22, it says there will be day and night, there will be harvest and there will be sowing. But the Bride is not going to be taking out the garbage. There will be people that are working in the mill. There will be people that will be farming. There will be people that will be doing other things, but it is not going to be the Bride, because they are walking in the light that has been provided by God himself, you will not need a flashlight, you will not need a vehicle, you will not need a gas station, you will not have a flat tire, and you will be faster than any airplane, to get where you need to be. “And the city had no need of the sun, neither of the moon, to shine in it: for the glory of God did lighten it, and the Lamb is the light thereof.” Let us turn to Genesis. I will start with verse 20 of the 8th chapter. “And Noah builded an altar unto the Lord; and took of every clean beast, and of every clean fowl, and offered burnt offerings on the altar. And the Lord smelled a sweet savour; (That is what prayer is from you now. That is how important prayer is unto you.) and the Lord said in his heart, I will not again curse the ground any more for man’s sake; for the imagination of man’s heart is evil from his youth; neither will I again smite any more every thing living, as I have done. While the earth remaineth, seedtime and harvest, and cold and heat, and summer and winter, and day and night shall not cease.” This earth will never be without day and night. It will never be without summer and winter, but the climate will be changed. It will not be like this spring season we have had. There will be no more tornadoes, there will be no more cold spells that will nip the corn and wheat, the beans. Because the Bible tells me that one crop will be in the ground, then another one after that one is harvested. But there will be places in this earth that will still be cold. You are still going to have the north and south poles. Verse 23 in Revelation chapter 21 says the city had no need of the sun, neither of the moon to shine in it, for the glory of God did lighten it and the Lamb is the light thereof, the city, the Bride. “And the nations of them which are saved shall walk in the light of it.” That does not mean they will have daylight all the time, but it means they are going to walk under the understanding of it. These old dark places of this earth will no longer exist. Has anybody heard about the government in Colorado saying that people can now have so much marijuana? There was a News man that went in there the other day to check on that. He checked with twelve young people, and ten of them did not even know who the president of the United States is. He said, I am in the better part of it, I dare not go into the worst part, it is too dangerous. The government just O.K’ed it just a few days ago. God is going to get rid of this government, from the low offices to the high offices. There is going to be a righteous government. You of the Congress, you of the Senate, you state Congress and state Senate, you judges, you Supreme Court justices, and you, Mr. President, you may have your roasts now, but this old world is going to roast one of these days. It says the great men, the chief captains, all of these high headed judges, there is one chief justice that passed Obamacare, one, and he was appointed by George W. Bush, supposed to be a conservative. Politics are rotten to the core, but I am talking about another kingdom that nobody will overthrow. The nations of them that are saved shall walk in the light of it. “And the kings of the earth do bring their glory and honour into it.” It is not talking about this bunch now, it is talking about a righteous kingdom, somebody that had a right to direct, somebody that has been appointed with the influence of a Bride people. Not just anybody is going to run this world. “And the gates of it shall not be shut at all by day: for there shall be no night there. And they shall bring the glory and honour of the nations into it. And there shall in no wise enter into it any thing that defileth, neither whatsoever worketh abomination, or maketh a lie: but they which are written in the Lamb’s book of life.” What does that say to you? It says those that have been redeemed by the blood of Jesus Christ, Bride people. “And he showed me a pure river of water of life, clear as crystal, proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb.” This is not a regular river. Out of your belly, out of your life shall flow living water, not an old dead spring. That is the Holy Ghost and this is a Holy Ghost message. “And in the midst of the street of it, and on either side of the river, (In the midst of the street of the river. Where do you see golden streets, golden highways, golden mansions? They are not big enough. They are not big enough to house the Bride of Jesus Christ. That is why He made this so big. If this was to be on this earth altogether, why did He make it so high? Fifteen hundred miles this way, that way, and fifteen hundred miles high. A cube. When this thing is cubed, we will go. When we get our message right in our heart, we will leave this world.) was there the tree of life, (The tree of life is no longer in the garden, it is in the city, in the Bride, because it all moved there when God and Christ became the light of it.) which bare twelve manner of fruits, (As Bro. Jackson went over that, he said we know what nine of them are, but we don’t know the other three. We are to have nine of them active within us. That is not talking about gifts of the spirit. That is attributes of the spirit. Love, peace, joy, longsuffering, gentleness, goodness, patience, meekness, and temperance.) and yielded her fruit every month: (That is without ceasing. Why would it say every month? We are still in time. When we get here, there will not be any months, there will be daylight and dark, but there will not be any months. There will not be daylight and dark for the Bride people. There will only be daylight.) and the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the nations.” Let me go over that, all this animosity between nations now, the leaves of the tree, which is a representative of peace, peace can only come through Christ. He said peace I leave with you, my peace I give unto you. That peace can only come through Him and He will break down every barrier that is between nations. It is going to be hard to find anyone left in some of these nations, Russia, China, Europe. Russia will be taken care of, a big part of it, in Ezekiel 38 and 39. Iran will be taken care of. I remember the first time I ever heard Bro. Jackson go over that 38th chapter, he said there will only be one sixth left, which is what the Bible says, for those young men to go back and say, momma, you should have seen what I saw in Israel, I saw God working in Israel to where I am no atheist anymore. Because there truly is a God, there was not a shot fired, but it was all taken care of by the God of heaven. The overflowing rain, it is not going to be a mystery, it is going to be real. They are going to see the God of heaven work. That is the way that God will take away the animosity of the nations. Jesus will rule them with a rod of iron. You are going to have some stubborn nations at the beginning, but it will not take long for them to shape up. Because, if they do not do what is right, they will not get any rain that year. The Millennium will be for the healing of the nations. When you go from the healing of the nations in the Millennium, you will not be going from there into an Eternal Age, with war. The healing will take place during the Millennium. Is this making sense? We are on the verge of these things happening. I would want to get my house in order. “And there shall be no more curse: (No more curse. The last curse upon this earth will be when the people are drawn out from their graves. As I went over that last week, the devil is cast into the lake of fire without trial, after the thousand years are over. That is when he will be cast into the lake of fire, where the false prophet and the beast are already, that will go in there at the beginning of the Millennium. Really at the battle of Armageddon, is when they head for their doom. That is the spirit of the beast and the spirit of the false prophet, and their bodies will follow.) but the throne of God and of the Lamb shall be in it; and His servants shall serve Him: and they shall see His face; and His name shall be in their foreheads.” We are not talking about seeing the face of God, we are talking about seeing the face of Christ and the glory of God overshadowing all of that.

WE SHALL CROWN HIM?
5-5-13 AM

I thank the Lord for each one of you, that you have been willing to listen and give your attention. It was fifty four years this month when God spoke to me and told me that I have not only called you to preach, but I have called you to pray for the sick. That message has never changed. I have never spiced it up or tried to make something out of it. The rest of it is His responsibility. Whatever He does with it is His business, but I do know what I was told. Then two years later, after I had always believed in a trinity, concerning the godhead, I remember one time, when I was going to school in the Methodist church, that I put up a little argument concerning the trinity. Then, when the scripture was quoted to me, Matthew 28:19, where Jesus gave the commission to the disciples, (I will turn there and read it.) In the 18th verse it says, “And Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All power is (given unto me) in heaven and in earth.” He is not taking away anything from God His Father, but really what He is doing, He is talking about the next verse as well. This is all included in these verses. You could turn around and say what has been said, if there is any other god, they would be powerless, but Jesus is speaking, concerning the Church, because, as I went over John chapter 16 last Sunday, He was talking about the Holy Ghost, when He is come, that He will guide you into all truth. He is talking about the way the Spirit of God is going to work in His Church, not the way that some people think it will. But then He goes on in the next verse here, which is what spoke to me. “Go ye therefore, and tech all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost.” When that name was mentioned to me, it was said, it is not names, it is in the name (singular) of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Ghost. Jesus said, I am come in my Father’s name. He said the Holy Ghost will only speak what I say, He will not speak of Himself. In other words, He is not going to be a Spirit out here, speaking things other than what Jesus would reveal. This is the power that He is talking about, when He said, all power is given unto me in heaven and earth. When that was mentioned to me, it was mentioned Father is not a name. Nobody ever goes to the bank and cashes a check in the name of father, or in the name of son, or in the name of the Holy Ghost. Some of you are fathers, but then you are sons, but that is not your name. It may be Turner, it may be Maddox, it may be James. That is your name and that is the only way you can get a check cashed. You are both father and son, or daughter and mother, but don’t go to the bank trying to cash a check with any of them other than with a specific name. When I heard that, it became a revelation immediately to me. Then when I did hear the message on baptism, I know the denominational world says, I believe what Jesus said over what Peter said, what are you going to do about the keys that Jesus gave him? Was it something rampant? In Luke the 24th chapter, let us go there. I don’t know why I am doing this, but I am. What did Jesus say? In the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. In the 46th verse, “And said unto them, Thus it is written, and thus is behooved Christ to suffer, and to rise from the dead the third day: And that repentance and remission of sins (How are your sins remitted? By baptism. That is what Peter said in Acts 2:38, Repent every one of you and be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins.) be preached in His name among all nations, beginning at Jerusalem. (He was already raised from the dead here.) And ye are witnesses of these things. And behold, I send the promise of my Father upon you: but tarry ye in the city of Jerusalem, until ye be endued with power from on high.” That 47th verse, of Luke 24, says, and that repentance and remission of sins, not sin, sins. That is the things that you have committed in your human body.

2013-10-We-Shall-Crown-Him-Part-3

We Shall Crown Him?, Part 2 – 2013, August


Introduction

OUR JULY ISSUE ENDED SORT OF ABRUPTLY, SO WE ARE STARTING THIS ISSUE WITH THE LAST SEVEN LINES OF THAT ISSUE.
Let me tell you what kind of crown you will have. 1st Corinthians 9:25 says we will have an incorruptible crown. Let us read that. Start in verse 24. “Know ye not that they which run in a race run all, but one receiveth the prize? So run, that ye may obtain. And every man that striveth for the mastery is temperate in all things. Now they do it to obtain a corruptible crown; but we an incorruptible.” If you are just going to wear a gold crown on your head, it is corruptible, because it says they have a corruptible crown. Every man that striveth for the mastery is temperate in all things. They do it to obtain a corruptible crown, but we an incorruptible. “It is for the prince; (You say well that prince is Jesus. How could that prince be Jesus, when it plainly says that this prince has children, in chapter 46, sons?) the prince, he shall sit in it to eat bread before the Lord; he shall enter by the way of the porch of that gate, and shall go out by the way of the same.” He is the only one that can do that. It shall be opened for him. God does not need a gate closed, or He does not need one opened, because He is the King of the earth, the One created this whole thing. “Then brought he me the way of the north gate before the house: and I looked, and, behold, the glory of the Lord filled the house of the Lord.” The glory of the Lord filled the house. Do you think you can box God into a little house, into a sanctuary, or a manmade building? It is His glory. Let me tell you what kind of crown you will have. 1st Corinthians 9:25 says we will have an incorruptible crown. Let us read that. Let us start in verse 24. “Know ye not that they which run in a race run all, but one receiveth the prize? So run, that ye may obtain. And every man that striveth for the mastery is temperate in all things. Now they do it to obtain a corruptible crown; but we an incorruptible.” If you are just going to wear a gold crown on your head, it is corruptible, because it says they have a corruptible crown. Every man that striveth for the mastery is temperate in all things. They do it to obtain a corruptible crown, but we an incorruptible. “I therefore so run, not as uncertainly; so fight I, not as one that beateth the air: But I keep under my body, and bring it into subjection: lest that by any means, when I have preached to others, I myself should be a castaway.” Let us go to 1st Thessalonians 2:18-20. “Wherefore we would have come unto you, even I Paul, once and again: but Satan hindered us. For what is our hope, or joy, or crown of rejoicing? (Crown of rejoicing.) Are not even ye in the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ at His coming? For ye are our glory and joy.” There he is talking about a crown of rejoicing. Now let us go back to Ezekiel, in verse 4. “Then brought he me the way of the north gate before the house: and I looked, and, behold, the glory of the Lord filled the house of the Lord: and I fell upon my face.” He did not see any person, he saw the glory of God. “And the Lord said unto me, Son of man, mark well, and behold with thine eyes, and hear with thine ears all that I say unto thee concerning all the ordinances of the house of the Lord, and all the laws thereof; (He is telling him to hear all the ordinances of the house of the Lord and all the laws.) and mark well the entering in of the house, with every going forth of the sanctuary.” He is telling him to take instructions. In other words he is saying, look, mark what you see going on. Do you think you are going to receive a crown? Sure, but a crown of the glory of the Lord. You are not going to have to wear something on your head to distinguish who you are. When John met Jesus, he did not look upon him to distinguish who he was, because he had a crown on him. He said, behold the Lamb of God. When Peter, James and John went up on the mountain with Him there in Matthew 17:1, after He had been in the wilderness to be tempted, then He goes with Peter, James and John, and when He did, His clothes became white as the light. Do you think that would not distinguish who He was? Do you think it is not going to distinguish who you are, living with normal people like we look today, and have a white robe on? Jesus had a glistening white robe on. That is what you are going to wear. Do you think that is literal? I do. Sure we have a robe of righteousness, but whenever Jesus comes back on that white horse, what are you going to be wearing? “And thou shalt say to the rebellious, (Even in that hour, many are going to be rebellious. It is not the sheep people, it is their offspring. Anybody that goes into the Millennium that are sheep people, they are going to be sheep people all the way through. Those Jews of Revelation 12, when they come out on the other side, and they go back to Israel, they are going to be people that are righteous all the way through.) even to the house of Israel, Thus saith the Lord God; O ye house of Israel, let it suffice you of all your abominations, In that ye have brought into my sanctuary (he is talking about then) strangers, uncircumcised in heart, and uncircumcised in flesh, to be in my sanctuary, to pollute it, even my house, when ye offer me bread, the fat and the blood, and they have broken my covenant because of all your abominations. And ye have not kept the charge of mine holy things: but ye have set keepers of my charge in my sanctuary for yourselves.” Then he goes back to the future house. “Thus saith the Lord God; No stranger, uncircumcised in heart, nor uncircumcised in flesh, shall enter into my sanctuary, of any stranger that is among the children of Israel. And the Levites that are gone away far from me.” Now he begins to talk about the Levites that went astray back in Bible times. They will never receive the glory that should be due unto them. God does not forget. But it said the sons of Zadok, they shall minister in His sanctuary. Then in chapter 45, it begins to tell the measurement of the city of the sanctuary and all. Then he goes on down and begins to talk of the offerings and everything that are to be kept. “And a portion shall be for the prince on the one side and on the other side of the oblation of the holy portion, and of the possession of the city, before the oblation of the holy portion, and before the possession of the city, from the west side westward, and from the east side eastward: and the length.” He goes ahead to tell the length. In verse 8, “In the land shall be his possession in Israel: and my princes (which is his sons) shall no more oppress my people; and the rest of the land shall they give to the house of Israel according to their tribes. Thus saith the Lord God; Let it suffice you, O princes of Israel: remove violence and spoil, and execute judgment and justice, take away your exactions from my people, saith the Lord God. Ye shall have just balances, and a just ephah, (which is measurements) and a just bath.” This is also a measurement. I want to go down a little ways here to verse 15. “And one lamb out of the flock, out of two hundred, out of the fast pastures of Israel; for a meat offering, and for a burnt offering, and for peace offerings, to make reconciliation for them, saith the Lord God. All the people of the land shall give this oblation for the prince in Israel. And it shall be the prince’s part to give burnt offerings, and meat offerings, and drink offerings, in the feasts, and in the new moons, and in the Sabbaths, in all solemnities of the house of Israel: he shall prepare the sin offering, and the meat offering, and the burnt offering, and the peace offerings, to make reconciliation for the house of Israel.” That is in the Millennium. The prince will do that in the Millennium. It is not Jesus. Jesus is ruling in that heavenly Bride part, just as John sees Him. You see the Bride in chapter 21 and 22. She is in a heavenly setting over this entire earth. She is still ruling, she is still reigning, but it talks about kings in Revelation 22. It talks about her being over kings and how the leaves of the tree of life, that is what it is talking about, the tree of life, the leaves of the tree of life are for the
healing of the nation. That is shed forth by the Bride. That is the Holy Ghost, not just dwelling with the Bride people, but dwelling in Bride people. People want to sing these songs, Jesus is my co-captain, if He is your co-captain, He is not in you. He had better be our captain. If you have the Holy Ghost today, you have a right to every promise that God left for those who truly believe. When are we going to learn that we have a portion in all of this? When we learn who we are, and I am not bragging, I am not boasting, when we learn who we are, we will see ourselves like they saw themselves in Acts, 2, 3 and 4. There is no devil that will be able to stand before us and defy us. We are possessors of something he does not have. We are possessors of the Spirit of God, when we have Him dwelling in us. He is alive this morning, He is not sitting out here some place on a side road, waiting until service is over, then I will come and heal you after service is over, then we invite Him in to let Him heal us, then He goes back outside. No, that is the wrong way to look at this. He is with you and in you this morning. What is that song, Jesus is keeping me alive. He is keeping me alive. They print a little paper that comes out every month, It is Ford News. I did not know it, but I had a cousin that had died. He was seventy some years old, who had retired from Ford. He was a good person. But brothers and sisters, being a good person is not sufficient for salvation. I did not know he had died until I saw it in that paper. You are my people. Jesus looked at the disciples and He rebuked them at times, mostly Peter, but He said, you are my friends, I am going to tell you what I am going to do. He said, you are not strangers, you are friends, and friends tell each other what they are going to do. He is talking to us this morning. If He is shut out, it is only because we have shut Him out. If there is unbelief in our heart’s, we have let the devil fool us. Don’t let him fool with your mind, because the Bible tells me, rebuke the devil and he will flee from you. James 4:7 “Submit yourselves therefore to God. Resist the devil, and he will flee from you. 8, Draw nigh to God, and He will draw nigh to you. If you have that in you to rebuke him, you do it. He has no right to fool around with God’s people and put doubt in their hearts. They will be doing these various things in commemoration of what has already happened, because those that go into the Millennium, they are going to have to be reminded of what was done for them, as a reminder of what salvation was for. That little lamb that was brought there will be a memory of what was done for them, He that sat upon the throne as the intercessor. Because He then will be ruling and reigning as John saw Him in chapter 5, when he first looked. He was expecting the Lion of the tribe of Judah, that is what He will be then. But John saw a lamb because He was interceding. He will no longer be interceding. Get the picture while He is still interceding this morning. The Bible tells you about adding this and this, and then it says to add to all of these hope, and hope makes us not ashamed. I hope today that we are getting a picture of the coming events of our rulership and our reign with Christ.

WE SHALL CROWN HIM?
PREACHED 4-14-13 PM

I always want to be sensitive enough to the Spirit of God to let Him lead in a service, because what I have to say can go on for another service when need be. I will not forget it, because it is something implanted inside me. I have a couple more scriptures to add on to what we already have. I know there are a lot of scriptures there, but Matthew 19:27-28 and 1st Corinthians 6:1-4 is added on today. When Paul wrote his revelation that comes in the book of Hebrews, he said that we are among an innumerable company of angels. I know, in the 11th chapter of Hebrews it says, talking about the things that the people suffered, this is not a part of my scriptures, it says in verse 37 that they were stoned, sawn asunder, were tempted, were slain with the sword, they wandered about in sheepskins and goatskins, being destitute, afflicted, tormented, of whom the world was not worthy. The world is not worthy. They wandered in deserts and in mountains, in dens and caves of the earth, these all having obtained a good report through faith, received not the promise. The promise of the Son of God had not yet come. For God, having provided some better things for us, that they, without us, should not be made perfect. So he puts himself and those that believe, in a category with people that have been slain, have been tempted, and says, that without us, they could not be made perfect, because the promise had not yet come. The promise of God’s Redeemer had not come yet. It was only alive in the hearts of the people. He went ahead to say, wherefore seeing we also are compassed about with so great a cloud of witnesses, let us lay aside every weight, and the sin which doth so easily beset us. He is talking to saints of God. That thing that you are struggling to overcome, he is saying to you, lay it aside, don’t think upon it. When you see or feel a temptation that has gotten a hold of you at times, lay it aside, don’t let it rule over you, don’t let it be a part of your life, because the more we resist the devil, the less trouble we will have from him. Resist the devil and he will flee from you, that cannot be true, some will say, but it has to be the truth. Lay aside every weight and the sin which doth so easily beset you, and let us run with patience the race that is set before us. He is not talking to sinners, he is talking to saints, because the first verses I read will tell you that. But he tells you the answer here, looking unto Jesus, the author and finisher of our faith, who for the joy that was set before Him, endured the cross, despising the shame, and is sit down at the right hand of the throne of God. Every priest that ministered in the court of God’s house, every priest that ministered, and the high priest that ministered, stood as they offered those offerings, and as they went about to do the daily work, and the high priest, as he did the work he was supposed to do, they stood, showing it had not been completed. But Jesus, showing that the work was completed, sat down, because it shows the whole thing had been surrendered. He sat down then to make intercession, sat down at the right hand of the throne of God. So He sat in His mediatorial throne. The throne He sat in was not something made by man. It was something provided by God. I want us to go back to Ezekiel. You may think that this is as though the Jews did not have hope, but they did. But they had to go through the same ordeal they did when they were under the Law, because this is a remembrance. Now the Gentiles in the Gentile nations during the Millennium, only have to go to Jerusalem once a year, but the Jews, it was a weekly thing with them. But at the feast of tabernacles, every nation, the leadership of every nation will have to go to Jerusalem once a year to be a partaker of that. I am not saying that every man and boy, because there would be no way that everybody could do that. But it is designated for the leadership of the world, to show obedience, because that is the only feast that has not been fulfilled yet, the feast of tabernacles will be the last one, and that will be during the Millennium, showing that the little booth that the Jews build today is over. You will see that in the 14th chapter of the book of Zechariah. We were talking about the prince this morning, that will be sitting in the gate. Only the prominent were permitted to sit in the gate, to judge, because that was the one that was going to be a partaker of taking care of the problems that the natural man has to give an account of. We are going to get to some things tonight that will answer some of the questions on the problems, or some of the things that I am bringing up. I am going to go back to that 15th verse again of chapter 45 chapter. “And one lamb out of the flock, out of two hundred.” That was what their gift was to be, whenever they commemorated the Christ that had already suffered. This is something that they must remember, because they are not just going to jump from this age to that age, the people that are both, without knowing what has taken place on their behalf, so that they can be a part of the heavenly kingdom, when the Millennium is over. This will be done all throughout the Millennium, until the Millennium is over. Then after that, every living being that goes through the Millennium, every living being, even though there will be many that will still be in the natural body, will have eternal life, there will be no deaths in that eternal age. Because it says in Revelation 21 that death is destroyed. We will go to that in a minute. “And one lamb out of the flock, out of two hundred, out of the fat pastures of Israel: for a meat offering, and for a burnt offering, and for peace offerings, to make reconciliation (Reconciliation is atonement, it is just as much required during that time, as it will be whenever the Jews begin to offer sacrifice again, when the temple is being built. Because it is something to look back on, what has been done for them. Even the sheep people will not know all of that.) for them, saith the Lord God. All the people of the land shall give this oblation for the prince in Israel. And it shall be the prince’s part to give burnt offerings, and meat offerings, and drink offerings, in the feasts, (Whenever they come together, they were to have three feasts. This was the beginning, and then they added different ones. They added many that the Bible did not even speak of.) and in the new moons, and in the Sabbaths, in all solemnities of the house of Israel: he shall prepare the sin offering, and the meat offering, and the burnt offering, and the peace offerings, to make reconciliation for the house of Israel.” For the house of Israel, not for the Gentile people, for the house of Israel. But when I read the scripture, Jesus is to be ruler over all the earth. Are you seeing a picture here in this? “Thus saith the Lord God; In the first month, in the first day of the month, thou shalt take a young bullock without blemish, and cleanse the sanctuary.” See? All this is being done by men, priests. They are to cleanse the sanctuary. Jesus is not to do this, it is the prince on those natural subjects ,those that are under him. “And the priest (singular) shall take of the blood of the sin offering, and put it upon the posts of the house, and upon the four corners of the settle of the altar, and upon the posts of the gate of the inner court. And so thou shalt do the seventh day of the month for every one that erreth, (Did you get that? For every one that erreth. The devil is tied at this time, but then there is that inherited spirit in man, because it even talks about the rebellious. We know that there is death in the Millennium, because of disobedience.) and for him that is simple: (the simple minded) so shall ye reconcile the house. In the first month, in the fourteenth day of the month, ye shall have the passover, a feast of seven days; unleavened bread shall be eaten.” There you go again with the same thing, with the passover, and this is a commemoration of what has already been done. You will see in the 12th chapter, the woman there, that she is more or less standing on the moon, and the sun is upon her head with twelve stars. She has done passed over the Old Testament offerings, as far as for sin is concerned, now she is looking back at what was done for her at Calvary. The Jews still do not recognize that, and I am afraid of any Jew that says they are a Christian, because usually, if they say they are a Christian, they have been brought in by the trinity people, and not of those who know that God is ONE, and not three persons. But one of these days, that which they are holding now, the orthodox Jew, not every orthodox Jew, but the real orthodox Jew, you cannot put a trinity over on him. Just as Bro. Turner was talking this morning, there is no such thing, never was and never will be, any such thing as Jesus being in heaven, and the three of them decide which one will come to earth and die. That is all Catholic originated, garbage. “And upon that day shall the prince prepare for himself and for all the people of the land a bullock for a sin offering.” Prepare for himself and for all the people of the land, that is talking about the land of Israel, a bullock for a sin offering. “And seven days of the feast he shall prepare a burnt offering to the Lord, seven bullocks and seven rams without blemish daily the seven days; and a kid of the goats daily for a sin offering. And he shall prepare a meat offering of an ephah for a bullock, (an ephah is a measurement) and an ephah for a ram, and an hin (which is another measurement) of oil for an ephah. In the seventh month, in the fifteenth day of the month, shall he do the like in the feast of the seven days, according to the sin offering, according to the burnt offering, and according to the meat offering, and according to the oil.” What does that have to do with your message? It has a lot to do with it, because we are talking about rulership and who is going to be rulers. This is for the natural man. When we are looking at the Bride, we are looking at that heavenly Bride, which will come down to earth to rule and reign with Christ. As I wrote down that scripture there, 1st Corinthians 6, let us go there. “Dare any of you, having a matter against another, go to law before the unjust, and not before the saints?” See? He is setting a pattern here. He said, dare you, that is the way he put it, dare you to go to the law, taking a matter that belongs to the saints. Dare any of you, I believe he put emphasis upon that word. He is not saying I dare you, he is saying, dare you, having a matter against another, go to the law before the unjust, and not before the saints. “Do ye not know that the saints shall judge the world?” Where are they going to do this? In a man made judgment hall? What he is talking about? They are going to judge people as they come up from the grave, to stand before the Son of God. “And if the world shall be judged by you, are ye unworthy to judge the smallest matters? Know ye not that we shall judge angels? (He is not going to take a worldly judgeship to judge angels. Why would he say that we shall judge angels? Because by that time we have lived in angelic conditions. Do you understand that? Because the Bible teaches us, when Jesus was talking to the Sadducees, when they were questioning Him about the relationship between a man and a woman, and you go down through seven men, and all of them have died, whenever they have all died, the Sadducees asked, whose wife will she be in the resurrection? They were questioning Him because they did not believe in the resurrection? Whose wife will she be in the resurrection? He said, “Ye do err, not knowing the scriptures, nor the power of God. For in the resurrection they neither marry, nor are given in marriage, but are as the angels of God in heaven.” In the resurrection, when they shall rise, they shall be as the angels, so the Bride, during the Millennium, is going to be able to make judgements. They will, after the situation has been exhausted by mankind. That is when the Bride will sit to judge, not in an earthly throne because that is given to men, but in a heavenly setting. Because they know, and they are not judging according to looking at people. They are judging according to what they know. You know how it is in a judgeship. Here comes one, just like it was with Solomon, here comes two women. One has a dead child. I say this in reference to what I am saying, one of them has a dead child, the other has a living child. They began to say, this one that is living is mine. After it had not been resolved, Solomon had already asked for wisdom from God. So when they could not resolve it, he said bring me the child. Where is wisdom from? Where does the type of wisdom he had come from? It comes from God. It says angels encamp about the heirs of salvation. You do not necessarily see them, but they have been seen. You do not normally see them, but they are in our lives, because they were sent here for the heirs of salvation. I am sure they have made decisions for us. God did not just use them one time and set them aside. Now speaking of this situation, Solomon said, bring me a sword and I will settle this thing: I will divide it. When they did, the real mother of the child said, let her have it. The other one said, no, split it in two. He made a decision on that basis. Do you think he did not have help? The only thing then, it is going to be like it was in the beginning, the angelic beings and the saints of God are going to be together, because it said we would be as the angels of God in heaven. The angels of God helped Abraham make up his mind. They sure set by when Sarah laughed. The one said, why did Sarah laugh? God came into their life in angelic form. This was not a case of Jesus coming down because Abraham looked at the three sand said, my Lord. Lot looked at the other two and said, my lords. “Know ye not that we shall judge angels? How much more things that pertain to this life?” You may say, Well, I have the Holy Ghost. Sure you have, nobody is saying you do not, but God also uses angels. He could just have spoken to Mary, but that is not the way He works. Bro. William Branham had an angel that spoke to him for years. He never saw it. Finally it appeared to him when he was in a cave in Charlestown, Indiana. When it finally appeared to him, he recognized it was the voice that had spoken to him from that tree when he was a small child; and saw something like a whirlwind up there, and when it spoke to him, he said it was the same voice that always spoke to him. Then it manifested itself unto him. I say to each saint of God, there is an angel watching over you. “If then ye have judgments of things pertaining to this life, set them to judge who are least esteemed in the church.” I want to go back to Ezekiel 46, starting in the 4th verse. “And the burnt offering that the prince shall offer unto the Lord in the Sabbath day shall be six lambs without blemish, and a ram without blemish. And the meat offering shall be an ephah for a ram, and the meat offering for the lambs as he shall be able to give, and an hin of oil to an ephah.” Even in that kingdom, everybody is not going to have the same because it said as he is able to give. (Pertaining to the mortals) We have already heard him talking about the simple, and we have heard him talking about different categories and now he is talking about the one that is able to give. “And the meat offering shall be an ephah for a ram, and the meat offering for the lambs as he shall be able to give, and an hin of oil to an ephah. (These are all measurements.) And in the day of the new moon it shall be a young bullock without blemish, and six lambs, and a ram: they shall be without blemish. And he shall prepare a meat offering, an ephah for a bullock, and an ephah for a ram, and for the lambs according as his hand shall attain unto, and an hin of oil to an ephah. And when the prince shall enter, he shall go in by the way of the porch of that gate, and he shall go forth by the way thereof.” The same way, and only the prince can do that. Because he is representing the people in a way that he is without fault. “But when the people of the land shall come before the Lord in the solemn feasts, he that entereth in by the way of the north gate to worship shall go out by the way of the south gate; and he that entereth in by the way of the south gate shall go forth by the way of the north gate: he shall not return by the way of the gate whereby he came in, but shall go forth over against it.” As I said this morning, you do not go out the same way you came in, something has changed. That is a lesson for us, when we come to the Lord, we don’t keep doing the things that we were doing before, we must surrender those things unto Him and go away another way, a one hundred and eighty degree turn. I am not saying that you did not get something, I am saying what we have done in this hour, we have come through denominational systems, but we have got to get all of that out of our system, even people that were never in denominations, it has crept in, in one way or another, through our relationships with people that do not know any better. Is that right? We don’t just believe something because somebody else tells us it is the right way. The Bible says to search the scripture. “And the prince in the midst of them, when they go in, shall go in; and when they go forth, shall go forth. And in the feasts and in the solemnities the meat offerings shall be an ephah to a bullock, and an ephah to a ram, and to the lambs as he is able to give, and an hin of oil to an ephah.” What I am doing here, is showing you how Israel is going to be ruled in the Millennium, and they are going to have a prince over them that is a natural man among them. Because the Bride kingdom is setting over all this. Why do we make a study of the Bride in Revelation 21, and see what all the glories of it is, and then bring it to an earthly throne? I am not saying these things to hurt anybody, not at all. But I feel that this is a learning process for me, as well as for you, to let us know what we are going to be in the future, because as I said this morning, as I have said different times, and as Jesus said, come and learn of me, I am meek and lowly in spirit, and you will find rest for your souls. That is what we are after, the rest that the children of Israel could have had, coming out of Egypt into the promised land, but they did not enter into that rest because of unbelief. That was to be a rest for them. When we come from that denominational system into the truth of God’s Word, this is a rest to us because it is the Holy Ghost. The Holy Ghost is our rest. You had your Oneness, the Assemblies of God and others, that come out of that speaking in tongues and all, but they never went any further than that. Then when they were so full, when you come into the early 1960’s, the Catholic Church from here to Canada, from Notre Dame to Canada, were speaking in tongues and it bumfuzzled peoples’ mind’s, how is this happening? It did kind of crowd your mind because we were still sitting on the edge of the denominational system. Many times these things sounded pretty good, but it was the devil that had entered in and God anointed them, Bro. Jackson even said that in the seals, 1962 and 1963, along in there, but it did not change a thing. It just made them worse. The Spirit of God will change you for the better, or it will make you a heretic. “Now when the prince shall prepare a voluntary burnt offering or peace offerings voluntarily unto the Lord, one shall then open him the gate that looketh toward the east, and he shall prepare his burnt offering and his peace offerings, as he did on the Sabbath day: then he shall go forth; and after his going forth one shall shut the gate.” There is nobody else going out that gate, because this is the gate he sits in. “Thou shalt daily prepare a burnt offering unto the Lord of a lamb of the first year without blemish: thou shalt prepare it every morning.” There is going to be a lot of blood shed of little animals during the Millennium. “And thou shalt prepare a meat offering for it every morning, the sixth part of an ephah, and the third part of a hin of oil, to temper with the fine flour; a meat offering continually by a perpetual ordinance unto the Lord. Thus shall they prepare the lamb, and the meat offering, and the oil, every morning for a continual burnt offering. Thus saith the Lord God; if the prince give a gift unto any of his sons, the inheritance therefore shall be his sons’; (See? This is what I was wanting to get to. This is not Jesus: it is that Jewish prince.) it shall be their possession by inheritance. But if he give a gift of his inheritance to one of his servants, then it shall be his to the year of liberty; (or jubilee) afterward it shall return to the prince: but his inheritance shall be his sons’ for them. Moreover the prince shall not take of the people’s inheritance by oppression, (Do you think Jesus would take the peoples’ inheritance by oppression?) to thrust them out of their possession; but he shall give his sons inheritance out of his own possession: that my people be not scattered every man from his possession.” It goes ahead to repeat the land that will be given unto the children of Israel, the length and the width, and the breadth of the temple, and of the city that surrounds the temple. So we see these things as we look in the scripture. There is one more scripture I want to go to before I close this. Matthew 19, let me go to verse 23. “Then said Jesus unto His disciples, Verily I say unto you, That a rich man shall hardly enter into the kingdom of heaven. And again I say unto you, It is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle, than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God. When His disciples heard it, they were exceedingly amazed, saying, Who then can be saved? But Jesus beheld them, and said unto them, With men this is impossible; but with God all things are possible. Then answered Peter and said unto Him, Behold, we have forsaken all, and followed thee; what shall we have therefore? And Jesus said unto them, Verily I say unto you, that ye which have followed me, in the regeneration when the Son of man shall sit in the throne of His glory, (In the throne of His glory, that is what I was showing you this morning, what I had here this morning. When He sits on the throne of His glory.) ye also shall sit upon twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel.” Do you think that is going to be natural thrones? We have already gone over this part here in 44, 45 and 46. It will be matters unsolved, because the Bible says that we shall be kings and priests. But these are going to sit in the throne of His kingdom with Him. If I had time, I would go to Revelation 21 and show you their position in that Brides mansion, it gives them as twelve different stones, as the foundation of that city, and the stones that represent the twelve tribes of Israel. They are not going to sit upon twelve man made thrones, it is a heavenly setting. As Jesus said, ye shall be as the angels of God in heaven. There are no angels sitting on earthly thrones. But they will be judges in matters that cannot be settled by normal natural men. Because there can be a lot of problems when that kingdom starts, simply because they are dealing with natural men that do not know what we know. We are learning some of it now, as we go along, how we are to live and conduct our lives, because we are headed for a better kingdom than this. The Bride setting in Revelation 21 is not an earthly setting, but it is an earthly rule. Do you see the difference? Do you think you are going to be bound in one place? There are angels that have wings, but you will not have wings, and you will not need wings, because gravity will not be a factor then. I want to get to some other things in this, so I do not just surprise you and leave it there. I want to go into it with my eyes open and I want you to see it in the same way, I am not trying to pull anything over on anyone. As I said this morning, we are not going to live in some little man made mansion somewhere, but on the other side it was so beautiful that God gave John a revelation of something that was to come, so that if you do not put it in that manner, man could not understand it

WE SHALL CROWN HIM?
SERMON OF 4-21-13 AM

I have added two more scriptures to the chart, that are concerning the time we are living in now. These others are some future tense, but we know that everything has a climax to it. You do not just jump over what God is doing and say, we will wait until next week and we will see better. What He is doing now is going to be more of what He has already done, and still more to come that He has not done yet, I have to believe, that because God is a living God and His word is alive today, and He is dwelling within us, to enable us to comprehend, not only what He is going to do, but what He is doing now. I am not sitting on the side rails this morning, looking for a future of what He is going to do, I am sitting in the midst of what He is doing. I believe today, that the time is upon us, to where we are going to see the climax of what He is doing. All of this is just adding up to what the future is going to be for the Bride of Jesus Christ. I know you believe you are Bride people, and according to Matthew 24, the Bride will be gathered together where the carcase (fresh meat) is, because we are like the eagles: we will not feast on an old dead carcase. I believe I am looking at God’s little eaglets this morning, that are growing to become eagles in the time to come, to where you are going to be able to take wings and fly, fly unto a place of refuge where there is no end. In thinking, concerning eternity, it is beyond my comprehension to be able to look beyond time, but there is that time that is coming and if you have the Holy Ghost, you have a part of it right now. If you have the Holy Ghost, you have a part of God dwelling in you, because the Holy Ghost is God’s Spirit. It is how God’s Spirit works in the hearts and minds of His people. Jesus said it could not come unless He went away, because God works in unison with His word. His word mapped out how Jesus would come, it mapped out what would bring it to that point about Abraham. Then it has mapped out what will be for the time we are living in now. We are living in Bible days. If this is not the fulfilling of the Word of God, I don’t know what it is. That is the reason I say we are living in Bible times. The book of Acts never has been finished. The letters that Paul wrote never did die, or Peter, James, John, nor Jude. All of that goes together, for God to deal with a man named John in the book of Revelation. He gave Peter the keys to the kingdom, which he used on the day of Pentecost, as he stood there to answer their question, “Men and brethren, what must we do? Acts 2:38, God had given him the keys, which was the revelation of what he stood and proclaimed to them. Then later, he was the one to introduce the gospel message to the Gentiles. Acts, chapter 10, But he was not the one God chose to be the apostle to the Gentiles. God had chosen the apostle Paul, to be the apostle to the Gentiles. Nevertheless, it was Peter that opened the gate of understanding to them. This all came about by the working of the Holy Ghost, which Jesus said, you cannot have unless I go away first. He went away, and He has been making intercession for us until this day, to help us to be able to not only have our prayers answered, but have our understanding opened to spiritual realities Today, we are very much in the time when God is working through His ministry, to open the scripture for our understanding of truth, and I have to believe that to be so for all that are called to be Bride saints. Because if we are not living in that time, then as Paul said, I know that I am most miserable because I have taught that we are, and I have heard taught that we are. But we are further down the road today than we were eight or ten years ago. God is giving us more understanding, but there are a lot that have shut the door to any further revelation. They believe there is going to be seven thunders utter their voices, and so do I, but think about this, what is God going to reveal to His true Church before that time? You are not just going to ease through life, then God lets you hear seven thunders that will tell you all that the Bride needs to know. No brothers and sisters, we are still working on that perfection of Ephesians 4, and all that is being revealed in this hour of time, is a compiling of things that lead up to what we are waiting for. He will open the door to each revelation as it serves His purpose to do so. As I said, I have added scripture this morning, that I did not have up there before. I do not have a slide for them, but I want to look at them now. Look at what came to me yesterday, that I added this morning, the 5th chapter of the book of 1st Thessalonians, the first four verses. “But of the times and the seasons, brethren, (and sisters) ye have no need that I write unto you.” Why would he say that, you have no need that I write unto you? It was because he had already told them. Listen to what he says. “For yourselves know perfectly that the day of the Lord so cometh as a thief in the night.” The day of the Lord so cometh as a thief in the night. We are in the beginning of that day. But he said that we should not be surprised. “For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape. But ye brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief.” I get different things through the mail, and they also call me on the telephone, and they really do aggravate me on the phone, all these telemarketers, and they know when to call you, just when you get busy, especially at supper time. Many of them, you cannot even understand, but you had better be careful how you answer them. They must be hired out from some country that cannot speak English. They expect you to understand them. I just tell them, I cannot understand you. After that, I hang up. It is this one and that one, the police force, state police, firemen, all this and much, much more. One time there was someone hit the back of my car and I had to go to the police station at Sellersburg, to get a copy of the report. When I did that, I started to leave and I thought, I want to ask this woman something. I asked her, this state police fund that we get these calls about, how much do you all actually get out of that? She said, we do not back it, because we get very little out of it. That is what she said, we get very little out of it. So if they get very little, then I will give less, less than very little. I don’t try to be hard hearted on these things, but I am just telling you what was told to me, because I wanted to know. There are so many people that call you, the Red Cross, the Blue Cross, the White Cross, just over and over and over, wanting donations, just like these television broadcasts of so many preachers. They want you to send your money in because the sooner they get it, the sooner you get your miracle. If it is based on things like that, I don’t want it. I know I need miracles and I have seen miracles, and I have received miracles, but I didn’t buy any one of them. God never did say, I will heal you, if you pay me. No, He said, I have the cattle on a thousand hills, and He owns the hills. But it is just over and over and over, in that manner, in the day that we are living in. It says here in the 3rd verse, when they shall say peace and safety, then sudden destruction cometh upon them as travail upon a woman with child, and they shall not escape. What is he talking about? A woman that is expecting a child, does not have just one contraction. When I see what is going on in this nation, I see contractions. What happened Monday in Boston, that is all you hear, you don’t hear about the people in Texas when the fourteen were killed, and two hundred injured. No, it was a sporting event up there in Boston, which is what peoples’ minds are interested in. The closer the birth comes for that child, the more contractions there are. As I look at that scripture this morning, I can see the things that are happening are going to be more numerous as time passes. When people brag and say, next year this event is going to be bigger and better, I just have to say, the devil has a lot of quivers in his arsenal. Sure it is something that the devil does, but it is also something God allows. When Israel got so bad, (I was reading about Israel in 2nd Kings.) When Elisha looked at what was happening in the Israeli government, he went, as God had told him, to the king or the captain of the army of Samaria, or of Moab. He went to the captain there, and when he did, he then began to cry and weep. He said, this man had come to have him pray for the king, his captain had. And Elisha began to pray. As he began to weep, he wept because he saw what the man he was talking to, would do to Israel. He said, I see you that you are going to become king, and when you do, you are going to kill the Israeli people and rip the women open that are with child. He more or less told him in common language today, and said, you are crazy, I would never do that. But this was the determination of God, because God was going to teach Israel a lesson. When he got through talking to him, he went to the house of the king. Elisha told him to tell him that he was going to get well, but said he is not. He went in there and wet a big blanket and put it over the king’s head and killed him. Then he began to butcher the children of Israel, just as the prophecy had said, he began to butcher them. You read on down when it comes to the end of his life and all, Hazel’s life, Israel had ten chariots and a hundred horses, and six thousand troops. An army that used to, years ago, reach into the millions. Now you could stand and look over them and count them, because God had said so. God said the nation that forgets me will be turned into hell. Here the leadership of this country is exactly like Israel’s leadership was, back at that time. How can this nation ever stand against what is coming upon it, without bloodshed. Ever since the Civil War, all the wars have been out of this country. But now they have let so many of these people in, that are out to destroy this nation, that they don’t know where they are. They cannot count them and they cannot find them because they do not believe, when something is told to them. Even Russia warned them of this older boy two years ago. They warned that he was out for no good, the Russian leader, Putin, did, a godless man from a godless nation, warned the president, warned the FBI and they look into the man’s life and said we cannot find anything. He goes just a few months back, he goes to Chechyna, back to where he is from and there he trains for six months to attack this nation. His brother, that they caught yesterday, became a citizen of this country 9-11-2012. Contractions, they are going to get more numerous. Don’t look for this to be the end, there is going to be more and more. The Bible says there would be earthquakes in diverse places. Look at China, they just had one there five years ago that killed ninety thousand in the same area. Now they don’t know how many are killed. There will also be famines. As you look into Africa, places of that nature, you see famines, pestilence. These are contractions that Jesus spoke about. There will be more and more and more, on up until the time when Israel gets her inherited land back. Here is another scripture I want us to look at, Luke 21:25. “And there shall be signs in the sun, and in the moon, and in the stars; and upon the earth distress of nations, with perplexity; the sea and the waves roaring; Men’s hearts failing them for fear, and for looking after those things which are coming on the earth: for the powers of heaven shall be shaken. And then shall they see the Son of man coming in a cloud with power and great glory.” That will be at the end after the tribulation. But he said, when these things begin to come to pass, then look up. Don’t look after this world and what is going on, because it is going to be numerous. It said it would be numerous in those days. Lift up your heads, that is talking about straightening your shoulders. Don’t let the things you see coming get you down. I am not talking about being happy about it or rejoicing about it, but when you see these things begin to come to pass, it says to lift up your heads for your redemption draweth nigh, when they begin to come to pass. Maybe I should not say this because I do not support Christian television, but I did see something, it has been on different channels, and is called, the blood moons. These are all in relationship to Israel. What we are talking about is the moon turning red like blood. The Bible speaks of it. This has happened three times in the last five hundred and some years. One of them was when Columbus discovered America. Columbus was a Jew. The next one, as I said, it is in relation with Israel always, the next one was in 1948 when Israel became a nation. The next one was in 1967 when Israel took the land they now have. That is only three in five hundred years, but there are supposed to be two in the fall of 2014 and two in the fall of 2015. I say if this be right, we are close to Israel getting her land back. There was one when Jesus was crucified. It has always been related to Israel. Brothers and sisters, it has been sixty five years, May 14th since Israel become a nation, and the Bible says that generation shall not pass. How close are we? I believe with all my heart and I am not predicting, I believe with all my heart by the fall of 2014 that something is going to happen in Israel. There will be other things before that. Are we ready? Are we looking up? Do we have our heads up or do we have our heads hanging down? He is saying, look up because your redemption is drawing nigh. That is a hope. I did not make a prediction, but I am saying I believe that it cannot last more than two and a half years. You might say, I am saying that Jesus is coming in two and a half years. I did not say that at all. Because Israel has to get her land back. Could it be? I am asking you that question, could it be? I believe that it is, but I will not predict it. I was noticing upstairs this morning while I was looking up one scripture, I was noticing because I could hear the things that were going on down here, it is getting to where Faith Assembly is arising. Young people are interested. It is too late to let our guards down. What if it don’t come by that time? I am still not dissatisfied. But things have got to end. There are just so many pains that a woman in travail has, because it has to end somewhere. What if it don’t happen then? I will still be standing here preaching the same message, get ready, because your redemption is near, whatever you think about what I am saying, your redemption is getting nigh. We are living on the edge of something happening. Look at this nation. They are pushing the button, they are pushing the limit of what God is going to allow. We are going to have a bigger and better this and that, and that just reminds me of them building the building, which we saw when we came into New York, the tallest building in the nation is being built in New York. They are building it because they want to defy the things that happened in 9/11, yet they are still going on. just a few weeks ago they bragged, we haven’t had anything major since 9-11, Al-Qaeda is dead, so says the president. He says we have defeated it. You will not defeat it as long as that kind of people are in this country, and there are still plenty of them. When they put God out of our schools, right now in the colleges and in the schools, they say we don’t have any money, but they are going to start making children start to school when they are four years old. That sounds just like Cuba. They want to control the thing, control the minds of the little ones, indoctrinate them. Some young person tells about what is going on, stepping on the flat in the school rooms. Professor Dumb-Dumb, that is what his D.D. degree is. I am not speaking against a good teacher, but they don’t want that kind. They want somebody that is going to take that little child and ruin his or her mind and get them to be an atheist. Eleven and twelve year old girls can go to the drug store and get the morning-after pill without telling their parents. This nation should be taken over by righteous people. If they are ever going to straighten things out, they need to come from the bottom up. Did you see any Muslims helping out up there in Boston? Did you see one with that rag around his head, or hers. I know they will not like what I am saying, I know the government does not like what I am saying. But there will be a day when they cannot do anything about it, while we are here on earth, before the Church goes to glory. Are they going to shut us up? Not according to Revelation 10:11. She will speak before kings, important men, and they will be like it was with Moses, they will keep their mouth shut because they will be told, you stop while I am talking. I am not boasting this morning, I am telling you that God has a Church that is going to shine one of these days, it is going to be different. We are getting close to that point now. This nation was not founded by a bunch of infidels and agnostics and demons. I am trying to say something, if they would listen, but they will not. More birth pains will be coming, just like Judah, Israel has the upper hand. Bro. David Bean gave me a DVD awhile back, it showed those Judean Jews, they tear down their houses, they tear down their synagogues and in a month’s time they are built back. But one day before long, Judah and Jerusalem is going to rise up against it and there will be nothing anybody can do about it, so the rest of Israel will have to fall in line sooner or later. That politician that knows so much, Netanyahu and all the rest of them that persecute the Judean Jews because they want to build and live on their own land, they know it is theirs. Just like that little meeting that Bro. Yahraus and me and some others went to one night, how when we went into the meeting in Israel there at the motel, that Christian Arab,(that Christian Arab is a bunch of junk.) The Jews have got to go back to 2-4-2, that is before 1967, where their borders were. That Jewish man got up and made a statement right at the beginning, we go back 3800 years ago when Abraham was told where the borders were. The borders are still there and the wilderness is still here. Israel cannot flee to a place like it is here now, they would be coming to a place like where they are living now. We saw how they sold them out in Poland, those Jewish people, as long as they had money, as long as they could give it to the Polish people. Not all of them, I am not talking about all of them, but many of them. As long as they gave them money, then they would keep them alive. When they ran out of money, they ran out of friends. Just like the poor man that Jesus talked about. I haven’t got to where I wanted to get to this morning. Why don’t we just go to Daniel 2:31, now. Daniel is interpreting the dream that Nebuchadnezzar had. He is not trying to build him up, he is just saying what God told him to. He don’t know how it is going to turn out. But he is sure of his message. If you don’t understand these things that I am saying to you, as we go along in this message, if you don’t understand them, ask God, through the Holy Ghost, to show you. I don’t want anybody to come out of this saying, I don’t know about this, with a bunch of question in their heart and mind. Nebuchadnezzar has had a dream. Of course he did just like the politicians do today, called all the astrologers in, the soothsayers. Not a one of them knew anything different than the regular man on the street. I saw this preacher on television trying to tell how this earth was created in six twenty four hour days. Why do they even talk, if they don’t know what they are talking about? I heard it different, I know it was not six twenty four hour days, I know there was another civilization before Noah. I know that there was a time when things built up to the place where they were when God destroyed the dinosaurs, the Neanderthal man. I remember when Bro. William Branham said they are still looking for the missing link from the Neanderthal man, unto what is today, and he said, it is the serpent. He said, scientists, there is your missing link, a replica of what was before the big freeze. Don’t try to say that the scientists don’t know something about stuff like that. They say it came all the way down here, that is why you have the Knobs. That is why they found the big tusks here in the Ohio River. But the thing about it is, God was in it all. When Bro. Jackson was talking about that he said, God just more or less thawed out the fish, he told about how he had a little fish in a jar at home and it froze up, during the winter season, that little fish was froze up with it. But when they built up the fire in the stove and things began to warm up, that water thawed out and the little fish began to swim again. But there was no replica for the sons of God, they had never been here before, only the angels. “Thou, O king, sawest, and behold a great image. This great image, whose brightness was excellent, stood before thee; and the form thereof was terrible.” I wonder what the king thought when he began to explain to him what he had seen. That would have been amazing to have been able to see, you could see a king, his blood began to run out of his head and he turns white and says, that is exactly what I saw. “This image’s head was of fine gold, his breast and his arms of silver, his belly and his thighs of brass. His legs of iron, his feet part of iron and part of clay. Thou sawest that till a stone was cut out without hands, which smote the image upon his feet that were of iron and clay, and brake them to pieces. Then was the iron, the clay, the brass, the silver, and the gold, broken to pieces together, and became like the chaff of the summer threshing floors; and the wind carried them away, that no place was found for them: and the stone that smote the image became a great mountain, and filled the whole earth.” That is the Bride, which is that city that John saw coming down, because he talks about it in the 7th chapter, how the saints will take over the judgment of the world. Brothers and sisters, you have a lot waiting before you. This is not a little thing, this is more important than life itself, because Jesus said if you gained the whole world and lost your own soul, what does it profited you? There is something better coming than owning the whole world. Put me on that list, that list of inheritance, but it is already formed, the names are already there and God knows every name. God knows our name, sister, brother, young people, God knows your name. He has already fixed it up, and we are joint heirs with Jesus Christ. Well if He has already fixed it up, there is nothing I can do. It better be something that we all do. If you say there is no use for me to try, then you have cut yourself out. God is looking for those predestinated ones that will try, that will do all they know to do in order to be a part of that Bride Church. The stone that smote the image became a great mountain and filled the whole earth. Jesus Christ is the headstone of all of it. “This is the dream; and we will tell the interpretation thereof before the king. Thou, O king, art a king of kings: for the God of heaven hath given thee a kingdom, power, and strength, and glory. And wheresoever the children of men dwell, the beasts of the field and the fowls of the heaven hath He given into thine hand, and hath made thee ruler over them all. Thou art the head of gold. And after thee shall arise another kingdom inferior to thee, and another third kingdom of brass, which shall bear rule over all the earth. And the fourth kingdom shall be strong as iron: forasmuch as iron breaketh in pieces and subdueth all things: and as iron that breaketh all these, shall it break in pieces and bruise. And whereas thou sawest the feet and toes, part of potters’ clay, and part of iron, the kingdom shall be divided; but there shall be in it of the strength of the iron, forasmuch as thou sawest the iron mixed with miry clay. And as the toes of the feet were part of iron, and part of clay, so the kingdom shall be partly strong, and partly broken. And whereas thou sawest iron mixed with miry clay, they shall mingle themselves with the seed of men: but they shall not cleave one to another, even as iron is not mixed with clay. And in the days of these kings shall the God of heaven set up a kingdom, which shall never be destroyed: and the kingdom shall not be left to other people, but it shall break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms, and it shall stand for ever. Forasmuch as thou sawest that the stone was cut out of the mountain without hands, and that it brake in pieces the iron, the brass, the clay, the silver, and the gold; the great God hath made known to the king, what shall come to pass hereafter: and the dream is certain, and the interpretation thereof sure.” There is a day coming when all the kingdoms of the earth will be subdued. There will be no man able to stand before the king in that day. We are living in Bible times, in the day that the Lord spoke about, that should come, and we all have our part to fulfill, all according to the foreordained plan of a sovereign God.

WE SHALL CROWN HIM?
SERMON OF 4-21-13 PM

This is the third week on this message, and there is a lot to it, I guess there is a whole lot to understand, so I do not want to go into it in a hurry, or harshly, to see how quick we can get through with it, because there is too much to it to do in just two or three services. I have a lot of scriptures to read. I took off some of the scriptures from last Sunday, especially after we went through Ezekiel 44, 45, and 46, because I was going through them in order to let you know about the earthly setting in the Millennium, and I want to deal more with the heavenly setting tonight. I meant to do that this morning, but I did not get into it, because I changed from what I was saying, to what I did say this morning. Things like that happen, we do that occasionally because we feel that certain things have to fit into a certain place. I am talking about the ministry, not just for myself, but that it must be something that we have the leadership of the Lord in. I look down here, I have already turned to my scripture, for some reason it is just there. I did not plan it that way, but it is just there, so we just as well to go to that first. The Bible is still full of mysteries that I feel we will have an understanding of before time runs out. That is because the Bride has every right to the understanding of what is written. I am talking about the revelation of it. Preachers go over it word for word, from time to time, some of them do. I saw something the other day that I had heard mentioned. I don’t know if I mentioned that last Sunday or not, but if I did I forgot it, so you can count that on the time I have lived here. I heard of this preacher and I saw it the other day on television, two pulpits, one pulpit they read the Bible from, the other one they preach from. Because the one they read the Bible from is the one they don’t believe, but they want to read the scripture. The other one they preach from does not agree with the one they read the Bible out of. I saw a church with two pulpits in it the other day, so it must be true, that there is a sacred pulpit and there is a pulpit that is not sacred in some sopposed-to-be churches. I am thankful, that we do not have anything like that. Whenever people get to a point like that, they have lost their way entirely. They have these big name men, I don’t call them preachers, big name men like up in Boston, they had that cardinal that spoke there and said we must not hold anything against Muslimism, because that was not what did that, it was just two individuals that had propagated this. It is a funny thing that there are twenty two wars going on in the world and twenty one of them is Muslimism. That is what I heard some time back, it may be all of them now. The world is full of people that are out to destroy the truth of God’s Word. Here in the United States it is the same, destroy truth, then the devil will have his way, that is what he is after. The Bible says he is seeing that his time is short, then we know he is working hard. He is not working hard on the world, he is working hard on God’s people, because God’s people are putting up a warfare and we have a right to. As Paul said in Ephesians, the weapons of our warfare are not carnal, but mighty through God to the pulling down of strong holds. Those strong holds are those enemy holds, because the devil is the prince of the power of the air. If we recognize our place, we are over that, because he can do nothing more than what we allow him to do. If he becomes the ruler of our lives, we have allowed it to be that way. I am not saying that as a criticism tonight, because a lot of it has to do with understanding. Paul speaks about what the will of the Lord is. So if there was no understanding, he would not mention it, but each one of us must understand what the will of the Lord is, that when we look at the scripture, it tells us to make sure of our experience with God. When it speaks that way, then it tells me there is a truth that we can anchor our souls on, because there is no way, if we have the Holy Ghost, there is no way the devil can trip us up. He may put something in our mind for a little while, but then that has to go, because there is not two spirits that can dwell together in a vessel. We humans obey the spirit that is most likely causing us to live the way we do. But the least of the children of God can overcome the devil, whether you be thirty, sixty or a hundred fold. Just like our sister was testifying earlier, I believe that, I do not have any trouble believing what our sister said. That was a test to her. Our tests may be different, and they will be different, but there is nothing in this world that is greater than the Spirit of God that gives us victory over our flesh. When you think about the flesh, you are not thinking about this body of skin and flesh: we are talking about what goes on inside it. The body cannot do anything when the breath is gone from it, you can scream at it, you can yell at it, but it will not move when the spirit of life is gone from it. It is that inward thing that we have to deal with, because it as gotten used to doing what the carnal minded part of us enjoysdoing, but you can count on one thing: God will help us do what is right in His sight. As the Bible says, we want and have not, because we ask not. Then James said, it is because we ask amiss, when we do ask. Many times we do ask amiss, because we have not taken time to consider the will of God. The simple thing is to believe God; and get to the point that we do believe Him concerning every situation of life. All these things of life, do not just come automatically. What does the Bible speak about? Experience, experience brings hope and hope makes not ashamed. That hope is not a word that is just a hope-so, no, it is a deep settled hope that we have in a God that is able to perform whatever we think or ask. He is far beyond our thinking when it comes to our needs, because the Bible would not speak so positively about Him supplying our needs according to His riches and glory, if there was not a positive answer. Positive is not just a possibility, so I do not say these things to discourage anybody: I say these things because all these things are in God’s lineup for us as His children, and they will be active in the entire body of Christ before she leaves here in the rapture. I remember what Bro. Jackson said in the seals, concerning the Spirit we receive, that if you have never felt anything, before you leave here you will. He said, before you leave here you will. To me, that is a positive attitude, because we all must feel something. Knowing that whatever wrong we have done in this flesh, it has been taken from our account by the blood Jesus shed on that old cross. I know many people get discouraged at times, when they come up here and they still do not have what they feel like they should have, but the Bible tells me, that they that wait upon the Lord shall renew their strength. Abraham waited twenty five years for a son. He looked for a substitute, but the substitute did not work out right, because God had already said, in Isaac shall thy seed be called. That is what is wrong with the Muslim religion today: they believe it was in Ishmael instead of Isaac, because Muslimism came through Ishmael’s seed, from Saudi Arabia in that area where Mecca is. Mecca is where it started out. It started out as a bloody religion and it will end up that way, because there is an end to all these things. I know that the government does not want to hear it, I know the countries around the world do not want to hear it. They do not want to hear that in England, they do not want to hear that in France, but that is where almost all the trouble in the world today, stemmed from. Whenever a religion wants to take over the world, that is where it is wrong. There is a kingdom coming, just like I read this morning from the book of Daniel, the 2nd chapter, the stone that is cut out of the mountain will crush the whole thing. All this whole beast system that was born and raised in the Middle East, on into the European nations, all that will be blown away. It says it will be like the chaff that is on the threshing floor, it will be blown away. So there is an end to all of it. Then there is a beginning again for a righteous kingdom. There will be a thousand years of tranquility, where every evil thing will be cut down, because Jesus Christ and His Bride will be ruling in that time. Then after that, all authority will go back to God. It will be back like it started out, back to the Garden of Eden, where natural man will get along because there will be no devil there to cause trouble. I want to read about that in just a little bit, but I want to go to Ezekiel 47 first. Ezekiel 48, the last verses in 48 will show you who is in control in the Middle East during the Millennium, because the twelve tribes are back in focus again with the tribe of Levi, as being the tribe that will bring about the sacrifice that the people offer, and that is for a commemoration of what Jesus Christ did on Calvary. It all starts out that way, Zechariah 12 starts out that way, where it talks about where did you get the scars in your hand? See? God does not skip over that part. Under those two prophets there will be a vision of Jesus Christ to the Jewish people. They will see the scars in His hands, that have been left there for a purpose. They are not needed there for the Bride of Christ, but they are needed there for the Jewish nation because they are going to recognize Him as the One that died for them, that the whole nation be not destroyed. Paul tells in the 11th chapter of the book of Romans, starting in Verse 1, how God looks at all this which we see in Ezekiel 47, starting in verse 1. “Afterward he brought me again unto the door of the house; and, behold, waters issued out from under the threshold of the house eastward: for the forefront of the house stood toward the east, (He is talking about the temple, the forefront of it stands toward the east, toward that eastern gate.) and the waters came down from under the right side of the house, at the south side of the altar.” This tells you about the waters, because there will be an earthquake when Jesus stands upon the Mt. of Olives. “Then brought he me out of the way of the gate northward, and led me about the way without unto the utter gate by the way that looketh eastward; and, behold, there ran out waters on the right side. (Now this water is going to the Dead Sea.) And when the man that had the line in his hand (This is a measuring line.) went forth eastward, he measured a thousand cubits, (which would be some eighteen hundred feet) and he brought me through the waters; the waters were to the ankles.” See? There is such a deep slope there that the waters run very fast at the beginning. “Again he measured a thousand, and brought me through the waters; the waters were to the knees. Again he measured a thousand, and brought me through; the waters were to the loins.” See? It is slowing down all the time, and filling the valley. By this time you have done come a mile, even a little over a mile, that is what you have come from thirty six hundred to fifty four hundred feet. You can see that the waters are getting deeper because it has slowed down. “Afterward he measured a thousand; (that is another eighteen hundred feet) and it was a river that I could not pass over: for the waters were risen, waters to swim in, a river that could not be passed over.”

2013-08-We-Shall-Crown-Him-Part-2

We Shall Crown Him?, Part 1 – 2013, July


Introduction

This is a subject I want to deal with, and it has a question at the end of it. Sometimes we have traditions that we have lived by, that are not biblical at all. It is a saying that has been passed down and it is put in songs and things, to the point where we think we live by them. Sometimes they are not scriptural, but they become a part of scriptural thinking. I know there have been things on television this week concerning the Catholic Church and the denominational world, which has been hid from people, because they do not want anyone to know about it. That is because they know they would have some complications and divisions from really what is going on. So they just keep them hid from people and people learn to live with what they have without ever questioning anything, The important thing in this hour is that we have an anchor that we can look to, that we know is going to produce something in our lives that will be beneficial to us here in the end time, to help us grow in grace and in the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ. As I was watching the film last Sunday night and what was preached here Thursday night, it made me realize that there is just a lot of things going on in the world that men do not really care if it is scriptural or not, they just don’t care. I know, as Bro. Bud preached Thursday night, talking about the tumor that was in his leg, that the doctor thought it to be cancer. To me, there is no doubt but what it was. You just don’t know how that disturbed me. I never said very much about it, but it disturbed me, because I appreciate my brother. He has stood with me a hundred percent. I have stood with him likewise. It would really put a monkey wrench in the whole thing if I did not have my brother here with me. There are just not very many men that you can count on, to stand with you when you have something to preach, something that is contrary to the thinking of many human beings. This thing is not over yet, but it is getting close, and there will be some among those who left us, that are going to question why they did leave. But that is not up to me: that is between them and God. We have stood here on an even, steady course, ever since the day that Bro. Jackson left the scene. The statement was made when Bro. Jackson left, that all the revelations have been brought out and there would be no need for any more. I am glad that man is not in control of what God does. Man’s thinking has nothing to do with what God does. I was thinking about the trip we took to Israel. You have heard the testimonies of the different ones, you have heard me mention, as well as others, that people saw a difference in us, from what they see in other groups. That is a part of the shining that is going to fulfill scripture here in the end time, because we are just not all cut out of a mold that forces our sisters to wear long hair and long dresses without any revelation as to why. If you do not have a revelation, you just have long hair and a long dress. It seems like in all of that, that many men you see out there in public, just don’t care what they look like. On the other hand, there is a difference with us and them, because we have been changed by what God has revealed to us, so that we have a conviction in our spirit, that causes us to want to do what is right in the eyes of our Creator, and to live every day and everywhere we may be, according to what is right in His sight. Maybe I should not even tell this, but I will. I was in a grocery store the other day and happened to walk up behind two women. One of them I thought had real short shorts on, but she did not, she had a skirt on. It could not have been more than two inches below her underclothes. This is a day and hour of time, when people are wanting to unclothe. When you see the sun come out, it is forty degrees, and you will see women and men with coats and sweaters on, wearing shorts. This is something that has become the society of America, and it is becoming that way even of the society in the church world, even when they go to church. You take a church that can open up their cafeteria while the service is going on, and sell you food to eat while you are sitting in the congregation listening to preaching, then you do not go to church for any spiritual reason. The true people of God are the Church of the Bible, the people are the church, not the building. What there are so much of out there, are people just like Cain, that killed his half brother Abel. That is because they are of his seed. They go to what they refer to as church, but they have no revelation, and cannot receive any, because you have to have the Spirit of God in you in order to receive spiritual revelation. They are just exactly like Cain, because they feel the need to go worship, but they try to worship God by doing what they consider to be good deeds. Like Cain, it did not make any difference about the kind offering he gave. He thought he was giving the right thing, by bringing some of the fruit of his labor, but Abel had a revelation, so he brought a lamb to offer to God. Then, when God corrected Cain, he did not correct himself. God gave him every chance to do right, according to the scripture, but instead of changing his ways, he allowed his jealousy of Abel, to cause him to commit murder. I was listening to one of the seals messages the other night, that was preached by Bro. Jackson. He talked about how people are going to be religious, even though they will not have anything to do with scriptural truth. They are going to be religious, just like Cain was religious. But they become just like Cain was, soulish, and full of envy and jealousy. They feel like they have a need to worship, but they worship they know not what. That is how the apostle Paul expressed it. As Jesus said, salvation is of the Jews. They don’t believe the Bible. They will tell you they don’t believe it. They don’t believe the Old Testament, because they said that God is not a God of war, therefore they don’t believe Revelation because it is a war book. It is God at war, with a rebellious human race that we are living in. According to the book of Revelation, chapter 3, we are living in Laodicea, and Laodicea was the lukewarm congregation of old, neither cold or hot. You cannot tell anybody any different. I have never tried it, but they tell me you can put a frog on the stove in cold water, you can heat that water and that frog will never know the difference when it is cooked. That water, when it starts getting warm, it never knows it. That is kind of like the generation we are living among, they never know it until their brain is seared with a hot iron. I don’t know how I got on to all of that, but I did, so evidently someone needed to hear it.. I do not preach the things I preach, to be controversial: I just preach what God shows me when I am studying His Word. Therefore I preach the things I preach because it is the truth. I was asked a question a couple weeks ago, concerning what I am going to be on now. I don’t know how long it will take, because there is a lot to it. We are going to see the position that the Bride is in. We are going to see the position that Jesus Christ will hold. When John saw Him in chapter 5, he saw Christ sitting on the throne. When he saw Him sitting on the throne, then we find the scene changes from His Millennial throne, into where we are today, and where we were at the beginning. Because the scene changes and He goes from sitting on the throne, because John was looking for the Lion of the tribe of Judah, which will be His Kingly throne, and the lion is more or less king wherever he is. He even has his mane that makes him look that way. But when he really sees Him for what He is, he sees what He is through the ages of time, up until the seventh seal is broken. Then He returns to earth in angelic form to break that seventh seal, and also that He may speak to seven men, seven thunders. When you speak as thunders, you are speaking of seven men with a message, the last message for the Bride before she leaves here. So as I was saying, you see Him change from His Kingly position, to a Lamb slain, there with the seven eyes which are the seven spirits of God. But it is a bloody Lamb, that bloody Lamb, His position is of what the church world is not, they have already taken the blood out, so they are just a church world. We do not need a bloody religion, they say. If you don’t have that, you don’t have anything, you just as well close your big cathedral doors and let them be used as a warehouse. Because, if you don’t have a cross, you don’t have a Saviour. If you don’t have a Saviour, you don’t have salvation, because it all goes together. That is what Faith Assembly has stood for through the years. Some closed their doors to any further revelation when Bro. William Branham died. When I began to hear Bro. Jackson preach, I said it is like an outline. Bro. William Branham put an outline out there and Bro. Jackson filled the outline in with the messages he preached, all the way from the creation, until you get to the end time. We are now living in the end time. I am glad, that when Revelation 18, verse 4 said come out of her my people, I am glad I left something dead to find something with life in it. Without life, you have no salvation, you have no deliverance. I would have to say young people, if you feel the urge to be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ, don’t let that urge pass you until you receive the Holy Ghost. Don’t let anybody talk you out of that. Get alone with God whenever you can, turn off the computer, turn off everything, until you get to where you have received that precious anointing of God. That way your life will be blessed. It does not matter if you are eight years old, or if you are eighty years old, the Holy Ghost is still the same. The Holy Ghost is the Spirit of Christ that God gave. Jesus said, you shall receive the Spirit of truth, but you cannot receive that until I go away. When John saw Him, he said, Behold the Lamb of God, that takes away the sin of the world. Jesus did not put any stipulation on it to Nicodemus, when he came to Him. He came to build him up. He said to Nicodemus, you must be born again. It will take the worries of your future away. It will take away the worries of your future home. Because there is a future, just as well as there was a past. God is going to reform this earth. He is not going to just destroy the earth, He is going to reform it. It says the mountains will be brought down, the islands will flee away, and in all of that the water of the oceans are going to go back up into the atmosphere, back where they were before the flood came. Some even questioned, talking about Noah’s flood the other night on TV. They were questioning, where did all that water go? It went into oceans: there were no oceans before that flood, there were just lakes and rivers and such. When the water of the deep opened up, then that opened outer space where the water came down, for forty days and forty nights it rained. I remember ten or twelve years ago, up north around Columbus, it rained eleven inches in just a little while, it flooded that place. When the flood of Noah’s days came, it was a deluge. When God gets ready to reform this earth, only a few men will be left, a few to repopulate this thing with the sheep-like people, not with what is here today. I am sorry to have to talk like that, but God is not going to reform this earth with people that are living like the devil now. You may say, you scare me. When I read the Bible, it could scare me, because, I know there are a lot of people that are not going to make it. I don’t do a lot of thinking on those things, because it bothers a person too much, knowing that people you love, people who have no love for the truth of God’s Word, are going to be left behind when the bride goes up with Jesus. God does not compromise for me, or for anyone else. The Bible tells me in the 1st chapter of Romans, that every man has had their chance. Listening to that video of Bro. Jackson, he said the same thing, they have all had their chance, they cannot deny it. Our lives are as a vapor, but what we do with that vapor is what counts for eternity. I have a lot of scripture to read today, so if I keep this up, I will not get to any of it, but there is a question there. What kind of crown are you going to wear? What kind of crown is Jesus going to wear? Do you think a bunch of people are going to put an earthly crown on a heavenly being? I ask you that, hoping you will think seriously about it. There are songs that say so, there are people that say so, but what does the Bible say? What is the answer? I say these things in answer to a question that was asked me, and I want to show you by the scriptures, that all that kind of thinking is from carnal minds. I remember back when Bro. Sharp died. Bro. Sharp died, then thirteen weeks later his wife died. Bro. Bud and I went down and conducted the funeral service. I remember when Brother Sharp died, and we were there, there were about a dozen denominational preachers there also, because Bro. Sharp was a well liked person, and so was his wife. They had not been in this truth very long at that time, but they had lived right for a long time. There was a bunch of preachers, after we had preached Bro. Sharp’s funeral, and went back down for Sis. Sharp’s funeral, they had asked Bro. Bud, but he asked me to be a part of it. The first time we were there, there was not a whole lot said. When we went down the second time, they were asking us, when is your convention, we want to come to your convention, there were about a dozen preachers that were from UPC, and Assemblies of God, different denominations. Of course at one time Bro. Sharp was a Baptist. But everybody loved him and his wife, because they lived a right kind of life. Those preachers wanted to know when we had our convention. So when Bro. Bud got up to preach her funeral, he mentioned predestination. After that, none of those preachers said anything more about coming to our convention. I never saw any one of them again. If you want to scatter the denominational world, just say what the scripture says. They know it is in the Bible, but do you know what their answer to it is? If I preach that, then my congregation would leave. It is your congregation, that is the problem, not God’s. Let them leave. If you are sitting among a bunch of people that will not listen to truth, why preach something that is going to please them? If you cannot preach truth to them, why do you even go? I remember that second time we were there, it was before the funeral service, Bro. Duane’s mother and some of them were there, we got to talking about people living and everything, after they were dead. I began to get into a little bit of that, that you do not really die, you just leave your body. I got into a little bit of that, and I remember Bro. Duane’s mother, when I said I am not going any further with that, she said, go on, go on. I thought, I don’t want to get into anything like that now, Bro. Jackson is still living, so I don’t want to get into anything like that, so I just broke it off. But you know, there is scripture for that. Jesus said when they questioned Him about Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, He said, God is not the God of the dead, but of the living. When Jesus went and preached to the spirits in prison, even those that were back in the days of Noah, wherein there was only eight souls saved, he had a big congregation to preach to, Jesus, according to 1st Peter, chapter 3, preached to those imprisoned spirits. Then after His resurrection, He brought the others out. But they were all living. When Jesus talked about the rich man and Lazarus, He was talking about the rich man, after he died. He began to want Lazarus to come back with just a little bit of water to put on his tongue, because he said I am tormented in these flames. He was tormented and he saw that Lazarus was comforted. They were living, they just did not have their bodies. Somewhere our brothers and sisters that have gone on, Bro. and Sis. Jackson, I remember poor old Sis. Erb, a sister that sometimes had trouble paying her rent. There are no rent problems now. But they have not received their body. That completes a redemption, I mean a redemption of the body, but that don’t mean that the earth is redeemed back yet. It is going to take a thousand years for all that to happen, just like God created the heavens and the earth in six days. Those six days were six thousand years. Where do you get that? In Peter’s writing, he said one day with the Lord is as a thousand years, and a thousand years is as one day. Then God rested the seventh day, another thousand years. After God rested the seventh day, that is when He began to bring His creation into focus by giving them a body of flesh and bones. Man was created the sixth day: the spirit of man was created the sixth day, but when the creation of their bodies really started, man was the first of all the creation to receive a body. That was because man was to be over all the animal kingdom. He was the head of the family. Then God began to create the animals, and they all came by Adam, for him to name them. What ever Adam called them, that was their name. God created the little lamb, the most humble animal. Just as the Bible says, as a lamb before the shearer is dumb, so Jesus opened not His mouth. They take that little lamb and take it to be slaughtered in their arms, and when they do, it does not make a sound. Jesus is represented as a lamb, then He is represented as a dove, the most meekest of all the birds that are on earth. That came down upon Him as the Holy Ghost. It was not a real dove, but when John saw it, that is what it looked like. It was that Shekinah glory, the glory of the living God, that showed itself as a dove. Here, the Lamb and the Dove meet together. That is the sacrifice that was used in the Bible, until Jesus came, that sin might be put off for another year. It was pushed forward. Anyone that came truly to that altar, where we saw there, the rocks where they led up into the temple, the teaching stones, where we were able to sit. We sat there where Jesus walked and talked. That does not make you religious because there were a lot of others that went up and down through there, women and men half clothed. They walked up and down the same steps, but they did not walk with the same respect and purpose. It is the purpose in our hearts, the life that God has given us to live, that makes us what we are. The best way to have peace, is to give everything over to God. Sometimes we hold back so many other things in our lives from God, that the peace of God cannot rest upon us. Sure, a lot of us have had an experience, but how are we treating it? Are we allowing our Father to lead us in this life? If the Holy Ghost is something we are to receive, He is something to live for. The Holy Ghost is the Spirit of God, you know that. Of course the church world makes it the third person of a trinity. Isn’t that something? Father, Son, and dove, that is all they have to think about. Let us go to Proverbs for our scripture this morning. The crown of the wise is their riches. But the foolishness of fools is folly. Let us go to the 16th chapter, 31st verse. “The hoary head is a crown of glory, if it be found in the way of righteousness.” He is talking about the gray hair on our head. If a man lives to be old and has gray hair, that is a crown of glory for him. This is one of the crowns it speaks about in the Bible, but you do not see any earthly crown there, manmade. “He that is slow to anger is better than the mighty; and he that ruleth his spirit than he that taketh a city.” Anyone that can rule their spirit, talking about living our lives according to what the Bible says, slow to anger, slow to speak, but swift to hear. That is from the book of James. I remember when I was working at Ford Motor Co. We had rivet guns that we used to put the springs on a spring hanger: that is what they were called. You had two for one spring, and you have a rivet that was as big as your thumb. Those rivet guns had five thousand pounds of pressure, that they pushed the rivet onto the frame and on the hanger itself, there were four of them, you had to put them in there first and hold them so that you did not lose your position on them. This one fellow that I relieved, his rivet gun was never hanging right. He would have maintenance come out to fix it often. They would do a little something to it and it was alright. Then in a few days, it would be all wrong again. One day he called them and told them to come, that he needed his rivet gun fixed where it would go up and down easier. They came out while I was on the job to relieve him for his break, but they wanted to get it right, so they waited until he came back. They asked me how it was, and of course it was alright for me, I could not tell any difference. When he came back, they had not done anything to it, he got hold of it and said, oh yes, that is good, really good. The man that was supposed to work on it tried to tell him, I have not done anything to it yet. He began to stutter and talk, and the repair man just stopped him one time and said, God gave you two ears but only one mouth, why don’t you just listen while I talk? I thought, that is a good illustration. He was so confused after he had accepted it the way it was, that he had to have something to say about it. He got quiet when the man said that to him, but that is how a lot of people are today. God just gave us one mouth, two eyes and two ears. Sometimes we just need to listen, listen to Him. Sometimes we talk to Him, and we will tell Him what all we want, instead of just waiting when we are through speaking, so He can speak to us. The Bible says to watch and pray. Sometimes we need to just sit and listen. I remember, that is the way it was with Elijah. He was in that cave. The storm goes by, the wind goes by. God was not in the wind. The earthquake came, God was not in the earthquake. But then, all at once a still small voice was heard. We need to listen for it. He will speak to us. It is not just all a one way thing. I remember when Bro. William Branham talked about his conversion. He was a young man eighteen years old or so, never was a church person, but he always had convictions. He got out by the shed and began to pray. He said, God, I don’t know how to pray, all I know to do is just talk to you. So he talked to Him and God saved his soul. He went in and told him mom and dad about it, and his dad said, you can’t act like that around here. So he put his clothes in a paper bag and left, and went to New Albany, Indiana. When he would get ready to pray, he would say, let us talk to Him while we pray. It was always like that when he preached, let us talk to Him. You know, that is a good idea today, let us talk to Him, then let Him talk back. If there is something we need an answer to, if there is something we need in correction, He will show us. I am not saying that He will talk to you audibly, He may, but He will cause you to know what you need to know, and even if He talks to us audibly, God is a God of few words. Even John said, as he was getting ready to close the book of John, if all the things that Jesus had done, if they had been written in a book, the world could not have contained them. Brothers and sisters, we have a lot to look forward to. The behind life that we have had struggles with, trials and tests, that will all be behind us, never to be remembered again. Just one glimpse of Him, will take all of that away. Our life is a vapor, but it is what we do in that vapor that molds our life. Brother, (speaking to a brother in the congregation.) I remember when you and your wife did not have any children. You wanted children. One day you surrendered yourselves to God, and that soon changed. Bro. Bud and I worked around those brothers quite a bit, because they were our electricians when we were doing work. Bro. Bud hired them to come and do the work, they were always there. I did not know anything would ever come of it, but they were watching us. Our brother was watching us to see what came out of our mouth, to see how we reacted to things, to see how we lived our life. You don’t have to put on a show. All we have to do is live right. I had enough things that went wrong in my work to where Bro. Bud could have got upset. He was my boss. But he never did get upset with me, he never did fuss with me, even though sometimes I messed up. Our heavenly Father, even though we sometimes mess up, He does not fuss with us. We defeat ourselves sometimes, but He does not defeat us. He is our Father. Today, you can hear mothers and fathers tell their children they love them. I lived in a time when that did not happen, but I knew they loved me. I knew where my home was when night time came, and I did not want to stay some place else. I never did think about running off from home, like many have done. I knew nothing about dope and stuff like that. There were some boys, in the neighborhood that did something I would never have done, and it is a wonder that they survived what they did: there were some gas drums that were kept for their tractors, maybe would hold a hundred or hundred and fifty gallons of gasoline. My cousin and some others, got up there where they could sniff that stuff, because they thought it was fun to feel that effect. Sometimes they would pass out. When they found out what it would do, they just had to try it. They were just fooling around and did not know what affects it could have on them. It was just a little sample of what dope does for some people. I thank God for the fact that we do not need drugs to give us that special feeling, we don’t need something to give us a temporary high. Jesus Christ gives us everything we need, in order to live a life that is pleasing to God; and that is a wonderful feeling. Just knowing that we have the Spirit of the God that created all things abiding in us, gives us all the high we need. I know there are a lot of things to upset people in this hour of time. It is much worse than when I was growing up. Everything is different now than it was then: there is more peer pressure like, if you don’t do like the rest of them, then you become what they call a nerd. I was not a Christian, I did not claim to be. My parents took us to church when we were young, but just going to church services does not make anyone a Christian. Nevertheless that was a benefit to me back then. We went to some of those old time fiery Baptist churches, where the preachers would preach in a way that would scare you half to death. They would tell you how hot hell was going to be. That is not even mentioned in denominational churches anymore, because church people don’t believe it. My dad had an old saying as long as he lived. He was Sunday school superintendent for sixty some years. He would always end what he had to say, by saying, there is a heaven to gain and a hell to shun. My dad would mention things like that. He would also say, Preachers have a lot to stand before God about one day. He was right, but this is the most precious job God has for man. When Jesus came, He did not call a judge, He did not call a king, He called men with mud between their toes, with dirty sandals on their feet, scales on their hands from fishing. He did not call saints, He called sinners to repentance, and they became saints. The world of religion would not listen to Him. Just like today, most religious people do not want to listen to this message that we preach, they just want a little feel good message that gives them a feeling that they are serving God, but just like when Bro. Bud preached about predestination one time. It is in the Bible, but you will not hear much about it, if anything, out here in most of these churches with their consoling preachers. I don’t see anything wrong with preaching it, if you understand it to be by the foreknowledge of God. I was a Methodist when I first heard it, and it did not hurt me. When I first heard about water baptism in the name of Jesus Christ, I was in trinity religion, I argued about it in school one time, God spoke to Jesus, because somebody said in school, how many are we going to see when we get to heaven? Will we see one, or more? You will see the glory of ONE God, but you will see Jesus the Christ, because the Bible says you will see Him as He is. I will recognize Him by the scars in His hands. But more than that, I will recognize Him by what He looks like. I can fashion in my mind what He is going to look like, because there is not going to be anybody else look like Him. The glory that will be all around Him, will be enough to let me know who He is. You will not have to have anyone introduce you, because you have already been introduced. No one will be leading you up to some big mansion and say, here is Jesus. We will know Him. I will know Him, you will know Him, and we will bow before Him and give Him homage, what He deserves. Every knee shall bow and every tongue shall confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father. It is too much for me to imagine, to be able to see Him as He is. But He has given us that opportunity. I know all of you who went, enjoyed being in Israel, but this is going to be far beyond that. It is going to be far more than we could even think about. Paul said we now look through a glass darkly, but then, face to face, just like I am looking at Bro. Turner, face to face. I want to go there, preparation has been made. There will not have to be anyone take you up and down the street saying, here is Jesus’ house, because He will inhabit the earth. His glory will make the whole earth shine by God the Father. We will not have to worry about what we are going to be, because the Bible said we would be like Him. I hope that we are seeing a picture this morning of what is coming ahead of us, because we were ordained to experience all of this which was prepared for the bride of Christ Jesus from the foundation of the world. It would be wonderful for me, if I could say to Brother Branham, you brought me out of that denominational system by the message you preached, which was God’s Word. Also, if I could say thank you Bro. Jackson, for taking me on down the road of faith and trust in the One that died to pay my sin debt. I have precious brothers and sisters around this world, because those brothers opened the door of truth for us to walk through. Bro. Bud and I have been enabled to give them a steady path to walk in, in this hour of time where there is so much confusion, and I thank God for that. The picture is not confusion today, like it was before those two brothers were allowed to see a greater light than what denominational preachers were able to shine.

WE SHALL CROWN HIM?
4-7-13 PM

As I deal with this subject I am on, I am sure there will be criticism about it: there usually is, so this will be no different, but we are looking in God’s Word for the end time, which we are definitely in. Just to be able to follow truth for this hour of time is such a great privilege. All who are bride saints have no other choice. The day, the time, the season we are living in is the season of the flying eagle. I know that it really started in 1963 when the seals were broken, because that was an evident visitation of God. Each message was a visitation of God. There were six seals of the seven, that were broken, but the seventh still lingers until the end of this grace age. That seventh one is not going to be opened until the time for Israel to get her land back. The final hour of this grace age is upon us, and the pope that is to be the one in place at that time, is really the one the world is speaking of now, because of a prophecy that was given to a man back in 1100 and something. He prophesied that all together there would be 268 popes, and that there would be 112 from his prophecy. The 112th one is the one that is in there right now. I cannot live by his prophecy, but it is kind of ironic that it would happen as it has. They called him St. Malachy. I believe it is something like that. For us to be here at this time and to be able to see what is going on, we know that the national economies are being cut to pieces: that is evident. When Bro. Jackson preached from the 12th chapter of Zechariah, he was talking about the economy of the nations will be destroyed. That is how God will cut them to pieces, those that turn against Israel. You see what is happening in this country, just in the last four to five years, and even before that. President Bush took the debt that had accumulated all the way up until the year 2000, which was five point something trillion dollars. In the eight years he was in there, he took it to ten something. Now it is almost seventeen trillion and constantly rising. That is getting close to seventeen trillion dollars of debt we have accumulated, better than six trillion dollars in the last four years. I heard last week that they are printing eighty eight billion dollars a month, with nothing to back it. That is going to add up to better than a trillion new dollars, that really has no backing to it. We have a president, a congress and senate up there, that do not care that everything is out of control. They are not going to do anything to curb what the accumulation of our debt, because they have no desire to. You can see the prophecy that Bro. Jackson used. Look at Cyprus just in the last few weeks. Could we be headed for that? Actually we could, because one day, the money you have in the bank, a big portion of it will be confiscated. I guess I heard that ten years ago, that the money can be confiscated. The people in Cyprus that had over a hundred thousand dollars, forty percent of it was confiscated, on down to the least, which was ten percent out of their bank account. I think that is just a foretaste of what is coming to Europe and what is coming here eventually. Europe is really not as big as the United States is, the whole of Europe. I am not talking about the beast, I am talking the whole of Europe, and they are fifteen something trillion dollars in debt: the European union. How long can these things be sustained? I know what is going on here in this country. Our government is borrowing all this money from the Chinese and they are coming in here to buy buildings, to buy businesses, at a great rate of speed. What is to keep them from calling a halt to their debt at some time? What are we going to do about it? We don’t even stand up to North Korea, neither do we stand up to Iran. We have let them get to the point where they are, and the time will come when Israel will do something about it. They are slow, but I know that God has that little nation in sight. I believe He has this nation in sight, but this is a big place. I can see things on the horizon that are going to make it take shape, just like George Washington’s vision. We do not stand here today, to brag about what we can do, or what our armed forces can do. They can only do what God allows them to. The greatest nation that has ever been born in the world to be a big nation, Israel, at one time was the greatest nation on earth. Everybody looked up to her. There was not a nation under heaven that did not look up to Israel at one time, under David and Solomon. But by the end of Solomon’s reign, things were getting ready to go over the hill, because of his allowing what he did. Twenty years of blessing God placed upon that nation, plus there were twenty years of failure on the man’s part, because he accepted too many women from different nations. He had Moabite wives, Egyptian wives, he even had wives from the Canaanites, which God had said they were not supposed to marry. All these wives came in and he began to build houses for them and make them queens. They took away his heart. He no longer had a heart toward God, he began to worship other gods. This is the thing that we stand for at Faith Assembly tonight, that we do not let our guard down. We keep our guard up and watch. We are not just watching to see what we can see, we are watching for men’s souls, as well as our own. Just as it says in Ezekiel 3, and in the 33rd chapter, warning them, if you don’t, then the blood is upon your hands. We don’t do this just because of that, we do it because we have a love for God’s children and a desire that we all make it together. Don’t ever fool yourself, when there is a warning that comes, that we are trying to be mean or trying to be ugly toward things that should not be. Because I realize we may have the Spirit of God, the Holy Ghost, which is the greatest gift you can ever have here on this earth, but we also have a spirit within us of a nature which can pull us away from God’s purpose and from His plan. When you pull away from God’s purpose and plan, then you may invite things in, that are not right. This is the reason we stand as we do, not to just be critical. I heard statements made when Bro. Jackson was living, oh they are just too strict at Faith Assembly, Bro. Jackson is too strict. I knew the man, and Bro. Bud knew the man, and others that were around him found Bro. Jackson to be a man of compassion. We were working out there on the property and he would come out in the afternoon, before it was time for us to quit, bringing us a cold Pepsi and some Breyer’s Ice Cream, and he would sit down and talk with us while we ate it. He would talk with us of many things. We learned a lot like that. We learned not only what was being said, but we learned what was in a man, that was willing to come down on our level and fellowship. He never did want to be above your level. I remember him saying here from the pulpit, your exaltation of me reaches to my toes, that is not very high up. He lived in that manner and I appreciated that. My aim and purpose is to present a message to people that they can understand, yet some times it goes a little deeper than what we have grown up with. I cannot help that. I cannot help it if sometimes it goes against out traditions that we have grown up with. I remember the first time I ever heard Bro. Jackson preach about the New Jerusalem. There was a sister from Canada, I know who she was, I will not mention any names. The sister called him and said Bro. Jackson, you tore up my streets of gold, you tore up my mansions. But she was not saying it to be critical: she was saying it because she believed what he had to say. We are not leaving this life to live in some mansion over in glory land, but we are leaving this life to be a part of a kingdom that is going to rule and reign over this earth and to wear a heavenly crown, something prepared by the Creator Himself. We will shed this earthly makeup one of these days and go into His presence to live where He has placed us. I will not have to sit at His feet: I will be glad to have whatever place He gives me. Everybody wants to sit at His feet in some big mansion. There would not be one large enough to hold all the people who think like that. There would not be enough stadiums to hold all those people. The thing about it is, His presence is going to overshadow this earth. That is the way we will rule and reign with Him. He just as well be next door to us, because His presence will be so near in that Millennium of time, that we will not be just sitting around longing to be by His side, because He even said to His disciples, I will be with you and in you unto the end. So brothers and sisters, we don’t have anything to fear, we don’t have anything to dread, even though there are things placed upon us at times that we cannot help, that we have to deal with, because we are in this flesh. Others that we love are in this body of flesh also. Sometimes it brings tears to your eyes. Sometimes it makes you wish it was all over, but we will wait. We will wait until He gets ready for us. We cannot hurry it, it was already planned from the foundation of the world, just like when your name was written in the book of life. When God saw that natural man would need a Savior, He also saw the ones that He would save, because of His foreknowlege. He placed your name there, then, in the book of life. Though we many times have gone in our own direction, we were part of this world, but somewhere down inside there was a longing, a dissatisfaction, that made you want to have something different. Many tried to satisfy it with different things. With some it was sports, others thought they could drink it away, with others it was different things. There will never be a sport adventure that can satisfy that thirst that is in the soul of man. There can never be a drink devised, like the 5-Hour Energy, that only lasts five hours, that can satisfy that need for God in a life. After that 5 hours, you are in need of that drink again. Jesus said, I will give you something that will last, something that will take you through all the way to the end. Then when the end comes, you just change places. I believe by the time that end comes, people are going to be walking so close to Him, that we will almost be like another move. When those thunders sound, they are going to sound to a particular people, not to the world. They will not be broadcast, or let me say, they will not be accepted by the world, I don’t know how far they will be broadcast. It will be for those that have ears to hear what the Spirit is saying, which will only be true bride saints. Therefore only those that have an understanding and a desire to know what is truth and where they are going, will hear the thunders . I will just simply say, we are on a journey, we cannot turn back. What would anyone turn back to? What is out there, that is appealing to a true saint? Can it be better than favor Him? If you think it can, you have missed it. What is better than living a life for Him? Our lives are just a vapor. I look back to a time when I was young, it is easy to look back. When I used to run the hills of Kentucky, walk down the lane from my mom and dad’s house to my uncle and aunt’s. We walked bare footed. In the summer time we would get under the shade trees, there was no air conditioning, no electricity, no piped in water. As I said, we had running water, especially in the winter time, you would run as fast as you could to the well, or to the spring and back. Now it is a lot different, and I would not want to go back to that. Those were good times though, because we did not know there was anything any better, anywhere. You did not have to worry about going out on the front porch or back porch, or going down the street, like you do today. Whether it be sinners or whether it would be righteous, you did not have to worry about that, because people had morals. Morality is a thing of the past. I was so proud of our group in Israel, that the guides could look and see a difference between us and most of the others. They would say things like, we have not had groups like yours. The thing about it was, when they saw that there were people there from different nations, it worried them, they wondered how they were going to take this. You had people from the Philippines, from South Africa, from Norway and the United States, all across the United States. They did not know how that was going to work out, but it did not take them very long to find out, because they were looking upon a people that loved one another. I know those South African people were so proud to be able to see the people from Faith Assembly and from other countries, that were willing to walk in favor with God. It was not just a put on thing. The only thing you want to put on is to put on Christ. He will take care of the rest of it, if we will put Him on first, everything else will work out according to the plan of God. Let us turn to the book of Revelation for a reference, I want to go to the 4th chapter. “After this I looked, and, behold, a door was opened in heaven; (Here John is, on the isle of Patmos, his experience is taking him somewhere he had never been before. He had already seen the glory of the Lord Jesus Christ in chapter 1. He had seen the purpose of Revelation. Right there in chapter 1,it gives you an outline of what Revelation is all about. A door was opened in heaven…) and the first voice which I heard was as it were of a trumpet talking with me; (A trumpet, that was a sound that was distinct. A trumpet does not make an uncertain sound. A trumpet makes a certain sound, other than other horns. The voice that is talking to him was a distinct sound, because it had the sound of a trumpet. This distinct sound he heard was talking with him. Think about it. It was not just talking to him: it was talking with him. That voice was going to tell him something.) which said, Come up hither, (In other words, John is on the isle of Patmos, whether in body or out of body, he is taken up. He could have left his body here. Because a door was opened in heaven, a type of when the Bride leaves here for the marriage supper. A voice said, come up hither…) and I will show thee things which must be hereafter.” So right here is his introduction into what is going to be hereafter. In other words, he is leaving this body to go into a place in which he has never been before. He has had the Holy Ghost for some sixty years. He has suffered on an island. He has been boiled in hot oil, but it did not cook him. Do you actually think that could happen? A similar thing happened to the three Hebrew children. They put them in a fiery furnace. They put Daniel in the lion’s den. The same one that protected Daniel is the One that protected the three Hebrew children, and is still alive, He is alive today. In Fox’s Book of Martyr’s, a young girl looked upon an elderly man, and watched him be stretched until his joints came out of his shoulders and his legs. Finally he recanted. A young girl, maybe sixteen or seventeen years old could look upon that man and say, thou fool, if you had waited one more minute. Because he expired of life. She was headed for the same fate, but the scripture gives us power over death. Sometimes death is the release of the body from the pain that should have been suffered, but no doubt that young girl suffered pain, but it was not the excruciating pain that this man had, because she had determination. God does not look on the outward appearance, He looks on the heart. That is why, with all of David’s mistakes, God could look upon him and say, I have found David, the son of Jesse, to be a man after my own heart. He made mistakes. He numbered Israel when he was not supposed to. But he took his punishment. Israel took a punishment for that, but he said, why could not it come upon me and my house. He was like no other king before him and no other king after him. He could always get in the dust and say, I am sorry. Notice, “And immediately I was in the Spirit; (See? Immediately, that does not mean that he did not have the Spirit already in him, but immediately he was in the Spirit, under an anointing. God took him away. As I talk about that, I have a slide that I want to talk about in a minute.) and, behold, a throne was set in heaven, and one sat on the throne. And He that sat was to look upon like a jasper and a sardine stone; and there was a rainbow round about the throne, in sight like unto an emerald.” That is God’s Shekinah glory. I will introduce you to my message now, what manmade crown did He have on? I will go a little further where the criticism will come in, where did the Bible ever say that the people will crown Christ Jesus? That is just an old hand-me-down statement from long ago. Get your concordance and look it up. “And round about the throne were four and twenty seats: and upon the seats I saw four and twenty elders sitting, clothed in white raiment; and they had on their heads crown of gold.” Heaven is not made of natural gold, but the crowns, He said, I will show you things to come, the crowns were like unto clear glass. “And out of the throne proceeded lightening and thundering and voices: and there were seven lamps of fire burning before the throne, which are the seven Spirits of God.” That is what God is made up of, His Spirit. When this world was created, it was by a sovereign Spirit. Humanity has made Him to be a man, but when you make Him to be a man, then you make creation to be a man’s work, but if you make Him to be a Creator, He is bigger than all of His creation. I am not talking about in size, I am talking about in Spirit. As Bro. Jackson said, they tried to make this thing a six day thing of six twenty four hour days in creation. But the world is still being created out there, and there are worlds (so to speak) that are dying, that have been there for hundreds and thousands of years, and now dying, I mean they have been dying that long. I saw some of these on the Hubble telescope. I heard a man on television the other day, talking about, out in Arizona, they have a telescope that is stronger than what the Hubble is. It is owned by the Catholic Church, and it is called Lucifer. (How appropriate!) They claim that Jesus was a child of an alien being that met up with Mary. Brothers and sisters, there is a lot that we don’t know, that is going on in this world. And a lot that I don’t care to know. Because to know all that, is not pleasurable, because it says in the book of Revelation, chapter 17, that this spirit comes up out of the earth, the devil. If that spirit comes up out of the earth, it is the devil, and the devil is what runs that supposed-to-be church system, as well as the rest of them. God knew all these things would be present, but when He made this thing, He had a plan and He knew that there would be a people that would care. It goes ahead to talk about the four beasts here, before the throne. “And before the throne there was a sea of glass like unto crystal: and in the midst of the throne, and round about the throne, were four beasts full of eyes before and behind.” John is seeing this. He is seeing the future here. He was seeing from the beginning, where he is now, from the first church age, which started in 54, because that is what this is dealing with. This is dealing from 96 on, when the Church was starting to go into decline. The first beast here in Revelation 6, announces the white horse rider. That is the first one, and when he sees it, he sees the very beginning, which had a bow but no arrows. In the beginning it was more mild, and it looked good. It was white, it was a beautiful white horse. He sees it, as he sees someone upon it, the rider had a bow but no arrows. They were getting ready for war. It would take it from there to the red horse, which represents war. You had to have the first before you could have the second, because there had to be a beast there, a horse that was going to be mild. It was going to be temperate, just like the last one is. This one was going to enter into the hearts of men, the things that cause man to fall. A hundred years after Christ was here on earth, they had already started to baptize in the name of the titles, the Father, Son, and Holy Ghost. That is the workings of the white horse rider. But when John sees it, there in 96, in the 2nd chapter of Revelation, he sees a church that is already beginning to lose their first love. All the churches he sees, all seven are existing in his time. As I went over that a few weeks back, about Laodicea, how the water came in from the sea, and it was shallow water, and it went over rocks and became lukewarm before it ever got into the city. It was all there in that first age, to represent the ages that are to come. We know that we are living in the Laodicea age today. If you don’t believe it, turn on the television and listen to those preachers, how they do away with the blood Jesus shed. They have all four horse riders, riding here in the end time. They will all come out together. But we know that there was four stages of those four horses, and today we live under the shadow of the last one, the pale horse, or the gray horse. What makes it gray? It is white and black hair mixed together, which would be the first age and the third age, mixed together to form the last age. That third horse rider rode all the way through from 500 to 1500 and on above that until you come to Laodicea. Then you have your gray horse rider that begins to ride. “And the first beast was like a lion, and the second beast like a calf, and the third beast had a face as a man, and the fourth beast was like a flying eagle.” Each one of these beast were present in the particular hour of time to counteract the affects of the horse riders in their hour. The black horse rider, when he was finishing his ride, (I will put it that way), when he was finishing his ride, then along came the Reformation, represented by the face of a man. They hit that Catholic thing. I remember Bro. Jackson talking about the Philadelphia age. He said that there was a man one day, that came to a bridge and he prayed under that bridge and said, Father, anybody that comes over this bridge today, let conviction come upon them. Every one that came across that bridge that day, fell on their knees before they got across it, because there was an open door. That church door is closed today, because Jesus said, behold, I stand at the door and knock, he that hath an ear, let him open the door, and I will come in to him, individually, I will come in to him and he to me. What I am trying to say is something that we can all understand, something to shape our lives by, and forget about the denominational world of religion, forget about what we would hear when someone is trying to smooth over everything. The last one was like unto a flying eagle. “And the four beasts had each of them six wings about him; and they were full of eyes within: and they rest not day and night, saying, Holy, holy, holy, Lord God Almighty, which was, and is, and is to come.” That is why you have dreams, many times showing you what would come. A dream, if it comes to pass, is the same as a vision. That is what Daniel called a night vision. Whenever he was asleep and God showed him something that really happened, it was not because he ate the wrong thing. It was because God was dealing with him, that he could see things from that time, because he was told, close the book, because this is going to be seen at the end time. And when those beasts give glory and honor and thanks to Hin that sat on the throne, who liveth for ever and ever.” Whenever the beast, which is the Church of the living God, because this was people that made up these four beasts, each with a ministry that God ordained to be preached to them, and to bring them truth for that hour, just like it was with the face of a man. That was Wesley, and Luther and those different ones. People mocked them, people scoffed at them, but now we sit them on a pedestal, because we know that they brought forth a truth on the road to restoring the truth the first age Church held. The Methodist Church sat John Wesley on a pedestal, but they don’t live the holy life he taught. No, they have already gone back to mama, the mama of Revelation , chapter 17. they burn their candles and observe their rituals. It is surprising that they do not go so far as to pray the rosary, maybe some of them do. Preachers began to wear robes to preach, and they began to have their collars turned around. Because they did not want to disturb anybody, look at me, I am pious. Men with long dresses on, sissies, they would not tell you the truth no matter what. They are just like mama, she was the one that started wearing robes and the collars turned around. The four and twenty elders fell down before Him that sat on the throne, and worshiped Him, and cast their crowns before the throne, did they have manmade crowns? Was that what John saw in heaven? This is showing what Jesus will be. Will He wear a manmade crown on earth? Read Ezekiel 44, 45, and 46. You will see that natural Jerusalem there, and you will see a Jewish prince that is over that natural Jerusalem. But then there is a heavenly Jerusalem, which we will be a part of. Bro. Jackson was asked the question, will we eat in heaven? He said, you can, or you cannot, it will not make any difference. Jesus ate before His disciples, but He did not have to have food to eat. What I want you to see, is that the Bride’s rulership is going to be over the entire earth, so they are not going to be just sitting in one certain place. We have to get our thinking out of that little box that we have grown up with. Everything you see the Bride to be in that heavenly Jerusalem, is something that God has planned for His Bride, that He could not express any better unto us as men and women, so He said there is a street of gold. There are no streets, but that is a heavenly street. Of course John Haggee and men like him, will say there is going to be fifteen hundred mile square city that is going to be sitting over Jerusalem some place. Where is this going to get its sunlight. No, that is the Bride’s rulership. “Thou art worthy, O Lord, to receive glory and honor and power: for thou hast created all things, and for thy pleasure they are and were created.” For thy pleasure, they are and were created for His pleasure, but man has messed it all up. The animal kingdom did not make this world to be what it is, even though Al Gore says there are too many cows on earth. So somebody caught him eating a hamburger, and he said, with my health I have to have meat once a week. Always got an excuse for their ignorance. Bro. William Branham said, before the end comes, this nation would be run by people that were insane. Insanity runs Washington today, the whole Senate, Congress and president, everything else. They cannot make up their minds to do anything except spend money we have to borrow. Now they are taking it away from the seniors. Right now two thirds of the cancer centers will not take patients that are on medicare. You have to go to a hospital. I wonder how long that will be? Why? To fund Obama-care. There is a time coming when there will be a righteous kingdom and you will not need Medicare. You will not need all these things that are needed now. Because the Righteous One, who deserves it, will be sitting there, and it will change the bloody lamb, that you see in Revelation chapter 5, it will change from that, to the One whose right it is to rule, which will be the Lion of the tribe of Judah. That will be for one thousand years. After that is over, then the kingdom will be turned back over to God, who gave it. Jesus Christ will become our elder brother, but we will never become mortals again. Mortality is swallowed up in victory. I did not receive these things from college. I did not receive these things from some preacher on television. If you believe me, I received what I present to you from God. I want us to see where we are going and what we are going to be like when we get there, not just going to a fancy land that nothing really exists, except people floating around on a cloud, eating cotton candy. We are going to a real kingdom, but before we get there, we are going to be changed, in a moment. Bro. Pixley, you will have two good eyes, I believe that with all my heart, because that man is doing everything he can to live for God, him and his wife, otherwise neither of them would be here. I look at my brothers and sisters. Bro. Adams, you have gone through enough to kill ten men. But he can still walk around in a tour to Israel. I tell you the truth, I was a bit worried when I found out he was going. Brother, you were a blessing to go. You take whenever you walk four to six miles a day and you never walk on even ground, you are walking up hill or down hill. Sometimes that down hill is harder than the uphill. When we walked from the Mt. of Olives down to the road, as you go to the eastern gate, as we walked where Jesus walked on Psalm Sunday, that was steep. A little man walking up and down there, could hardly walk, crippled, begging. Jerusalem is going to be a righteous place, a holy place. It is going to be a place for the Jewish nation to be able to govern. But they will have a natural prince over them, and he will have princes, which are his sons. It tells you that in Ezekiel 44 thru 46. But Jesus Christ is going to be over the whole thing, and He is not going to be wearing a manmade crown. Who is going to make such a crown as people have talked about? Who is fit to make His crown? When you see Him, you will know Him by the beauty of what He is. He will be crowned alright, but it will be a crown of glory, which the righteous Judge will give, and He will give to each one of you a crown of glory. The Bible speaks of it, over and over and over again. We are going to go through that. We are going to see all that our Father has prepared for us.

WE SHALL CROWN HIM?
4-14-13 AM

I realize we are on a subject that can be controversial with some people, just as it has been with some of the scriptures that we have dealt with in times past, I don’t do anything purposely to provoke anyone, it just turns out to be that way at times. I do those things in answer to questions that have been asked of me. A question was presented to me, and there was a subject that came to my mind, so I thought I would deal with. It opens up things to me also. It is not something that I have looked for, or thought about through the years, except just certain things about it. But as you look into it, there is more to it than what was originally thought. I know, according to tradition, which some of us have learned, being in the denominational world of religion, these things just kind of get inbred into our mind’s to where we sometimes sing them, quote them, when there is no scriptural background for it. Those things are a result of a thought that has been put into our minds in earlier years, I feel that we need to deal with it and adjust to it, because it is a part of the Bride people for this hour, and others are not going to understand it anyway. Many of you have heard Bro. William Branham say, and others have heard Bro. Jackson talk about the book of Revelation, that to the world it is just a mess, but to us that are Bride people, it is an understanding in the end time, of our inheritance, because when John was taken up in the Spirit in the 4th chapter, he saw things that were, and also things that were to come later, and the things that would be later on, that would actually be happening, with those that would be a part of the Bride people here at the end time. We have always heard about the marriage supper, but we placed it in a place where we would be eating for seven years. However when you read Revelation, chapter 3, along around verse 20 and so on, you see that Jesus said, he that opens the door, I will come in unto him and sup with him, and he with me, we will sup together. This was a tradition in old times, that when people got together, there was some little something to eat, always something to drink. I remember growing up when they talked about supping, that was coffee. They would pour it into a cup, then into a saucer, then they would sup it out of the saucer. You hardly ever see a saucer anymore, but it used to be a part of coffee drinking. Maybe there would be a few cookies to enjoy while you had fellowship. This was all drawn around fellowship, because at that time people had time to sit down and talk. Of course now, it seems like our time is all filled up with other things. I remember when people used to be going to the field to work, maybe they would have to go down a dirt or gravel road, like we lived on when I was growing up. They would meet a neighbor and sit there and talk. Sometimes they would talk long enough that one would say, well it is dinner time now: they did not call it lunch: they called it dinner. Lunch is a modern day word. Lunch was not something I heard of until I was grown up. It was dinner, then supper. I guess I never did hear the Lord’s supper called dinner. It was always the Lord’s supper. Of course some churches take it in the morning any more, which it could not rightly be called supper at all. I am just going on with you here this morning to get your attention, and to think about what we are dealing with. We live in such an hour, the church world is fast slipping away. They have already turned away from truth unto fables. If you are here today and belong to a church, I am not speaking against you, it is the systems that are leading people astray, that I am referring to. There are just not very many preachers on earth any more, that want to deal with something like that, it is a compromise, because they are afraid they will lose their congregation, or lose their job. I don’t have any congregation today, I have brothers and sisters of like faith. This is who I am talking to this morning. Because a man who has a congregation, where is God in that picture? God’s place was in the congregation of the people when they came out of Egypt. They did call it a congregation then, but it was a congregation that had one belief. The others that had another belief, were the ones swallowed up. Some thought, well Moses thinks he knows it all, but it was Moses that God had called for the purpose of getting the people out of Egypt, because there was no other leader that did that, no other leader out of two million people that really was taking the children of Israel to the promised land, They had not even tried. Then, when they got across the Red Sea and into the wilderness, then there were all these men that raised up, thinking they knew more than Moses. If he would have listened to a lot of them, he would have taken them back to Egypt. We are not going back where we came from. I know a lot of young people here, have never known anything about denominationalism, but denominationalism is something that has drawn people away from the Word of God right on through the years. It has not allowed them to enjoy the blessings that God has in His Word for true believers. Thank God, we do have truth today; and the Spirit of truth will keep revealing it to us until this Gentile age closes out. For me to stand here and deny it, I would be a liar. Because I do know truth, I have been taught truth. God has revealed truth to us. Without a revelation of the things that are being taught, or the things that have been taught, then we can never progress. But the progression comes from understanding, and understanding comes from understanding the revealed Word of God and the will of God. That is why my subject came with a question, We Shall Crown Him? That is a question, because this has been taught all through the ages, but we cannot find it in the scripture. When you look at Revelation 21 and 22, He is sitting upon a throne. That throne is going to be something that is going to be over mankind here on earth. It still makes Jesus to be King. When you look into the 44th, 45th, and 46th chapters of Ezekiel, there is a prince, not a king, a prince that is over the Israeli people. This prince carries out the will of God for the people. He is the one that makes the offerings. I know some of the versions of the Bible call him the high priest. Of course when I taught what I did, then I got in trouble with some people, but I just simply say to you, What I taught is from the Bible. When I said that, I realize, that when you look at different versions of the Bible, it will call him a high priest. The King James Bible calls him the prince, which is alright with me, because he still makes up the offerings for the people, for the priesthood. He is over the duties of the priesthood. He is the one, as you go into the 45th and 46th chapter, that offers up the sacrifices for the people there in Jerusalem. Of course you see where the glory of God entered into the temple, but the glory of God entered into the temple when it was first built. It also entered into the badger skins there in the sanctuary, when it was placed there in the desert. That presence will be there again to some men that will be ministering for the Lord. The Bible says that Jesus will be King of kings and Lord of lords, and nobody else can take that Kingship away from Him. It does not necessarily mean He is going to be sitting on some throne somewhere made by man. He will be there when needed. So will you. You will be there when needed. But the Bible also says that we shall be as the angels of God in heaven. Three angels met Abraham, and when they met Abraham, they just appeared to him. They walked a dusty road to meet him. They sat under the oak tree to eat with him. Then two of them leave the scene there, and go to Sodom, and I don’t believe they walked all the way to Sodom. I believe they were carried from Mamre there, where Abraham was, to Sodom, just like Philip was taken from where he was when he was in Gaza, unto a city, he was caught up out of the sight of the eunuch. Our rulership is going to be like that of the angels: we can appear wherever and whenever needed, and we can disappear when not needed. Also, I was talking to Bro. David yesterday about hearing Bro. Jackson say at least one time, but Bro. David said, that when he was a little boy, he had asked Bro. Jackson, will we eat when we are raptured, will we eat after that? He told him, you can eat, but you will not have to, you eat for fellowship, but as an angel you will not have to eat to sustain yourself. Those angels that ate with Abraham, did not eat because they were hungry. One of them, Abraham called Lord, because he recognized he was more of a representative of God than the other two were. They all sat there and ate with Abraham. They even waited until he fixed it. They were not in a big hurry, they waited until he fixed the food. He roasted a lamb. We don’t have to roast a lamb today, we have a Lamb. When John saw Him, he looked and saw somebody different. He saw the appearance of one that was different. He saw something about Him and said, behold the Lamb of God. Look, this is the Lamb of God that takes away the sin of the world. His sacrifice was sufficient for the world, but only effective for those that believe and accept Him. So I am saying today, that the Bride people will be there when needed to make decisions, because it said we will be kings and priests. When there is a problem to be solved, it is going to be among mortals, but when they are not able to solve it, then it is going to be left up to Bride people to do so. We heard the song, I thought it was a pretty song when I was growing up, Lord, build me a cabin in the corner of glory land. We have heard about mansions all our lives, build my mansion next door to Jesus. It is a beautiful song, but think about it: is any of that kind of thinking really true? His presence is going to fill the earth. The knowledge of the Lord will fill the earth as the waters do the sea. Every Bride person is going to have that knowledge of the Lord Jesus Christ. I know, sometimes these things get pretty deep. It says He will wear many crowns. Does He have a lot of crowns upon His head? Look at Him in Revelation, chapter 4. Look at Him in chapter 1, when He appears. That means He is King of the earth. Sure, the Bible says He will sit upon the throne of David. Does that mean He is going to be sitting in Jerusalem all the time? It is a far greater throne than what David had, but it is a representative of that throne which was in Israel. There will be nobody take His place. It means that nobody takes His place while we are here on earth. Nobody, no religious belief. I am not looking for a mansion, I am looking for a kingdom where it will be ruled in righteousness. Think of it: the bride is going to be over subjects. After the thousand years is over, then the kingdom will be turned back over to God for Him to rule and reign. He gives Jesus that opportunity because of what He did at Golgotha, and then, for two thousand years He has been sitting there as our intercessor, lifted up. I want to go back to that scene of the throne, as we place it here, because what we see, is the Shekinah glory inhabiting the throne. Jesus, being the Lamb of God, John saw Him and said, behold the Lamb of God that takes away the sin of the world. There on the mercy seat, is where He has been for two thousand years, interceding for us, because we needed it, and we still do need it. But one of these days, before very long that chapter is going to be closed. The scroll is going to be opened, and intercession will be closed then, there will be nobody else saved. So it is important that we do what we know to do now. It makes me happy to know that one of these days before long there is going to be a change come, a change to this body. Will there be a change to my thinking? Brothers and sisters, we should be Holy Ghost thinkers now. Paul said, now we look through a glass darkly. That is looking at the other side. That is not looking at the Word of God. We have a shadowy view of what it will really be, but we don’t have a shadowy view of the Word of God. What did He say in Revelation chapter 3, open the door, I will come in and we will sup together. What is that fellowship for? It is for understanding. I know the thought of some, that I am going off the deep end. But this thing is too big for us to just sit in one place all the time. If you are going to be as the angels are, they don’t stay in one place all the time. Gabriel appeared to Daniel, then he appeared to Mary. Michael appeared to Daniel, then he will appear in Revelation 12. The power that they had did not fade away. What did Gabriel do when he talked to Mary? He gave her instructions. This is what is going to happen to you. These poor creatures today that call themselves preachers on television, talk about how that angels pressed themselves into human bodies and they had children with the daughters of men. I wonder why it just happened one time? They did not look at the scriptures at all. They were looking at the sons of God, thinking they were angels, when it tells you that Adam was the son of God. It comes right on down the line. It comes all the way down to Joseph and it goes back, all the way back to Adam, which says he was the son of God. The sons of God, which were those of Adam’s race, looked upon the daughters of Cain, which were the daughters of men, soulish people. Sure, they could build organs, they could build instruments of music. They could build cities, they could build buildings. They could plant vineyards, but they were not sons of God. When Cain walked out of the presence of God and went into Nod, there was never any dealing with them. Century after century of time, for sixteen hundred years, God never did deal with them. But fifteen hundred years later, God looked upon a little man named Noah and said, prepare yourself, you are going to build an ark for the saving of your house. Today we are working on that ark, which is the Word of God, because it is going to deliver us out of this present world into the presence of God. There are so many songs that deal with just flesh. That little baby that dies, they say, Jesus has a rocking chair. Those poor souls. They think He is up there rocking a bunch of babies. The Bible tells me He is sitting on the right hand of God, making intercession for you and me. I need it. I will agree with one song, the words of it, I need Him more today than I did yesterday. Every day I need Him a little more. We are going to go into Ezekiel 44, 45, and 46 for a lesson, because we are going to see who rules Jerusalem. We are going to see who sits in the gate. Everybody that goes into that temple area, if they go in from the north, they have to leave from the south. In other words, they leave their offering there. They offer their offering there and they go out another way because they are not to be what they were when they came in, even in the Millennium. Only the prince, or the high priest, whatever you want to call him, only he goes back out the gate he came in. Chapter 44, “Then he brought me back the way of the gate of the outward sanctuary which looketh toward the east; and it was shut.” It is shut today, concreted. The Turks concreted it shut, knowing that there was scripture that led to where He would come back the same way He left, that He would come back into that eastern gate. God don’t need any gate to go through. He don’t need a wall to go through because He is everywhere. It is the prince that goes in the gate. “Then said the Lord unto me; This gate shall be shut, it shall not be opened, and no man shall enter in by it; because the Lord, the God of Israel, hath entered in by it, therefore it shall be shut.” It shall be shut until that time. “It is for the prince; (You say well that prince is Jesus. How could that prince be Jesus, when it plainly says that this prince has children, in chapter 46, sons?) the prince, he shall sit in it to eat bread before the Lord; he shall enter by the way of the porch of that gate, and shall go out by the way of the same.” He is the only one that can do that. It shall be opened for him. God don’t need a gate closed, or He don’t need one shut, because He is the King of the earth, that created this whole thing. “Then brought he me the way of the north gate before the house: and I looked, and, behold, the glory of the Lord filled the house of the Lord.” The glory of the Lord filled the house. Do you think you can box God into a little house, into a sanctuary, or a manmade building? It is His glory. Let me tell you what kind of crown that you will have. 1st Corinthians 9:25 says we will have an incorruptible crown. Let us read that. Let us start in verse 24. “Know ye not that they which run in a race run all, but one receiveth the prize? So run, that ye may obtain. And every man that striveth for the mastery is temperate in all things. Now they do it to obtain a corruptible crown; but we an incorruptible.” If you are just going to wear a gold crown on your head, it is corruptible, because it said they have a corruptible crown. Every man that striveth for the mastery is temperate in all things. They do it to obtain a corruptible crown, but we an incorruptible.

2013-07-We-Shall-Crown-Him-Part-1

Grace, Part 8 – 2013, May


Introduction

We are just continuing on with this grace message. Peter could have taken what Jesus said, the wrong way when Jesus said, “If I wash thee not, thou hast no part with me,” but he didn’t. He acknowledged it. I have another scripture today. These things are not for our destruction. These things are for our correction. There are times I need correction, but I am not going to blame a minister for correcting me if I am wrong, I am going to blame myself. This other scripture is John chapter 6, verse 60. “Many of His disciples, when they had heard this, said, This is an hard saying, who can hear it?” He had said some things that He did not explain. These things are not for our destruction, these things are for our correction. God sometimes does just like Jesus did, He went out of the way to talk to Peter. There have been things said from this pulpit that have caused flesh to look at itself. But whenever I see people that have walked away and now say, it is alright for the women to cut their hair off, now it is alright for women to wear pants. Who gave them that right? The Bible sure did not give them that right. The message does not give them that right. We have got some older sisters and brothers in here. I can remember when they were a lot younger, but they were not trying to show their body off. Now preachers wives will unbutton their blouses to here. Somebody has messed up, somebody’s mind is messed up, because somebody has allowed this. Whenever you walk away from truth, the devil will attack you, he has every right to. Then when you walk away from truth, you don’t feel it is an attack of the devil. Some peoples’ minds are being seared. It is my responsibility, as it was Ezekiel’s responsibility, as you go to the 30th chapter of Ezekiel, to warn the people. God has set us on the wall as watchmen. Being watchmen is not being watchmen for your destruction, it is being watchmen for correction. Was that not the scripture I mentioned this morning? It is something that corrects us. “When Jesus knew in Himself that His disciples murmured at it, (The disciples, they murmured. Sometimes our thoughts is enough, we don’t even have to say anything, our thoughts is enough, but when we put it into words, then we are trying to convince somebody else that we are right. I have seen some of you, who now have families, when you yourselves were dedicated as babies. Now you have your own families. What are we showing before our families? What kind of an example are we before our children? Sometimes our actions get so loud, nobody can hear our words. What is this message for this morning? This message is a warning. Flee, from youthful lusts. Some people never grow up, so it is still a youthful lust. What does the Bible say about that? What is the message? Grow in the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ. Don’t see how close you can walk to the edge as Bro. Bud has said, and keep taking a step backwards. Or two steps backwards. Sometimes our lives get to where we are like beginning to climbing a ladder, after all our effort, we are still on the same rung we started on at the beginning. You are not going to fall off, because you are not going to get high enough to be concerned about that. The disciples that followed Jesus: I am not talking about the twelve, I am talking about the ones that ate with Him yesterday, the ones that had the fish dinner.)After saying some things in their hearing, he asked a question, He said unto them, “Doth this offend you?” The Methodist church used to talk about Jesus being like a little Sunday school teacher. Does this message offend you? I remember Bro. Bud telling about when he once had a head of hair, which I do not talk about, because I do not see that in my brother. A preacher preached against it, and he got a haircut. He went back to church, the preacher preached against it again and he got another haircut. The way I remember it, he got four haircuts in one week. The preacher did not keep preaching about it then. Sometimes we have to get everything under control. Sometimes it takes more than one message to do that. Just a little dab will not always do the job God wants done. Just being religious is not enough. There used to be a song, Brighten the Corner Where You Are. The Bible says offenses will come. I don’t say these things this morning to offend anyone, but we do say these things in an effort to try to correct certain situations that are getting out of hand. I am saying these things for this reason, let us look at ourselves, and look in the mirror. God’s word is that mirror. I said at the beginning of this message, Jesus did not apologize, He simply said, does this offend you? Some can say, Well, I won’t listen to that Bud, I will listen to Allen. Is Allen any different than Bud? Are we not on the same page? Or are we (in your opinion) on different pages? Jesus just goes a little further into this situation. Listen to this.“What and if ye shall see the Son of man ascend up where He was before?” He did not explain that: He just said it. This message is going to make me or it is going to break me. Every once in awhile I have to look in the mirror of my heart. Don’t bow your head to what I am saying this morning. This is a day of making it or breaking it. When this message is over, I will love you the same as I did when I started it. If you take it wrong, I will weep over it, but I will not change it. “It is the Spirit that quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing: (That is plain language, something that I need, something that speaks to me, that tells me to open my eyes because it is the grace of God that is looking into our souls this morning. If you leave offended by what I say this morning, it may break my heart, but I will not change what I am saying, because I believe I am obeying the leading of the Spirit of God. Loose living, trying to see how close we can get to the edge is not going to get you in the rapture as bride saints. I was looking at the monitor this morning with Bro. David. I told the sisters, well the hillbillies are here. I am a hillbilly. I was talking about our sisters from down in Kentucky. What a privilege to be able to preach to people that love God, that are willing to travel a hundred miles every Sunday, when there are people that live close to here, that cannot come once a week. They may think a little dab will do them, but I have to ask, where did you get that from? The Bible says, see that you do not forsake the assembling of yourselves together as the manner of some is. You might say, well you all just keep pounding on that. Yes, that is because we must get this thing right. I know there are some people that cannot make it any more than that, but they have a good reason, not just an excuse. Don’t make up an excuse for not coming to services regular. Where is our love for God when we have that kind of attitude? Where is our hope? You know how far Jesus traveled in order to be there at Jerusalem during the Passover, knowing what He was going to do. It was better than eighty miles from Nazareth to Jerusalem and He did not go there on a camel or a great white horse. When He got into the area of Jerusalem, He did not go into Jerusalem on one: He went on a donkey, because He was fulfilling scripture, just as today, we are fulfilling scripture. I will say a little something about the people in South Africa, they get together and watch these services. They get together and watch them with all their heart. They say, you and Bro. Bud, just keep on preaching like you are: don’t change it. They treated us like kings. I told them more than one time, you don’t have to do that, we are ordinary people, people like you, but they did not change, they just kept it up, but with respect, not to gain favor. Bro. Ram kept saying, I didn’t think you would ever come. Brothers and sisters: seven souls that love God are worth more than this whole natural world. Brother and sister: your soul is more important than the enjoyment of sin for a little season. Sis. Peggy Frakes came here this morning and a message came to her: your mother is dead, unexpected. Life is unexpected this morning. How would it be if our hands were folded?) The words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life.” This is hard, but the Bible says to pull them out of the fire. If I can do that this morning to somebody, then I have done what was expected of me, and done what was my duty, and there is no reason for me to rejoice in in what I accomplished: I have done my duty. When I get through with this message, I have done nothing except what is my duty. I don’t say this for you to go away and judge what I say, I say these things in love, and in concern for your well-being. Sometimes a brother can preach a message and you could say, he is just picking on me. You don’t know what he went through before he got to the pulpit. He was not standing up there laughing, saying, boy I will get them today, or I will get them tonight, wait until the next time, I will pour it on them. This is not the kind of message we are dedicated to. The message is love; and love is corrective. Listen to Jesus, “But there are some of you that believe not. (Jesus knew from the beginning who they were that believed not, and who should betray him, and he said), Therefore said I unto you, that no man can come unto me, except it were given unto him of my Father. From that time many of His disciples went back, and walked no more with Him.” This hit and miss, every once in awhile kind of life will not get it. Jesus was not through: He had more to say.. After these disciples walked away, He turned to the twelve and said, “Will ye also go away?” I am saying to some this morning, you are walking on the edge, you have not yet made up your mind, the devil will make it up for you. Will you also go away? I am saying today, how many more want to walk away and feel that precious love. Some preachers wives, who have walked away are now wearing their dresses cut down to here, preachers wives. I would not walk five feet to hear somebody like that preach. When Jesus asked that question, listen to how Simon Peter answered Him. “Then Simon Peter answered Him, Lord, to whom shall we go? Thou hast the words of eternal life.” You might say, you are just saying things this morning, to try to discourage people, trying to get rid of people. I am not trying to get rid of anyone, but I am trying to let us see that there is a shaking going on; and it is not Elvis Presley. Bro. William Branham said don’t name your little boys Elvis. The man would sing, and I saw some of the things he would do. He would sing at night and wipe sweat from his brow with something, and hand that to some young girl and she would fall out. Don’t tell me there is not a spirit in that. Then he would feel so guilty, he would sing gospel songs all night. Do you know what that was? It was Esau. There was no way he was coming back to God because he had already taken what God had given him in that Pentecostal church and he had messed it up. He had already gone to his Heartbreak Hotel and he is there today. Oh yeah, he got a preacher to preach him into heaven, Rex Humbard, he preached him right into heaven. That made me think less of Rex Humbard than what I already thought. Bro. William Branham preached serpent seed, these preachers turned against him. One preacher had a vision of Bro. William Branham dying, he said I started to pray, then I remembered I had that vision and he said, I quit praying when he had that wreck. He said, that message on serpent seed was straight from hell. I don’t want to be in that preachers place when his time comes. Bro. William Branham, instead of saying pulpit, he said pollpit, a woman jumped on him about it, Bro. William Branham, you embarrassed me this morning, you said pollpit for pulpit. He said pollpit, that is what it is, isn’t it? Everybody wants to get their words right, but they don’t want the message. Well I saw a little man one day, Bro. Jackson explained it that way, I saw a little man one day, when he began to talk and tell things, I couldn’t get away from it. Now the ones that claim to follow him, what are they doing? They are buying their arenas for recreation, million dollar arenas with basketball goals. I am not against anyone watching basketball, but when basketball becomes your God, then it is too much. If I come here and the Spirit of God is moving, and my team is out here playing, and I would rather be there, there is something wrong. No matter how we feel, they are going to win or loose. If our heart is there, we are going to be the loser. It is just a game. But this thing we are talking about is not a game today, it is a promise. God gave a promise to Abraham and the Bible says they, without us, could not be made perfect, they are waiting on us. Their inheritance will never be what yours will be, because they come under a different message, a message that was brought by the Law. But Abraham believed God before there was ever a Law, so that we could be included in that promise. I have one more scripture I want to read this morning, Matthew 16, no, I think I have the wrong scripture there. I will just quote it for you. Jesus begins to tell what is going to happen at Jerusalem. He began to tell His disciples how He was going to suffer at Jerusalem. Peter begins to rail on Him, oh this is never going to happen to you. Jesus said to him, get behind me Satan. Here it is, in verse 21, chapter 16. “From that time forth began Jesus to show unto His disciples, how that He must go unto Jerusalem, and suffer many things of the elders and chief priests and scribes, and be killed, and be raised the third day. Then Peer took Him, and began to rebuke Him, saying, Be it far from thee, Lord: this shall not be unto thee. But He turned, and said unto Peter, Get thee behind me, Satan: thou art an offence unto me: for thou savourest not the things that be of God, but those that be of men.” Has He ever said that to you? Get behind me Satan. If I said that to you, you would walk out of here, and you would have every right to. But Jesus said that to Peter and he had a choice to make. You think that I and Bro. Bud have been hard. Jesus tells His main disciples that were going to be a spokesman for Him, get behind me devil. We have never said anything like that, but Jesus said it and He did not apologize. Wake up! We are getting ready to leave this world! If it takes a rebuke of that kind to straighten me up, let me have it. Let me have it, and I will take it, don’t pass it off onto someone else, give it to me. If Bro. Bud says something that I am doing is wrong, I will take it, I will not run from it. If you see me bow my head, it is because I am ashamed, not because I am sorry. You think nothing has ever been said to me? That man that spoke to Bro. Bud those times, he just kept on. Bro. Bud kept getting his hair a little shorter, a little shorter and a little shorter. I don’t remember that Bro. Bud. I remember the Bro. Bud you see sitting here this morning. I don’t remember that other man, because he listened. I have a reason for preaching this message, because I don’t want anybody to come and sit in Faith Assembly, thinking there are two different ideas here in this pulpit. We have got our different ways of preaching the gospel, but I don’t think that Bro. Bud said anything any harder than I have said here this morning. Do we love God? Or is this world an attraction to us? Do we have our fingers white from gripping onto something that we can’t let go of? I am saying this morning, let it loose, let it go. I say this with respect, get right with God. You might say, well I had an experience. That is good, but is that experience holding you over, or is there something lacking? You need to get it right

GROW IN GRACE

I am going over some familiar scriptures tonight as I look on into this message, very familiar, and very true. I am going to take my scripture from Galatians, the 1st chapter, then on into the 2nd chapter. The scripture was meant for us to take a look at ourselves. It is not just a written book to fill up time and space, but it is written that we may learn, because the Bible says come and learn of me, for I am meek and lowly in heart, and you shall find rest for your soul. So there is a certain rest in the scriptures, so that you can feel comfortable and content, that you are walking in truth. There is no other way in this time, the day and hour that we are living in. I know there are people depending on the messages that come from this pulpit and whoever is preaching here, because people know around the world that there is not going to be any loose cannons come from here. I remember three and a half years ago, as a lot of brothers came to me and said, how did you ever take what was said here by those four men? But then they turned around and said, we know people should have heard it, because if you had never heard what those men said, you would never have believed what was going on. But because you were able to hear and to know, it gave you understanding of why certain things have been brought out the way they have, and truth has been stood for. When I preached that message that morning in September, there were preachers that laughed about it from the pulpit. But it was the word of God. What Bro. Turner said this morning, I have never wanted to give anybody, and I say that sternly, I never want to give anybody the idea that we are teaching that Jesus Christ is God. Because that is not according to scripture. I know that Bro. William Branham had come through the Pentecostal realm of people and I remember a statement he made one time, maybe more than one time, concerning Matthew 28:19. The statement he made was all power is given unto me, as Jesus said, in heaven and in earth, and he made the statement if there is any other god, then he is powerless. You know people have looked at that, and looked at what he said at other times, that to believe that Jesus was God, because I know that it was somewhat confusing to me. But the thing about it is, when I started coming to Faith Assembly, maybe it was not right off, maybe a couple years into the time I had been coming here, that Bro. Jackson took a glass of water like this, and held it up before the congregation and said, this glass of water is like the ocean. But he said, you take a glass of water out of the ocean, you have got a part of that ocean, but it is not the whole ocean. He was teaching that Jesus Christ was a part of God, but He was not God. I know I have used that scripture that came from Isaiah, chapter 7 and on into Matthew chapter 3, where it talks about His name shall be Emmanuel, which being interpreted, is God with us. But you have to understand what that means. When Jesus began His ministry, at the beginning of His ministry, He received the Holy Ghost. He was the divine Son of God. He was not born an ordinary person, because the seed of life that was in Him was from God. When He walked this earth, Jesus said I and my Father are one, but the thing about it was, He was not taking it upon Himself to be God. The Bible is very plain in saying there is one God, and there is one Lord Jesus Christ. He is our Lord and Savior because He died for us. I know I have made the statement; and I stand behind the statement I have made, that when you receive the Holy Ghost, you receive a part of God. When Jesus received the Holy Ghost, He received the fulness of what God would impart into a human body. We only have it in part. Jesus had all the attributes of the Father in full measure, because He was perfect man. When He received the Holy Ghost, it was God in Christ, reconciling the world unto imself. But when you receive the Holy Ghost, you receive the Spirit that God endowed the Lord Jesus Christ with, that is why it is called the Holy Ghost, because it is something you do not see. You could not see God, but you see the works of God. Jesus was a manifestation of God in the flesh, but He was not God. When He prayed in John chapter 17, He prayed that they may be one, as we are one, one in motive, one in attitude, one message, one in purpose. There cannot be two messages in this end time message. I am not bragging tonight, but I know what I believe. I am persuaded that He will keep that unto that day, as the apostle Paul was persuaded when he made that statement. Jesus said I have power to lay my life down and have power to take it up again. This was given to Him of God. You have the same promise tonight. By the grace of God, you have the same promise, that if you have to go to a grave, then the same Holy Ghost that you have will raise you up one day. There is not two Gods, there is not two Holy Ghost’s. But the Holy Ghost in you is the Spirit of Christ. I can read in the Bible, where it says in the Old Testament that the Spirit of Christ which was in them, told you of the time, but that was the anointing. Christ means anointed by the Spirit of God. Christ was not the second name of Jesus: it identifies Him as the anointed one. He was Jesus the anointed One. When He received the Holy Ghost, that is who He was. He was the anointed one. Him, being the anointed one, was simply that God the Father was in Him, reconciling the world unto Himself, which fulfills Matthew chapter 3, which speaks of Emmanuel, meaning God was in He who was known as Jesus Christ. Because the attention of heaven was on Christ, it was on Jesus, let me put it that way. There was not another message in earth when Jesus was here. That was the only message given to mankind, when Jesus was here. But He had to be made under the Law to reconcile those that had come up under the Law. He said in John, chapter 10, other sheep have I, which are not of this fold, they shall come and there shall be one fold. I hope this explains something to you, that you are never confused on who Jesus Christ is, that He was God’s anointed one for death to reconcile us to God. He was that second Adam. The first Adam fell from his perfect state of being. He was a created being, the second Adam, as the Bible says, is the Lord from heaven, meaning His life came from God. So I hope this explains to you my belief, according to the scripture. I do not say that, as I said in the beginning, I do not say that to dispute with Bro. William Branham, the statement he made, but Bro. William Branham lived back in a time before all the revelation that we have now, was known. I want to go to Galatians chapter 1. “Paul, an apostle, not of men, (He was not appointed by men. A bunch of men did not lay their hands on him and say, you are now the head apostle. That is a flimsy excuse for any man to have a calling like that. Because it will not work.) neither by man, but by Jesus Christ, and God the Father, who raised Him from the dead; (That ought to explain to you somewhat, of what I have been saying.) And all the brethren which are with me, unto the churches of Galatia: (Galatia was an area in the world, and that is why it was not just one church. The Galatians were the Gauls. Galatia was a little nation in a nation.) Grace be to you and peace from God the Father, and from our Lord Jesus Christ. (To me, he is putting a picture together here, of what he believed and what we stand for.) Who gave Himself for our sins, that He might deliver us from this present evil world, (He is not talking about Him taking us out of the world, but delivering us from the presence of the evil that is in the world. You can live in the world, but you do not have to be a part of it. The old unregenerate man is different.) according to the will of God and our Father: To whom be glory for ever and ever. Amen. I marvel that ye are so soon removed from Him that called you into the grace of Christ unto another gospel: Which is not another; but there be some that trouble you, (That is the truth, especially in this hour.) and would pervert the gospel of Christ. But though we, or an angel from heaven, (He is not talking about a little minor something, He is talking about something that can speak to us. God has angels that are sent for the saints of God, but the devil has angels too, that are very persuasive. Sometimes more persuasive, than the angels of God, if we listen to them. But though we or an angel from heaven…) preach any other gospel unto you than that which we have preached unto you, let him be accursed.” You know, the ministry, God’s ministry has authority over the evil forces of this world. That is what he is saying here. He said, though we or an angel from heaven preach any other gospel unto you, than that which we have preached unto you, let him be accursed. He is not talking about man only, but he is talking about angels also. I will say again as I said this morning, do you want to live right on the edge all the time? “As we said before, so say I now again, if any man preach any other gospel unto you than that ye have received, let him be accursed.” That will take you into the 3rd chapter of the book of 1st Corinthians. Paul talks about the platform that he has built upon. That is the only foundation. He said, let every man take heed how he builds thereupon, that foundation. Brother Steve said some things in his testimony here that I will not repeat, but he said some things that somebody should hear concerning things that have gone on in other minister’s minds and lives, and how people have been treated. “For do I now persuade men, or God? Or do I seek to please men?” If I preach a watered down gospel, I will say this and will say no more about it, there was a sister after the service that came to Bro. Bud and me, with tears in her eyes and said, thank you for what you preached this morning. I admired that, not because of me, but because of truth. I am only hurt, and this could be for a time, I understand that, I am only hurt at what a preacher will say if I am desiring to go another way. Sometimes truth hurts, because this flesh is something we live in, and it is something that can get hold of us. I will say this to you tonight, I would rather somebody be mad at me, other than God. My best friend, I would rather my best friend be angry with me, than I would for God to be angry with me. That friend has a chance to change, but God does not change. When He created the heavens and the earth, He thought first. This message which we believe, has been thought out before we ever got here. God had nobody to counsel with, He meditated with himself. What He determined when He meditated with Himself, is unchangeable. Sometimes I can change my thinking about certain things, but the scripture does not change. It has already been thought through. Do I persuade men, or God? (Paul said) Or do I seek to please men? If I seek to please men, I may gain friends, but I have lost my way with God. “For if I yet pleased men, I should not be the servant of Christ.” Paul said in one place, now we are ambassadors for Christ, as though God did beseech you by us. In another place he said we are stewards of the mysteries of Christ. In other words, we have God’s riches in our hands. That is what a steward is. He is someone that holds God’s riches in his hands, to be able to distribute unto the people at the right time, and the right way. “But I certify you, brethren, that the gospel which was preached of men is not after man. For I neither received it of man, neither was I taught it, but by the revelation of Jesus Christ.” We are people that God is speaking to. A true minister is someone that God is speaking from. Bro. William Branham said one time, God could have sent the wind to preach the gospel. He could have sent an angel, but He did not, He sent human beings. You will never receive it just by what I say, but you will receive it by revelation as you consider what is being said. He goes ahead to talk about his conversion, you have heard of my conversion, how he profited in the Jews religion. Verse 15, “But when it pleased God, who separated me from my mother’s womb, and called me by His grace.” That is the message, by His grace. The reason I am using Paul in this, Paul had a revelation for the Gentile people, like no other man, and I do not condemn other men. They had a revelation from God too, but not like the apostle Paul. Because he cut through all the red tape of the Law, to be able to get to Grace. This was something hard for Peter to do at the beginning. It was hard for James to do and it was hard for others to do. Sometimes old things are hard to get rid of, and I do not speak against them, but sometimes it is hard. We remember that from Peter, when God had saved Peter. He had given him the Holy Ghost, but he was not ready to preach to the Gentiles. He had already been down to Samaria. The Samaritans were not true Jews. He had been down there and seen how they had received Christ. But he had never been among the Gentiles, because they were to him, even yet, an unclean bunch of people. So when it came time, in chapter 10, of Acts, for him to go among the Gentiles, God had to give him a vision. It shows his reluctance to go among the Gentiles, because God showed him a vision of a net let down, or a sheet let down from heaven, that had all kinds of four footed beasts, and God said to Peter, kill and eat. Peter, in his vision, looks back and said, not so, nothing has ever came into my mouth of an unclean nature, I am a Jew. He was a Jew, he was a good one. He could say, I no longer curse and sware, I am not a fisher anymore, I am dedicated to the gospel of Christ fully, but there was something inside of Peter that was not what God wanted. He was in training. Bro. William Branham was in training, Bro. Jackson was in training, we are in training. When I said what I did about what Bro. William Branham said, he was in training, I am not speaking against him. Somebody sends me an e-mail every week about Bro. William Branham’s messages, Malachi 4:5, every week I get that. I don’t know what it says because I don’t read it. People in the Branham move can quote Malachi 4:5-6, they can talk about that, they can talk about Luke 17:30, Revelation 10:7, but they do not know what he meant. They will never know what he meant, because they will not go any further, but the message moves on. Bro. William Branham said, I must decrease. Even the man that sends us that, said that in there, every time it is the same thing. That is alright, I can delete it. But I am not trying to delete what Bro. William Branham meant unto this hour. Don’t anybody tell me that he did not mean something for this day and hour. He stands out head and shoulder above that whole thing, Billy Graham, Oral Roberts, A. A. Allen, and all the rest of them. The message was not perfect. Oh I know you hate that, but it was a start. These people that want to quote Revelation 10:7 and say all the mysteries, that is not what the Bible says, it says the mystery of Christ, not mysteries. I remember Bro. William Branham preached one Sunday morning, he was talking about Elijah. When Elijah began to think and say, God, I am the only one that is left. The reply of God was, I have seven thousand men that have not bowed their knee to Baal. Bro. William Branham misquoted it and said, seven hundred. Somebody was foolish enough to ask Bro. William Branham, is that a new revelation. God is not ignorant. Bro. William Branham had to straighten it out in peoples’ minds that he made a mistake. Oh, Bro. William Branham made a mistake? He said, I am a man, I am learning, next year I will know better. Never did I do with the countdown over here on the wall, what they have done with it. Because they have said 2004 ½ don’t mean anything anymore. You are lying. That will stand before you on the day of judgment. That was not a prediction. You have made it to be the same that Bro. William Branham said about 1977. It was told me that somebody that left here said, I knew when Bro. Jackson said that, I knew that was going to cause problems, and it did. Thank God for the problem. Paul is talking about angels cannot change it, men cannot change it. I am sure not going to try to change it. These men trying to run for president, out here with etch-a-sketches. How ignorant men can get. Go ahead and hand it over to Obama again, that is what you are doing. You are an ignorant bunch, that could be called idiots. Maybe you think I should not say that. I did say it; and you know it is true. “But when it pleased God, who separated me from my mother’s womb, and called me by His grace; To reveal His Son in me, that I might preach Him among the heathen; immediately I conferred not with flesh and blood.” In other words, I conferred not with man. That is the reason. If he had gone to Jerusalem and got everybody’s opinion, he would have been one confused man. But what he did, he went off in the desert and got an answer from God. To me, I feel that I have been taught by the best. When our brother died, I knew that I had to get alone. In my truck driving up and down the road, I began to listen to the seals. But God began to speak to me words out of that, that I had never heard before. It was easy to sit down and listen. But many times just sitting and listening, a man becomes our prop. But I am not sorry that I did, because it was leading me on further and further. I did not want to interrupt the plan of God. But you can only lean on something for so long, then finally, what you are leaning on is taken out from under you, and down you go. You will either land on your knees or you will fall on your face. It is much easier to fall on your face, because if you fall on your face, you are looking at nothing but the ground. But if you fall on your knees, then you can begin to look up from that position. I remember when I was going to school, while in the Methodist Church, there was a scientist that came through. He was talking about different things, and he told about being in Florida and he saw a statue of Christ. It was bent over like this. As a professor said, why is that statue of Christ so bent over like that? The professor said, that you have to get down and look up to see the face. Even crawling you can look up, but laying on your face, you see nothing. Is that what you wanted? Is that what Faith Assembly wanted? Somebody laying on their face, giving up? The only animal that when it goes forward looks back all the time is a frog. He never knows what is in front of him because he is always looking behind. Are we that afraid in this hour? Are we looking back, thinking that we have missed something? Or are we going on, knowing that there is something ahead of us that we have not yet seen, but knowing that we are going to see, because there is a rapture coming? There is a rapture coming, and there is a people going to be with the Lord. I don’t say these things the way I do to disturb anyone, I am saying them in a way that we may examine ourselves. How many people come up here for prayer that have been to the doctor, and the doctor did not give them a good report. Because they realized in their body there was something wrong, they did not know what it was. If we will be honest with God, when we see something inside of us that is not going right, there is a song, little is much if God is in it, there is a crown and you can win it, a crown of life. God has taken this and opened up a window for us to be able to see through. We are not walking in the dark. Jesus is the light of the world, and I want to be in His light. The Bible says walk as children of light, that is what I have preached and that is what Bro. Bud has preached. He has not preached anything to deter anybody to knock them off the track. Those who have a stubborn attitude, will be offended at times, but that stubborn attitude does not come from the Spirit of God. We place so much on so many little things, when the Bible says that if we lose our soul we have lost all. If we gain the whole world, we just gain things. But if we lose our soul, we have lost it all. There is an inheritance, that God wants to share it with His people. There is something inside of us that knows there is something down the road that we can have if we keep pressing on. I wonder how the apostle Paul felt when he went fourteen days without food? It looks to mortal man, like God would have answered him all at once, but God has a reason for everything. Though it took fourteen days for God to give him an answer, he said yesterday night the angel of the Lord stood before me. That angel of the Lord said there would be no life lost, but you listen to me. Could it be that God is speaking to us in the hour, saying listen to me. I am not talking about me, I am talking about the Holy Ghost. When I hear a brother or a sister, like a sister this morning defended what decision I had made concerning the church, which somebody did not appreciate. But Faith Assembly, one of these days, may possibly be rubbish, and you people that wanted it so bad, you can have it then. Even back as far as 1991 there was a preacher that said, and I know of two people that he had said it to, that when Bro. Jackson is gone, he would be pastor at Faith Assembly. That was not in God’s plan, that was a plan made by proud man. God does not pick the most popular people to do His work. Sometimes it is the least popular. It is somebody that has not tried to make themselves something special. Well, I will go up to Jerusalem and find out what I should do. The message comes in some of the most unlikely places at certain times. Three weeks before our fall meeting that year, there was a man that called me, a man with a grudge against me, and he called me and told me there were some men that planned to change my mind. When I got off the phone, I had thanked him, because it let me know something, because he was with them, but he told me something I needed to hear. Chapter 2, “Then fourteen years after I went up again to Jerusalem with Barnabas, and took Titus with me also. And I went up by revelation, (Not on his own, he goes up by revelation.) and communicated unto them that gospel which I preach among the Gentiles, but privately to them which were of reputation, lest by any means I should run, or had run, in vain.” Paul was a wise man. I tried to use a little wisdom when we went to South Africa. I did not want to let everybody know, because I was not going over there to be a spectacle, we were not going over there for opposition. We were going over there for fellowship with brothers and sisters that love God. I could have said we are going to South Africa, and one hour from that time, people would have known it around the world. There are brothers and sisters that wanted to see somebody that believed like they do. Face to face we looked at each other. They had already seen us, but I had never seen them. We came away from South Africa with a message that we had for Faith Assembly, they love you just as much. One day they are hoping for the privilege of being able to see your faces. Seeing each other is not like seeing some beauty queen or something, but it is like seeing a heavenly queen. What Max Factor and all these others advertise on television, the stretching of the face to where you don’t know if it is going to pop or what, one of these days it is going to be changed and God is going to put it back in place. The sagging skin, the droopy eyes, and all that stuff is going to be taken care of. Bro. Jackson said God will keep skin and bones together until His message is finished. “But neither Titus, who was with me, being a Greek, was compelled to be circumcised.” That is what flesh will do for you. They were looking for Paul when he got to Jerusalem. They were looking for him because they wanted to find fault. That is how carnal minded men are. He went on and took his circumcision, but that did not change his mind and it didn’t change Paul’s mind. Take this body that I live in, take it, but you cannot destroy the soul that is in there. I will repeat a story I read from the Fox’s Book of Martyrs one time, where this woman had ten children. One of them was just a baby she was carrying in her arms. Her and her husband were believers. They stood before the council and they commanded them to repent or they would take their family and get rid of them. That took courage. I want to see somebody like that one of these days and shake their hand and thank them because they have been a witness unto me. The woman was stronger than the man. They said, we will not repent, we will not recant. The woman gave her husband a word of encouragement. She said, honey, whatever they do to us, we will be together in a few minutes. They took the husband off and killed him. They took the woman, she had this little baby in her arms, they took her and the baby and put them in a sack and threw them over a bridge into the water. She had told her husband, we will be together in a few minutes. Stories like that have been told as a witness. One day maybe God will permit me to take that woman by the hand and that man by the hand and say thank you, you left a testimony to me. In the middle centuries, God had already spoken in His Word how He would take that woman’s children, speaking of the Catholic Church, Jezebel’s children, and would kill them with death. That has not changed. She is still guilty of murder, but she has continued to ride on the back of that beast all this time. One of these days though, that beast will ride her. It says that in Revelation 17, they will hate the whore, they will burn her with fire. Sometimes we think the sufferings we have gone through are so minuscule to what others have gone through, but tonight it takes something to stand for the gospel. When you see your family walk away, when you see your children, and when you see your husband, your wife walk away, and you have to walk alone, it hurts, but God has put something in you that will not let you turn back. Walking alone is not so bad if you have a friend with you. Jesus Christ is a friend that will stick with you to the end. He said I will never leave you, I will never forsake you. Does what I am talking about make any sense to you tonight? Or am I just a foolish man speaking a bunch of words? The Spirit of God in you speaks plainly to that. There is nothing to turn back to. I see Sarah Bean stand here every service that she is here, with her hand up, singing whatever song is being sung. She knows the words too, and she sings every one that anybody sings. I remember when she was small and that song Achy-Breaky Heart came out, somebody said something to her at school about that. She said, I don’t sing Achy-Breaky Heart: I sing, It Is Bubbling. It is bubbling, and it is. In Milwaukee they call a water fountain a bubbler. That is what I call it tonight, it is a bubbler. It will give us a drink of water and will wash our faces. It will wash our eyes to where we can see a brighter day ahead.

GROW IN GRACE

I have held up on certain scriptures because I was wanting to wait upon it, or even to see whether I should use them or not, but I hope to get to that tonight, if I don’t get to any of it this morning and maybe clear up some thinking. I am glad that Bro. Dwayne said what he did this morning concerning the Godhead, because if we don’t get a clear picture of the Godhead, we will never get any further than that. It takes a revelation of the Godhead to be able to understand many scriptures in the Bible. I remember the times when Bro. William Branham would say that Jehovah of the Old Testament is Jesus of the New, and it really left a puzzle in my mind, because I did not understand it fully. It seems that there are still people that do not understand the Godhead fully, but if you listen to the ministry and listen to what is being taught, you will have a better understanding of the Godhead, and that will open up other scriptures to you. I appreciate the things Bro. Turner said, that Jesus is not God, as so many out here are saying in this hour. He is the Son of God, and there is no reason for us to be fooled in these things. I don’t know how it could be made any planer than what it has been in the time that we are living in, because in Ephesians 4, it tells there, and I will go ahead and read that, which is not a part of my message. It says in the 12th verse, which is referring to the 11th verse, I will not read that. It says that these ministries, we call it five fold, I don’t know how much of a fold you can put upon it, but it is five different offices of one ministry. This is not five different ministries, but it is five offices of one ministry. If you read there what it says, there is only one faith, one Lord and one baptism. You cannot make any other thing out of that, because that is what it is, but these five offices of this one ministry are really for the perfecting of the saints in this end time. I will read that again. Of course you know it, but there is a certain point in this next verse that I want to get to. “For the perfecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry, for the edifying of the body of Christ.” Can you see that? There are three different things that are mentioned in that. He mentions the first thing, which is last, for the perfecting of the saints. Whenever the saints are perfected they are going to leave here. Because we see Isaiah 52:8, that tells us they shall sing together with one voice. That one voice is speaking about the end time, when Zion is to be brought back, which Zion is Israel being brought to the knowledge of a truth. Israel will recognize their Messiah, but their Messiah does not replace God. Their Messiah is their recognition of what Jesus did two thousand years ago, because that is what it points back to when they say, where did you get those scars in your hand? And about the spear in His side, that goes all the way back for two thousand years, where they missed it. I am not talking about all Jews, I am talking about the Jewish nation as a whole, they missed their Messiah. Only a certain number of them caught on to a message, which we are a part of today. The message that came through Peter, James, John, Paul and the apostles of that hour, is a message that we are acquainted with today, a message that leads right into that is going to bring perfection. The closest thing to perfection, since the early Church, will be at the end time. Because the Church in the beginning, were people that fully trusted in God with a true revelation. Then it was passed unto the Gentiles after the Jews had nothing more to do with it. We realize there were Jewish believers, but the nation as a whole rejected the Word of God. Just as this nation has, which I want to get into for a couple messages, before the convention, what is wrong in this nation today. I have scripture to back it up. I have testimonies of men that have fulfilled what is wrong with this nation now. They become a part of it, and their lives were brought down to the bottom because of their quotation of the Bible, several years ago after 9/11. But anyway it says, for the perfecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry, for the edifying of the body of Christ. That is the three things. “Till we all come into the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, (Bro. Jackson brought this out to magnify, just like putting a magnifying glass on that part of that verse, till we all come into the knowledge of the Son of God. He said this will be the last revelation, which will be for perfection of the Bride of Jesus Christ. We are looking, one day before long, that there will be seven thunders. Seven thunders are not going to perfect the Bride. The Bride is going to be perfected before seven thunders come. We are living in the hour of the perfecting work of the Son of God.) unto a perfect man, (That is talking about the Church, unto a perfect man, which would include both genders.) unto the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ.” So this is all bringing us unto getting rid of our differences, getting rid of opinions that have always caused a problem. What do you mean by that? Well, I believe it this way, or well I believe it that way. There is only one way to believe the scriptures. They are not open to opinions of natural thinking. There is not going to be a perfection here and a perfection there, because it is all going to be one perfection. I know this sounds strange to people that do not understand the necessity of revelation. We have come a long way in the last several years, in the enlightening of our understanding, to know more about the revelation of the hour. We cannot any longer say that Jesus is God. There has been too much time and too much anointed Word taught, for anyone to still believe that. If we are teachable, we soon learn that Jesus is the Son of God, and not God Himself. That is what happened to the Jesus only believers. They came upon scriptures that would not fit into their mold. I do not say these things to condemn Bro. William Branham or anyone else. It is just a case of us being in a learning progress. God has never revealed everything there is to be revealed all at once. We are in a progressive message that keeps opening up as time moves closer to the end. This scripture that I just read to you is progressive. It has that word, until, and that word until refers to time. It is passed through the ministry from the time especially of the late 1950’s into the early 1960’s up until 2012. I know Bro. William Branham said the way things were progressing, he believed it would be all over by 1977, but people forgot that he said in 1962, that it could be another generation. We are living in that generation beyond 1962. Let me put it this way, at least sixty percent of the people that are here this morning, were not even born in 1962. That ought to make you feel good. I remember those times and that opportunity that God gave for people to believe something that was out of the ordinary. Those days are behind us now: time is too short to be hanging onto anything other than that which God is revealing by His Spirit. I am still on this Grace message today, but I have added some more scriptures to those I had listed, scriptures from the book of Revelation. I hope all of you understand why I have done that. It is because Revelation, chapter 7, will go along with another scripture I have, Ephesians 3, and also Ephesians 2. I want to go to Ephesians 2 first. Paul says in verse 1, “And you hath he quickened, (Quickened means made alive. You might say, well I am already alive. Well, you have breath in your body, and you move and do your work and all, but you really did not have life that was going to last beyond this one, which is eternal life.) who were dead in trespasses and sins.” If you go to 1st John, the 1st chapter, you will find that if we say we have never sinned, we are liars. But if we confess our sins, He (God) is faithful and just to forgive us our sins and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness. That is a part of the perfection. It is the starting point. That is not the whole thing. Just because you were saved, does not mean you have all you will ever need. I know they witness and testify of this in the Baptist and Methodist churches, years and years and years, but there was never any growth from that point. I happen to be from the Methodist Church, that is why I mention that. There was never any growth and whenever you tried to grow in grace, they put a cap on it. They did not want you to go beyond what their belief was. They wanted to talk about John Wesley, but they did not really believe John Wesley. They were not acquainted with John Wesley. What do you mean they were not acquainted with John Wesley? They did not have the same Spirit in them, that John Wesley had in him. If we don’t grow, we stalemate. If we don’t grow, we stagnate. It is kind of like the little joke about little Johnny. We always pick on Johnny. He was sitting back in the corner, nobody noticed he was back there. He was just sitting there when a woman jumped up and testified and said, I was filled with the Spirit forty years ago, not a drop has gone in and not a drop has gone out. Little Johnny jumped up and said, I bet it has wiggle tales in it. If you have a water barrel sitting around your house, and you have rain water that goes in there, leave it about a week and you will have wiggle tails in it. They form in stagnated water. When there is no growth, that is what you become, stagnated. God never did invent a new way for perfection, we must grow into it. The plan that He had was from the foundation of the world. It never has changed. It was there all along. That is what I mean by progress. Progression is what the scripture is all about. Growing in grace. You don’t grow from plants. If you plant corn in a field and you get no rain, then you get no harvest. Therefore if we, as Christians, never are dealt with in our lives to the point that we are in growth, we become as the corn field that gets no rain. We get all parched and dried up, just like that field. Paul is not talking to Jews. He is talking to Christians, though there may have been a little element of Jews among them, he was talking to Gentile people. The Ephesian people were Gentiles. The Gentile church, if you go to Revelation chapter 2, starting in verse 1, you will find that the Ephesian church, at the time, was different than what it would become, and what it had been. That is the danger in our lives, when we get settled in what we have and fail to press on. What I mean by settled, is in a place where there is no growth in our lives. There absolutely must be growth. Growth only comes by revelation. Revelation only comes by the Word of God. If we find ourselves bickering about our present state, then we find ourselves in a position where the devil can work on us: he cannot work in a deep stream. I have seen rivers, they look so calm, though the wind is blowing on them, they look so calm. But if it is a river, there is movement in it, movement that you do not see, but it is moving closer to the big stream. There must be movement in our lives in order to accomplish God’s purpose for us in the time that we are living in. There is no need of us looking at ourselves, wishing to be like someone else. God expects us to grow into what He expects us to be, not what somebody else is. If He had done that, He would have made a twin out of you. But twins don’t even think alike. We have twin babies here in this congregation. They are getting older, and growing, but a little later on, as they grow more, they are going to think different. God does not make copies. Some have accused me of trying to be like Bro. Jackson. God did not make me to be like Bro. Jackson. I have not tried anything like that, I have not tried to be anything but faithful, but if God gives you something, it is absolutely imperative that we follow truth, that we follow what God has for our time, the day and hour we are living in. I am still talking about growing in grace. The thing that is so terrible, is that people can sit around truth for years and years and years, and it has not had the right effect in their lives. I have not said anything trying to be mean, and neither has Bro. Bud said anything to be mean, but people accuse us of that. As far as I am concerned, I am still the same person I was when Bro. Jackson was living. I have not changed, the message has not changed, but the Bible is still right, so we are admonished to grow in grace and in knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ. Some people do not want that, they have a denominational mind. That is hard. What do you mean by that? A denomination does not want to go any farther than what they started out with. You can read Paul’s Writings, from his earlier messages, and please do not think I am picking on Paul, but you can see a strength, you can see grace as he moves on. Somebody said that we supposedly, I will put it that way, supposedly in this message, that we cannot go back and look at what Paul said and shape our lives by it today. I don’t aim to listen to a person like that. Really, when he was talking about hair and thing like that, he turned around and said, we don’t have any such customs as that, and people sit and gobble that stuff up because they don’t want to measure up to what the scripture says for the time they are living in. A preacher like that can preach here today, and preach somewhere altogether different tomorrow, because he wants to fit in with wherever he is. I say to such a man; You are a hireling. You can go and preach in about any of these churches around today, but not at Faith Assembly, and not down in the hills of Kentucky. “Wherein in time past ye walked according to the course of this world.” Is Faith Assembly perfected? I will ask you that. Am I perfected? We are growing, not in numbers, but in spiritual stature. Every once in awhile somebody comes in. But how many times has it been said from this pulpit, it is not numbers we are after: it is spiritual growth. We did not go to South Africa for numbers. I was asked last Sunday, where is that church at in South Africa? Seven, is the number, but you know, God sent Philip on a journey for just one, and then He took him away, he flew away. So did we. It was not quite the same ride that Philip had, but we got there and we got back with a happy people that still cannot believe that we would come all that way for seven people. How many did you expect when you left? Seven. They rented us a nice facility that would have held dozens. Didn’t you feel all alone in there? Absolutely not. You never feel alone where the Spirit of the Lord is, and to see my brothers and sisters sitting with tears in their eyes was humbling. I never asked to preach to the crowds. I am not Billy Graham, I am not Oral Roberts. But I heard a message that neither one of them heard, because they did not listen. They had their opportunity. Billy Graham went to India. Somebody said to him, if the message you are preaching, is really true, let us see the miracles. He said, I don’t have that type ministry, there is a man in America that does, William Branham. He knew about him. Oral Roberts knew about him, because that is where he got his start. He came to him with a little old ragged tent and a few people and asked if God would hear his prayer. He was told, He will hear anybody’s prayer that is humble. Then he would up with his dancing group on television. Was that the message? I am not mad, I am just speaking the truth. Wherein in time past ye walked according to the course of this world, you walked in time past. “According to the prince of the power of the air, the spirit that now worketh in the children of disobedience.” That is where we were. Where are we today? This is why I put this part of this in it, “Grow in Grace” God gave us the best He had when He offered His Son, you cannot get above that. It says, for us to come to the knowledge of Him, to the knowledge of the Godhead. I don’t want to have to preach the Godhead over and over, to get everyone to understand and accept it. That would be like the denominational organizations on John 3:16. There is a truth concerning the Godhead; and it is needful that all understand it. Jesus Christ was and is the Son of God. But He is also our Mediator today, between God and His children. He did not come as a King two thousand years ago, nor did He come as a Prince. He was born in a manger. He grew up as a young man, and at twelve years of age when He was left behind, and Joseph and His mother had to go back and find Him, it says He was obedient to His parents until His showing, when He was thirty years old. That was when He was baptized of John. Then when He was baptized of John, and the Spirit of God came into His life, which was seen as a dove landing upon Him, It was seen as a dove, because it was a witness. I like the message Bro. William Branham preached, the Lamb and the Dove. The lamb was the meekest animal there could ever be, and the dove the most pure bird there was, which represented Jesus Christ, the Lamb, and the Dove as being the Holy Ghost, coming into the life of the Lamb. When He comes back, He will not come as a Lamb, He will come as a King, on a charger. That is why the measure we measure ourselves by, is not one another, it has to be the Word of God. “Among whom also we all had our conversation (our lifestyle) in times past in the lusts of the flesh, fulfilling the desires of the flesh and of the mind; and were by nature the children of wrath, even as others.” We have nothing to brag about. We have people now, that think it is O.K. to have a little dram. I am not saying that about Faith Assembly, but I am saying it of some that don’t come here anymore. A little wine for your stomach’s sake. What about your soul. Well Paul said so, but Paul lived among Jews that did not have the medicine we have today for your stomach’s sake. He was not talking about getting drunk when he was talking to Timothy. He said, for your stomach’s sake, not for the sake of your desire. “But God, who is rich in mercy, for His great love wherewith He loved us.” He could not show that under the Law. Paul explains that very well. He goes through the commandments and gets down to one. He said, which has promise, the others had no promise. Children obey your parents, that your days may be long upon the earth. I remember a statement Bro. Jackson made years ago, probably twelve years ago. He said to me, Bro. Allen, just stick with the Word, you will have a lot of grandchildren around here. I have seen you from twelve, fourteen years old on down, I have see you grow up and come to Bro. Bud and me with love in your hearts. Not because we preached a little soft message to you, sometimes it is crude. There was a little three year boy the other day, that was quoting me while I was preaching, and a little girl that said, mommy, we don’t wear clothes like that. Do you think they are not listening? Do you think they don’t hear anything? As crude as it may seem, it is music to little ones’ ears. I am glad of this verse, “But God, who is rich in mercy, for His great love wherewith He loved us.” Paul was an educated man. He went through all the education of the Jews. God used Wesley, an educated man. He used Luther, an educated man, because that was the face of man that God had placed there in that hour, that could rebuke, because they had influence. Paul had influence among the Jews. He was a persecutor of the Church, but one day he met something upon the road to Damascus that he could never dismiss. He always told about it, my conversion. It still works. It is not a possibility or a probability, it is a reality. In other words, what he was saying was, I was born again. God said, I will show him what he must suffer. He did, he was beaten with rods, stoned and left for dead, shipwrecked. I am glad God used somebody like that as somebody that could talk to us, to tell us, you haven’t gone through anything. I have said this before, I remember Bro. Jackson saying Paul ate rats for the gospel’s sake. He grew. He called it the Jews’ religion. At one time it was all the Jews had, up to a certain place, and then God cut it off. He talks about it, and that is what Revelation 10:7 is, God cut it off and said that He broke down the middle wall of partition between the Jews and the Gentiles. I will go to Revelation 10:7. How people have treated the word of God, this is what the Branham move holds up, without knowing what they are doing. Sure, you collected money, you can buy your arenas, with all your basketball courts. But is this what the prophet of God left you? Whenever it comes to the time of when we reject God’s message, we have to have substitutes, and the substitutes are always that of the flesh. “But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, (That was God’s messenger. This is an interjection into a revelation right there, This stands out from the rest of it because it is the only thing that relates to that subject. The rest of it is relating to the subject of Jesus Christ and His Bride. But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, that was the message. Isn’t that what the 4th chapter of the book of 2nd Thessalonians says? Isn’t that what Matthew 25 says? The cry. But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel…) when he shall begin to sound, (That was the message that God gave him, but it was not the message he was giving, when he was praying for all the sick. That was not the message. That is where the Branham move messed up. They were looking for squirrels being created, and they were looking for peoples’ arms and legs to be added, and all of this kind of things. That will happen in the rapture. God has got to give us something to look forward to. If God is going to do everything now, why a rapture? The Bible says we shall be changed, in a moment, in the twinkling of an eye. Miracles are going to happen. In a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trump, the trumpet shall sound and the dead in Christ shall rise first, and we which are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them, to meet the Lord in the air. I know I have said it and others have said it, that one day you may be touched on the shoulder by somebody that had gone on before. That is not necessarily gospel. It can happen, I am not ruling it out. But I am ruling out myths, things that will never be. If somebody raised from the dead and they come up and touched you on the shoulder, you would need a rapture. If you did not, you would be scared silly already. I do remember Bro. Jackson saying there would be a time come when the people would all come together with their little bottle of oil. He said, when that happened, then Bro. William Branham came on the scene. I could not doubt, that before this thing is over, that we would see our brothers. But I cannot say that is scripture. They will never come back to preach. I do know that. When he shall begin to sound…) the mystery of God should be finished, as he hath declared to his servants the prophets.” What is the mystery? It is the mystery that the Gentiles and Jews, have the same message. That is because that middle wall of partition was taken out. Revelation 18:1-4, “And after these things I saw another angel come down from heaven, having great power; and the earth was lightened with his glory.” Some even said that was Bro. William Branham. Is God coming back after an enlightened people, or is he coming back after a dumb bunch of people that do not know what to believe? I don’t have any big words to add to that. “And he cried mightily with a strong voice, saying, Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habitation of devils, and the hold of every foul spirit, and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird. For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication, and the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her, and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies. And I heard another voice from heaven, (It is another voice. This voice is from heaven. I did not hear it audibly, but it affected me just the same.) saying, Come out of her, my people, that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues.” We had to come out of our denominational systems, and I say this morning, don’t let denominational influence bother you today. I am talking about in departing from the way of truth, that you become stagnated. God is not coming back after stagnated Christians. Some could sing, I am still holding on, but you have to be holding on to the right thing. They change churches, and they still sing it. Bro. Pixley asked one of them one day, are you still holding on. It is just like a movement, people follow flesh. But the Bible says flesh and blood shall not inherit the kingdom of God. That is talking about our relatives and all these other things that we have held on to. I cannot say my Dad and Mom is going to take me through. I cannot say that human flesh is going to take me through. Holding on to Bro. Jackson’s coattail will not be good enough either. He said, if you do that, I hope you fall in a mud hole. Right here from this pulpit he said, your exalting me, reaches to my toenails. Bro. Jackson was my precious brother. Don’t every try to make him anything less than that. I believe what he taught. I am where I am today because of what he taught. The Bible says, come out of her my people. That was a voice that was spoken from heaven, that talked to me. I have been healed. I remember when I first moved out here, I was working for Donaldson Baking Company. I got to the point where I had to hold on to something to stand, because I got so dizzy. I did not know what it was, I did not have money to go to a doctor to find out what it was. I did not have insurance for that. One night I had been to church at the Tabernacle, and I felt that I had gone as far as I could go. I headed upstairs to bed and said, Lord, help me. I felt something move out of the top of my head just like lightening. That took care of my problems. I did not pray any long prayer, but I had gone as far as I could. Some of you have gone as far as you can go: I realize that. Some of you don’t know what you are going to do tomorrow. I don’t hear people at Faith Assembly talking about what a hard time they are having, but I know some of you are. Some of you are financially strapped. You are my neighbor. Let the world help herself. But my feeling is that you help those that are in need among you. The world will drain you dry, but the people of God will be thankful for every blessing. I sing the song, I love this family of God, so closely knitted into one. There is where I want us to be today, knitted into one, that we feel each other’s burdens and problems. I can look over Faith Assembly today, and I can see hurting people, because somebody just did not see what we see. It hurts, but I cannot change it. I cannot change the message. The message has gone too far now for us to ever change it. If you change the Methodist, the Baptist, or the Catholic message, you have not lost much, but if you change the truth of God’s Word, you have lost everything, and I have lost everything, if I begin to go back and try to, as some say, clean up the mess. If it is a mess, it is a mess in your mind. There is a growth process that is going on. This wall of partition between the Jews and the Gentiles, and between the saints of God and those others. Right here, is the counsel that God gave unto the Church. “I counsel thee to buy of me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eye salve, that thou mayest see. As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten.” I have not meant this to be a chastening message this morning, it is not that, but it is God’s Word. God said, as many as I love, I rebuke. If that rebuke is not good enough, then he will whack. This was the message that he left with us. “Behold, I stand at the door, and knock: (Outside the church. Outside Laodicea, is what He is talking about, outside Laodicea, knocking. Not to get back in.) if any man (or woman) open the door, I will come in to him, (or her) and will sup with him, and he with me.” That is after he is rebuked and chastened. This thing is headed for rulership. If we are going to be a bunch of softies here, how do we ever expect to be rulers with Christ Jesus in the Millennium? That little kitten you love so much, you keep rubbing him the right way, he is alright, but don’t rub him the wrong way, he will bite. This is it. This is what it is all about. “To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with me in my throne, (That don’t mean you are all going to sit in Jerusalem, but His throne is going to extend across this planet earth. Some may sing, Build my mansion next door to Jesus. You are not a Jew. Those twelve apostles will be ruling over Israel, over the twelve tribes of Israel. They will be ruling there, but you will be ruling, as Bro. Jackson said, in the place you came from. You might think, well there is not going to be many people left. Well think about this, by the time the Millennium is over, there is going to be a lot of people. You will have a job to do. God does not have an unemployment line.) even as I also overcame, and am set down with my Father in His throne. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.” That is where we are today, still listening to what the Spirit is saying to us. All traditions have to be left behind, as the Spirit of God leads us on. Amen.

2013-05-Grace-Part-8